I think it’s a good time to address the main Title of Pulliam’s book: “In the Days of Those Kings” (also the title of Lesson 17 therein). The title is a reference to Daniel 2:44 – “In the days of those kings the God of heaven will set up a kingdom which will never be destroyed, and that kingdom will not be left for another people; it will crush and put an end to all these kingdoms, but it will itself endure forever.” (1995 NASB) Pulliam must think this passage is a smoking gun for his view (which seems to be partial preterism, mixed with some ideas from other variants of amillennialism), because the book’s cover photo shows a bust of the Roman emperor Tiberius, and he thanks the one responsible for the image (I won’t drag his name into this) for the “gift of one of ‘those kings.’” {“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 4. Italics and boldface mine.} Having dealt with Lesson 16 (on Daniel 9) of his book here, I’d like to deal with Lessons 17 (“In the Days of Those Kings”, on Daniel 2 & 7) and 18 (“The Latter Prophecies in Daniel”, on Daniel 8-12) in this 2-part post (although I’ll actually save the bulk of his discussions on Daniel 12 for yet another post, since it fits better with that one).
That may sound like way too much ground to cover in only two posts, but Pulliam’s substantial discussions about these passages are suspiciously brief. Here are all the verses from Daniel he cites from these chapters between both lessons:
2:27f, 36-45;
7:11f, 12, 13-14, 26;
8:5, 8, 13-14, 15, 17, 19, 20f, 25;
10:13, 14, 20;
11:2, 4ff, 7-8, 11-12, 31, 33, 35, 36, 40;
12:1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10, 11-12, 13.
Now here are the verses from Daniel he actually quotes any portion of:
2:44;
7:11-12, 26;
8:17, 19;
10:14;
11:40;
12:1, 2, 9, 11, 13.
I guess he just thinks the average reader will take it for granted that the entire passage supports his interpretation. Of course, I’m far from an average reader.
So sorry this post is so long (as is Part 2; in fact, each Part wound up being over 11,000 words!). If anything, Pulliam’s brevity is arguably one of the reasons I have so much to cover here. If I may offer a censored paraphrase of Brandolini’s Law: the amount of effort it takes to refute false claims is an order of magnitude greater than the amount of effort it took to make them in the first place.
Excuses, Excuses, Excuses
Let’s kick off this post with the namesake of his book:
Daniel 2 foretells the future kingdom of the Messiah through a dream. Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, dreamed of a great image, and Daniel alone could interpret it. That interpretation is found in Daniel 2:36-45. Daniel explained the meaning of the image according to the wisdom given him by God (Dan 2:27f). Each part of the image represented a kingdom, with the first part representing the kingdom of Babylon (Dan 2:37-40). The three kingdoms after Babylonia are not named in the prophecy, but we can look back in history to know their identity. After the Babylonian Empire came the Medo-Persian Empire, then arose the Macedonian (or Grecian), and then the Roman (see chart at right). During his description of the fourth kingdom, Daniel said, “And in the days of those kings the God of heaven will set up a kingdom which will never be destroyed, and that kingdom will not be left for another people …” (Dan 2:44). In other words, during the days of the Roman kings, the Messiah would come and set up His kingdom.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 179. Italics in original.}
Wow, Pulliam already glossed over A LOT of details in this passage to type that last paragraph! But, get this, he tries to justify doing so:
Visions given by God can present a vivid message of future events, but we must be careful that we not see more in them than God intended. Dispensationalists seek out little details in visions, hoping they will prove their doctrine. Walvoord does this in claiming that the destruction of the Roman Empire had to be a violent event. His proof is in the rock striking the base of the image and crushing the kingdoms. Since that looks like a single violent event, he claims that it cannot possibly be a spiritual kingdom that currently spreads in the hearts of men by the rule of Christ’s law [as Pulliam believes]. The problem here is in seeing more in the vision than intended. In the vision, all of the kingdoms are seen together while the head is ruling. The head of gold did not appear first, and then the other kingdoms come one by one. In fulfillment, the four kingdoms would not be existing at the same time [actually, they did and still do, as I’ll explain later]. We are not intended to make anything out of the rule of four kingdoms where they are represented as one object. If we were, then Babylon’s power (the head) would have still been around at the establishment of the Messiah’s kingdom. LaHaye and Ice present the legs of the great statue as the Eastern and Western branches of Catholicism. Catholicism was not, and is not the Roman Empire [true enough, but Catholicism is the widow of the Roman Empire (Revelation 18:7), since the church at Rome wedded itself to Imperial Rome in A.D. 325, and has persisted even after Western Rome’s fall in A.D. 476 and Eastern Rome’s fall in A.D. 1453]. Daniel tells us that the legs would be the fourth kingdom (Rome). Hitchcock, like most others, divides the Roman Empire into two phases with the feet being a separate period of time from the legs. If that is true, we should see the attachment of feet to legs as a clear prophecy of the Roman Empire still existing, not of its existence being in a separate time [again, the Romans still have living descendants, and Rome is still a capital city (of Italy); but also, the connection of the feet to the lower legs need not mean the kingdoms will be consecutive, as I’ll show below]. These Dispensational interpretations are good examples of speculation, which is required to make any argument in favor of Dispensationalism. In Daniel 7, the same four kingdoms are seen as four beasts, where one quickly follows another. [Woah, hold up! The text of Daniel 7 never says each beast quickly followed the other! Who’s the one “seeing more in the vision than intended” here?!] The fourth kingdom falls, but the kingdom of the Lord endures. You are not asked to figure out how He will make that happen. You are simply seeing the fact that He will make that happen, and that is exactly what has been presented in the fall of the image at the time of the fourth kingdom (Rome). Walvoord interprets the ten horns on the fourth beast as reigning at the same time, because they are seen at the same time. He didn’t interpret the four kingdoms of the image in Daniel 2 as existing at the same time. [You’ll see below and early on in Part 2 that my interpretation of these chapters doesn’t have this problem.] For some reason, he gets to change the rules to fit his doctrine. When we begin to speculate on the significance of every little detail in these visions, our interpretation becomes very subjective.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 181-182. Italics and boldface in original. Contents in brackets mine.}
That last sentence can be true, but Pulliam seems to be forgetting a good criterion for avoiding that subjectivity: internal self-consistency among one’s interpretations of all passages! (Of course, all the contradictions in his positions that I point out throughout this series make it easy to believe that he honestly has forgotten about this criterion!)
Yet, this cop-out manages to get even more pathetic when you skip ahead to Lesson 22 and read his treatment of the ten kings represented by the ten horns of the beast in Revelation 17 (which is obviously drawing on the fourth beast of Daniel 7 for its imagery):
The ten kings have had many explanations through the years. Each explanation has difficulties associated with it. Since their identity is not important to understanding the overall meaning of the vision [um, how not?!], let’s simply understand them as further alliances against God and His people. Remember, it’s only necessary that the original readers be able to identify every detail in Revelation. The book of Revelation was not written directly to us, but it is preserved for our benefit.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 239. Italics and boldface in original. Content in brackets mine.}
As far as I’m concerned, these are nothing short of excuses to be lazy when studying God’s word, and to avoid dealing with passages contrary to the position one holds (which can set the Bible student on the right track in the process). Isaiah 55:11 makes it clear that every word God included in the Bible is there for a purpose; that includes “every little detail in these visions”. If you’re willing to ignore words, phrases, or sentences within a passage, you can interpret it however you want; the same goes for ignoring some passages (or portions thereof) to interpret other passages however you want. That’s far more dangerous than speculation, any day!
I suspect another reason Pulliam is making excuses to pick-and-choose the details he’ll pay attention to in prophecies is because if he didn’t, the sheer level of detail in many Old Testament prophecies would practically require him to interpret them in a straightforward manner (which his position is blatantly built on not doing). After all, if these prophecies were meant to metaphorically portray something, there’s absolutely no reason for God to get as long-winded as He does in them. Ezekiel 40-48 is easily the best example to illustrate this. I really like the way Paul Henebury said it after giving a list of reasons why that passage should be interpreted as a vision of a future, literal temple on physical land (among the many other details implied by taking the passage at face value): “If someone doesn’t believe these evidences and instead wants to interpret a portion of the Bible that is longer than First Corinthians as a “word-picture” or “type”, then let them explain their interpretation from the text.” (Boldface added)
Indeed, even in passages that are meant allegorically, the details are still important. For example, while I’ve seen many teachers (especially within the Church of Christ) teach that the story of the Rich Man & Lazarus gives us important details of what the afterlife is like (even building their understandings of the human soul on it), the passage is actually an allegory about Jesus & the second destruction of Jerusalem and its apostate priesthood. For example, have you ever wondered why a parable (which you’d expect to be a bare-bones story with necessary details only) includes the oddly specific detail that the Rich Man had 5 brothers? It’s because the priestly tribe, Levi, was descended from one of the 6 sons of Jacob through Leah, the other 5 being Reuben, Simeon, Judah, Issachar, & Zebulun (see Genesis 29:32-35, 30:17-20). The outline I just linked to documents similar Biblical cross-references for every last detail in the story of the Rich Man and Lazarus. So, I’ll entertain the idea that Ezekiel 40-48 was meant allegorically once someone presents a similar outline for every last detail in all 9 of those chapters. Nobody who claims that section of Scripture is allegorical can pretend to have a legitimate case for it unless and until they can present such an outline.
When God goes into great detail, it’s because those details are important to understand — if not by the original audience (see my first paragraph after quoting the Daniel 2 passage below), then by the future readers living when the information has been “unsealed” (e.g., Daniel 8:26, 12:4).
The Dream of Daniel 2
So, let’s consider the entire dream of Daniel 2, along with Daniel’s interpretation of it. You may feel overwhelmed by all the remarks I’m adding to this passage in brackets, but please bear with me (after all, I spent 2 nights of my life lining up the phrasing with the original Aramaic as precisely as possible!).
31 “You, O king, were looking and behold, there was a single great statue [literally, “and behold! A single great image/figure”; the Aramaic word properly refers to an idolatrous figure]; that statue [figure], which was large and of extraordinary splendor [literally, “that figure, large and its splendor surpassing”], was standing in front of you, and its appearance was awesome [literally, “was terrifying”]. 32 The head of that statue [figure] was madeof fine gold, its breast and its arms of silver, its belly and its thighs of bronze, 33 its [lower] legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of clay. 34 You continued [literally, “You were”] looking until a stone was cut out without hands [literally, “until that stone cut itself out, and that not with hands”; the Aramaic word for “that” here, while not translated in the 1995 NASB rendering, was often used (particularly after verbs involving seeing, as is the case here) to introduce the subject of a sentence {Scroll to entry 3 under “Brown-Driver-Briggs Lexicon”}–see my remark on verse 45 for why I translated the Hithpeel-form verb for “cut out” reflexively instead of passively], and it struck the statue [figure] on its feet of iron and clay [literally, “its feet of the iron and the clay”; “iron” & “clay” both have definite articles attached to them] and crushed [literally, “and it shattered”; the verb is in the Haphel form, indicating it’s causative in force and active in voice] them. 35 Then [properly, “At the same time” or “Immediately” {Scroll to “Gesenius’ Hebrew-Chaldee Lexicon”, specifically the line for בֵּאדַיִן}] the iron, the clay, the bronze, the silver and the gold were crushed [literally, “were shattered”–the same verb as in verse 34, but in the Peal form (corresponding to the Qal form in Hebrew, which expresses the “simple” active form of the action); this implies that the shattering action in verse 34 is more direct than the shattering action in verse 35] all at the same time [literally, “shattered as one”] and became like chaff from the summer threshing floors; and the wind carried them away so that not a trace of them was found [literally, “the wind carried them, and no place at all was found for them”]. But the stone that struck the statue [figure] became a great mountain and filled the whole earth [or, “and it filled all the land”].
36 “This was the dream; now we will tell its interpretation [literally, “dream, and its interpretation we will tell”] before the king. 37 You, O king, are the king of kings [literally, “You, the king, are king of the kings], to whom the [better, “kings, that”; same Aramaic word for “that” I discussed back in verse 34] God of heaven has given [literally, “has given to you”] the kingdom, the power, the strength and the glory [or “honor”]; 38 and wherever the sons of men dwell, or the beasts of the field, or the birds of the sky, He has given them into your hand and has caused you to rule over [literally, “in” or “among”; the preposition is בְּ, not עַל] them all. You are [or “are indeed”; this Aramaic pronoun can be used to return to a subject while emphasizing it] the head of gold [literally, “of the gold”; “gold” has a definite article attached to it]. 39 After [literally, “And after”] you there will arise another kingdom inferior to you [literally, “another kingdom of earth more than you”], then [literally, “and”] another third kingdom of [better, “kingdom, that of”; same word from verses 34 & 37] bronze [literally, “of the bronze”; definite article attached to “bronze”], which will rule over [literally, “in” or “among”; בְּ, not עַל] all the earth [or “the land”]. 40 Then there will be a fourth kingdom as strong as iron [literally, “And a fourth kingdom there will be, strong as the iron”; definite article on “iron”]; inasmuch as [properly, “iron; on this very account because” {Scroll to “Gesenius’ Hebrew-Chaldee Lexicon” & read the note on the phrase כָּל־קְבֵל דִּי}] iron crushes and shatters all things [literally, “the iron is shattering and crushing (or “subduing”) the whole”], so, like iron [literally, “and so, like the iron”; definite article on “iron”] that breaks in pieces, it will crush and break all these in pieces. 41 In that you saw the feet and toes [literally, “And that you saw, the feet and the toes”; definite articles on “feet” & “toes”], partly of potter’s clay [literally, “partly clay, that of a potter,”] and partly of iron, it will be [or “become”] a divided [Aramaic פְּלַג (H6386), corresponding to the Hebrew פָּלַג (H6385), which Genesis 10:25 explicitly gives as the root of the name Peleg (פֶּלֶג, H6389)] kingdom; but it will have in it the toughness of iron [literally, “and part of the toughness, that of the iron, it will have in it], inasmuch as [same Aramaic phrase as in verse 40] you saw the iron mixed with common clay [literally, “with clay of the mud”]. 42 As the toes of the feet were partly of iron and partly of pottery [literally, “And toes of the feet, partly iron and partly clay], so some of the kingdom [literally, “clay, part of the kingdom’s end] will be strong and part of it will be brittle [literally, “broken”]. 43 And in that you saw [literally, “That you saw,] the iron mixed with common clay [literally, “with clay of the mud”], they will combine with one another [literally, “joined, they will be,”; with the passive participle for “joined” being in the Hithpaal form, indicating a mixing that’s more intensive, yet done to themselves or by others] in [or “with”] the seed of men [literally, “with seed of the mortal human”; the word rendered “men” in the 1995 NASB is אֵנֶשׁ (H606), the Aramaic equivalent of the Hebrew word אֱנוֹשׁ (H582), the root of the name “Enosh”, which properly means “mortal man” and connotes man/humanity in a less dignified sense–the normal Hebrew word for “human/ity” is אָדָם (H120), the root of the name “Adam”]; but they will not adhere to one another [literally, “will not cling, this with that], even as iron [literally, “as the iron”; definite article on “iron”] does not combine with pottery [literally, “iron joins not itself with the clay”; “joins” is in the Hithpaal form again, but the participle is active, so the action must be reflexive here; again, “clay” has a definite article attached to it]. 44 In the days of those kings [literally, “And in their days, those of those kings] the God of heaven will set up a kingdom which will never be destroyed [literally, “which is for remote times (or, “for perpetuity”), and never will be destroyed”], and that kingdom [literally, “and the kingdom”] will not be left for another people; it will crush [literally, “will break into pieces”] and put an end to all these kingdoms [literally, “all these, the kingdoms”], but it will itself endure forever [literally, “kingdoms, and it will stand for the ages”]. 45 Inasmuch as [same Aramaic phrase as in verses 40 & 41] you saw that a stone was cut out of the mountain without hands [literally, “saw that from the mountain, a stone cut itself out, and that not with hands,”; the verb for “cut out” is in the Ithpeel form, which denotes an intensive and reflexive action] and that it crushed [literally, “and it broke into pieces”] the iron, the bronze, the clay, the silver and the gold, the great God has made known to the king what will take place in the future [literally, “king that which will take place after this”]; so the dream is true [or “reliable”] and its interpretation is trustworthy.” (Daniel 2:31-45 1995 NASB, boldface and underlining added)
First, since Nebuchadnezzar was a pagan king, and thus not necessarily interested in the end times, and Daniel only gave him the interpretation this once before Nebuchadnezzar promoted him (as indicated by the fact that verse 46 begins with the word בֵּאדַיִן, which means “Immediately”, as noted in my first remark in verse 35) — meaning, for instance, that any terms that can be better understood at one place in the passage wouldn’t have automatically had their meanings transferred to another place in Nebuchadnezzar’s head — it’s safe to conclude that Nebuchadnezzar himself was only meant to understand the interpretation in a general sense; not necessarily every little detail. So, for instance, he would’ve cared about the kingdoms after him and how powerful and extensive they were, but not necessarily any implications of what he was being told for end-times prophecy. Hence, there are almost certainly some ambiguous words or phrases in this prophecy (one example of which I’ll discuss in the next paragraph) that weren’t meant to be fully understood at the time–but rather, were meant to be understood later, in light of additional divine revelation.
Second, note that Pulliam and I have pretty much the same understanding of Daniel’s explanation until verse 41. Pulliam interprets the feet and toes as being the same kingdom as the lower legs (despite the fact that the prophecy is obviously distinguishing them from each other by saying their makeup is different), clearly interpreting “a fourth kingdom” (verse 40) and “a divided kingdom” (verse 41) as referring to one and the same kingdom. However, if that meaning was intended, why didn’t Daniel make that more explicit to Nebuchadnezzar by telling him “the kingdom will be divided”, attaching a definite article to “kingdom” (to unequivocally link it to the previous instance of “kingdom” in verse 40) and using “divided” with the Hithpeel stem (to indicate passive action) and Imperfect tense (to indicate future completion), rather than making it a Peil Passive Participle (as it is in the Masoretic Text; functioning as an adjective with no time component, rather than an action verb with a timing component) followed by a verb that could mean “it will be” or “it will become”–the latter of which necessitates prior existence in a non-divided form, but the former of which doesn’t? It seems that Daniel was divinely inspired to use the more ambiguous phrasing “a kingdom divided it will be(come)” to give Nebuchadnezzar adequate information to understand what he needed to, while leaving more than one possibility open for future revelation (which could ultimately clarify this point; of course, I believe this clarification came along in Revelation 17, taken in conjunction with Daniel 7; more on that in Part 2 of this post).
It’s worth reinforcing the connection between the word for “divided” here (pᵊlaḡ, pronounced peh-LAG) and the name “Peleg”, used in Genesis 10:25: “Two sons were born to Eber; the name of the one was Peleg, for in his days the earth was divided; and his brother’s name was Joktan.” (1995 NASB). The “division” referred to here isn’t the continents splitting apart (the vast majority of continental drift would’ve happened during the Flood, with a minuscule fraction of it occurring since), but the early post-Flood families being dispersed from Babel by language barriers and claiming different portions of the earth’s surface for their own nations. Since there were dozens of families involved in this (Genesis 10), it’s clear that the type of “division” associated with this word isn’t restricted to division into only 2 parts! Transferring this point about the Hebrew word’s connotations to its Aramaic equivalent is especially acceptable in this case, since the word for “divided” in Genesis 10:25, H6385, is a relatively rare Hebrew word for “divided”, used only 4 times in the OT (Genesis 10:25, 1 Chronicles 1:19, Job 38:25, & Psalm 55:9)–for example, the word for “divided” in Genesis 10:5,32 is H6504, which is used 26 times in the OT. In fact, among all the Hebrew words rendered “divide” in the KJV, only H1334 is used less often than H6385 (twice in Genesis 15:10, and nowhere else)! These points (and all the Biblical precedent meshed in with them) should be borne in mind when considering any eschatological implications of this passage.
Third, note that the “stone” strikes the figure on its feet and toes. Pulliam and I agree that this event (whenever it was meant to happen) marks the beginning of Jesus’ reign in its fullest form. But that creates a major historical problem for Pulliam. The Roman Republic conquered the Seleucid Empire in 63 B.C., transitioned from a Republic to an Empire in the period between 44 & 27 B.C., and conquered the Ptolemaic Empire in 30 B.C. These two conquests (and those of the rest of the former Alexandrian Empire, whose land holdings included much of the former Medo-Persian and Neo-Babylonian Empires) fulfilled Daniel 2:40; hence, verse 40 has been fulfilled ever since 30 B.C. However, Pulliam holds that Christ’s Kingdom began (fulfilling verse 44) in A.D. 33 (in a chart on p. 137, Pulliam seems to identify the exact starting point of the Kingdom as Jesus’ death on the cross, an event I place in A.D. 30 {HIDMF p. 663,669-672}). So if Pulliam’s interpretation is correct, then all the events of verses 41-43 (the kingdom under discussion being divided [verse 41] between multiple “kings” [verse 44], and becoming weak and in danger of collapsing in its latter days [verse 42] due to the rulers marrying, having offspring with, mingling with, and/or making alliances with those who aren’t of the ruling class [verse 43]) must have been fulfilled between 30 B.C. and A.D. 30/33. So, when in that time range did these events happen? The answer is simple: THEY DIDN’T! Aside from the fact that the “kingdom’s end” (verse 42) for the Roman Empire didn’t come until centuries after Jesus’ time, with the Western Roman Empire collapsing in A.D. 476, the Pax Romana, the period of history where the Roman Empire experienced the greatest peace and stability, lasted from 27 B.C. to A.D. 180! (Fitting, isn’t it, that the “Prince of Peace” came to Earth incarnate during a time of peace that was unprecedented in the history of civilization? Also note that Ezekiel 38:11 implies that the War of Gog & Magog occurs at a time when Israel is experiencing a period of even greater peace–to the point where cities no longer have walls, gates, bars, etc.! What nationin history has ever experienced that level of peace?! This is the main giveaway that the events prophesied in Ezekiel 38-39 occur at the end of Jesus’ Millennial reign.) The situation in the Roman Empire leading up to and during Jesus’ ministry was exactly the opposite of what was prophesied in verses 42-43! This would also explain why the stone isn’t said to strike the figure “on its lower legs, feet, and toes” (as you’d expect the text to say if the lower legs and the feet & toes were the same kingdom).
Fourth, returning to the point made above about God withholding details because it wasn’t the right time to reveal them (and thus, leaving multiple possibilities open until additional revelation is given later): something similar may be going on with a number being given in verse 40, but not in verse 41. Pulliam seems to interpret the lack of the word “fifth” in verse 41 as meaning that the same kingdom is referred to throughout verses 40-43. But consider the implications of including the word “fifth” when the first four kingdoms (which are numbered) turned out to be consecutive. If “fifth” had been included in verse 41, and the Roman Empire was the fourth kingdom, then the fifth kingdom would naturally be the Byzantine Empire! (The Roman Empire split into Western and Eastern halves in A.D. 330, with the Western half continuing to be headquartered in Rome, and the Eastern half being headquartered in Constantinople. The Western Roman Empire fell in 476, while the Byzantine Empire endured until 1453–nearly a millennium later!) To my knowledge, nobody is claiming that Jesus’ Kingdom began at the fall of Constantinople! (And lest you object that the nations being discussed in these passages are obviously the nations with control over Israel following the first destruction of Jerusalem, the Roman Empire held the land of Israel until the early 4th century, when it transferred to the Byzantine Empire, who eventually lost it to the Muslims in the 630s.) Hence, another possible interpretation is that Daniel was inspired not to include a number in verse 41 because the lower legs and the feet & toes represented two non-consecutive kingdoms, with other kingdoms rising and falling between them! And before Pulliam objects that this amounts to “speculation”, rendering the interpretation “subjective”: which interpretation is correct must be decided in light of additional divine revelation.
As a quick aside, “the iron, the clay, the bronze, the silver and the gold” being “shattered as one” as an indirect result of the stone striking the feet and toes doesn’t contradict the fact that the Babylonian, Medo-Persian, Macedonian, Seleucid, Ptolemaic, and Roman Empires no longer exist–because they do still exist, just not by those names or with their former glory or extent. All these nations still have remnant populations to this day: Babylonia is now Iraq; Media & Persia are now Iran; Macedonia is now Greece, North Macedonia, and parts of surrounding nations; the Seleucid Kingdom is now Syria, Jordan, Lebanon, and parts of other nations throughout the Middle East; the Ptolemaic Kingdom is now Egypt, coastal Libya, and the Island of Cyprus; and the Roman Empire is now most of Europe, northern Africa, and the westernmost parts of the Middle East. My openly futurist understanding is that for every nation that’s ever harassed or oppressed Israel in ancient times, what’s left of those nations will be judged for it on the Day of the Lord (e.g., Isaiah 13:1-14:2, which mentions the city of Babylon being judged on the Day of the Lord and its survivors being taken to Israel as servants–which didn’t happen following the Babylonian Exile; and Obadiah 15 — the first Biblical mention, chronologically, of the Day of the Lord — which mentions that “the day of the LORD draws nearon all the nations.” — 1995 NASB, boldface added), they and the Israelites will be planted back on their ancestral lands, and only those willing to repent and worship the God of Israel will be permitted to survive (Jeremiah 12:14-17) and participate in Christ’s Kingdom (Psalm 2:9 LXX; Matthew 22:1-14, especially verses 11-13; etc.).
An Example of Preterist Eisegesis
Now, let’s consider Pulliam’s follow-up argument for the interpretation he presents on p. 179 (don’t worry, this discussion will be much shorter!).
When we come to the New Testament, an inspired proclamation begins to go forth: “The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand” (Mk 1:15). What time was fulfilled? Jesus was saying that those days were the intended time for Old Testament prophecy to be fulfilled. It was the days of that final kingdom in Nebuchadnezzar’s image. The fourth kingdom (Rome) was in power (Lk 3:1), and the messenger to prepare the way had already come (Mk 1:1-5, cmp. Mal 3:1; Isa 40:3). Any effort to move the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy into the future makes Christ’s proclamation a mistake. He said the time was fulfilled. God’s timetable placed the kingdom in the days of the Roman kings. The stage was set, the curtain had risen, and the players were in place.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 179-180. Italics and boldface in original.}
This is simply a non-sequitur (perhaps even a straw grasp). There’s nothing in the context of Mark 1:15 indicating that the time that “has been fulfilled” (the verb is perfect-tense, not present-tense) was the time for Old Testament prophecy (as a whole or regarding Daniel’s visions) to be fulfilled. In reality, Jesus was referring to the prophecies about John the Baptist’s ministry (Malachi 3:1 & Isaiah 40:3, as Pulliam conveniently pointed out), in light of the fact that Mark 1:14 informs us that Jesus said this “after the delivering up of John [into prison]” (YLT). As for Jesus’ remark that “the reign of God hath come nigh” (Mark 1:15b YLT): again, the verb for “at hand”/“come nigh” is perfect-tense, not present-tense, implying something that had already happened and was currently yielding its results when Jesus said this. It’s clear from the discussions in theseposts that the Kingdom of God isn’t in its fullest form yet, so it obviously wasn’t in its fullest form when Jesus made this proclamation early in his earthly ministry, either. In fact, the understanding of Mark 1:15 that Pulliam’s putting forth here contradicts hisown idea that the Kingdom didn’t commence until the time of Jesus’ death on the cross (per the image of a cross in his chart on p. 137)! So to be consistent with that idea, Pulliam must agree with me that Jesus’ statement here refers to something other than the present Kingdom (as understood by Pulliam or myself).
I hold that, as God’s representative acting on His behalf, Jesus wielded some authority of his Father (and by extension, His Kingdom) during his earthly ministry (this was why he was able to cast out demons, for instance: “if I cast out demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you.” — Luke 11:20c 1995 NASB, boldface added). Hence, Jesus embodied the Kingdom of God during this time! Once he ascended to heaven at the end of his earthly ministry, he continued exercising this authority over those things that had been under the heavenly dominions since the beginning (angels, miraculous occurrences, etc.). And once the Holy Spirit was poured out on believers at Pentecost, they and any institutions that they would submit to Christ’s authority came under the heavenly dominions, as well. And once Jesus returns, everything on Earth that presently isn’t in the heavenly dominions will become part of it. This understanding of how Christ’s Kingdom has expanded and will expand over time sufficiently explains all of the passages brought up on the subject throughout this series — including Mark 1:15.
Daniel 10 & 11
Pulliam’s discussion on Daniel 10 is his briefest of all in these 2 lessons. But for once, I agree with just about everything he says:
For the purpose of this study, there is only one aspect we need to dwell on in Daniel 10. Mention of Persia and Greece sets the tone for the reader moving forward into Daniel 11. The stage is set, and the players are about to become involved in the great drama engulfing “the end.” Persia has been withstanding, and Greece will soon come onto the stage (Dan 10:13 & 20). Daniel is about to learn what will happen to his people in “the latter days” (Dan 10:14). These “latter days” begin with the kings of Persia (Dan 11:2), and work their way through the history of the Grecian empire from Alexander onward.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 191. Italics and boldface in original. Underlining mine.}
Daniel 10 indeed sets the background for Daniel 11; after all, the lack of Daniel’s name in Daniel 11:1 implies that God’s preincarnate Son (note that the description of Jesus in Revelation 1:13-15 draws most of its details from the description of the messenger in Daniel 10:5-6) was speaking those words to Daniel — in fact, this implies that everything from Daniel 10:20b through 12:4 is Jesus’ words! Moreover, note that Daniel 11:1b mentions something this messenger did “in the first year of Darius the Mede” (KJV)–which was also the first year of Cyrus over the Jews (Cyrus installed Darius the Mede — his father-in-law — as king over Babylonia once Belshazzar had been slain), which was also the year during which the 70 “sevens” began (Daniel 9:3,23,25, Isaiah 44:24-45:13, Ezra 1:1-4) {for a more thorough discussion of this timing detail, see HIDMF p. 656-668}! Hence, Pulliam is on the right track by concluding that all the events of Daniel 11 would occur during the 70 “sevens”.
However, there’s something worth noting here that Pulliam seemed to not be aware of (although I’m not in a position to say he’d have a problem with it). The Hebrew phrase the 1995 NASB rendered “the time of the end” in Daniel 11:35,40 & 12:4,9 is עֵת קֵץ; the same phrase in 8:17 is עֶת־קֵץ (the same words as the instances from Daniel 11 & 12, but with the first vowel different to accommodate the preposition prefixed to the phrase); and the phrase rendered “the appointed time of the end” in 8:19 is מוֹעֵד קֵץ (the same word for “end” as in verse 17, but a different word for “time”–specifically, H4150, a word normally applied to a set time of year or a time set aside to meet for some purpose). Yet the Hebrew words for “the latter days” in Daniel 10:14 (1995 NASB) are totally different from all the ones just listed: אַחֲרִית הַיָּמִים. God’s Son was evidently designating “the latter days” as a longer period of time that would end with “the time of the end”! So while “the latter days” started during the Persian period, “the time of the end” didn’t.
Pulliam says regarding Daniel 11:2-35, “For the most part, interpretations of their fulfillment in history agree.” {“In the Days of Those Kings”. 192.} My interpretation of those verses is no exception. Verse 2 predicted the wealth and military instigations of the 4th Persian King after Cyrus II, Xerxes I. Verses 3-4 predicted the conquests of Alexander the Great, and the partitioning of his empire among 4 of his generals after his death. Verses 5-20 predicted the intrigue within and between the royal houses of 2 of those 4 partitions, the Seleucids (the “king of the north”) and the Ptolemies (the “king of the south”), that took place over the next century-and-a-half. Verses 21-32a predicted many of the despicable acts of the Seleucid king Antiochus IV Epiphanes. And verses 32b-35 predicted the Jews’ persecution under Antiochus Epiphanes, the Maccabbean Revolt, and the persecution and testing of Jews by Gentile nations from the time of their victory over the Seleucids all the way “until the time of the end” (verse 35b ESV)–I suspect all the anti-Semitism we’ve seen over the centuries is one aspect of the fulfillment of verse 35.
Sure, Pulliam insists that there’s no such thing as “partially fulfilled prophecy” (which I’m implying verse 35 to be an example of, since anti-Semitism is sadly still a thing), but I demolish that claim here. It’s worth adding that while verse 36 begins with a waw-consecutive perfect-tense verb, the prior waw-consecutive perfect-tense verb is “and … will join” from verse 34 (NASB). Between the facts that (a) verse 35 opens with a waw-disjunctive construction (the letter ו prefixed to a non-verb at the start of a sentence); (b) the verb for “will fall” (NASB) is imperfect-tense without a waw-consecutive construction; and (c) verse 35 features the phrase “until the time of the end” (ESV), using the same Hebrew phrase for “the time of the end” found in verse 40 (עֵת קֵץ); it’s clear that verse 35 is a parenthetical statement whose time of completion isn’t necessarily tied to the chronological sequence created by the waw-consecutives following it in the prophecy! Don’t believe my claims about the Hebrew text? Feel free to check here by clicking the word “TOOLS” next to the highlighted verses.
Aside from that, it’s not until verse 36 that I start disagreeing with Pulliam (as he probably would’ve guessed). However, he probably wouldn’t have guessed that I also disagree with dispensationalists at this point!
Pulliam says a fair amount on p. 182-183 about the importance of “knowing Bible history”. It’s ironic, then, that he makes mention early on in his book about “Daniel 11:36-39 (which refers to Antiochus Epiphanes around 168 BC)” {“In the Days of Those Kings”. 32. Boldface added.}. Yet on p. 192, he points out that Antiochus Epiphanes isn’t the only king prophesied about in Daniel 11 in order to counter dispensationalist theologian John Walvoord’s argument that “verses 36 onward [must apply to the Antichrist because they] could not apply to Antiochus Epiphanes.” {Boldface mine. See also source cited therein.} Seriously, how many more contradictions am I going to find in Pulliam’s work?!
Walvoord was correct that verses 36 onward weren’t fulfilled in Antiochus Epiphanes. Indeed, this is the main reason most Biblical scholars think the fulfillment of every verse from Daniel 11:36-12:3 is still future! (Even most amillennialists think these verses have yet to be fulfilled, though perhaps not literally; about the only scholars who don’t are preterists, who are compelled to push the fulfillment of every OT prophecy into the past–just as Pulliam tries to do throughout his book!) However, the mistake dispensationalists are making here is a somewhat surprising one: they’re trying to place their time jump to the apocalypse too early in the text! Despite his citation of verse 40 on p. 193, Pulliam makes no mention whatsoever of the phrase “And at the time of the end” in verse 40a (KJV), which forces us to conclude that the time jump to the apocalypse that dispensationalists place at the start of verse 36 (and that Pulliam denies is anywhere to be found in the text) is actually at the start of verse 40! This further indicates that Daniel 11:40-12:3 (and only those verses, in the entire prophecy from 11:2-12:3) were to be fulfilled “at the time of the end” and/or beyond it. Therefore, verses 36-39 were to be fulfilled before “the time of the end”.
I agree with Pulliam that the events of Daniel 11:2-12:1 would all be fulfilled during the 70 “sevens”: after all, those 70 “sevens” refer to a set of 500 Hebrew years (not 490, as nearly all scholars have assumed–each set of 7 consecutive “sevens” amounts to a complete Jubilee cycle, so an extra year must be intercalated after every 7 “sevens”, making them 50 years long instead of 49; more details may be found in {HIDMF p. 675-680}) during which God would deal with Israel as a nation, and the events mentioned in Daniel 11:2-12:3 are singled out among all the historical events that would take place during that time period because these events would impact Israel. Of course, the major difference between Pulliam and I is which years we associate with the 70 “sevens”. He believes that the 70 “sevens” ended in A.D. 36, 3.5 years after the date he accepts for Jesus’ crucifixion. I, on the other hand, peg the first 69 “sevens” as occurring between Rosh Hashanah of 464 B.C. (the start of the first Hebrew year to begin after Cyrus issued the decree mentioned in Daniel 9:23,25) and Rosh Hashanah of A.D. 29. (the start of the Hebrew year during which the crucifixion actually occurred), and the 70th “seven” as occurring between Rosh Hashanah of 2029 and Rosh Hashanah of 2037 (note the gap of exactly 2,000 Hebrew years between the 69th & the 70th “seven”, which I briefly — yet conclusively — justify in this post; I give a much more thorough justification in Appendix D of my upcoming book {HIDMF p. 723-750}). Since the fulfillment of Daniel 11:35 began around 164 B.C., we should constrain our search for fulfillments of the remaining verses to what years of the 70 “sevens” remain after 164 B.C. by each of our reckoning. Pulliam’s time window would thus be 164 B.C.-A.D. 36, while my time window would be 164 B.C.-A.D. 29, OR 2029-2037.
In fact, the fulfillment of verses 36-39 fits into both time windows. As the late Bryan T. Huie explained: “Both secular history and the New Testament record the acts of a king who appeared on the scene in Israel at the end of the Hasmonean period. As we shall see, this king fulfilled every prophetic description given in verses 36 through 39. That king was Herod the Great.” (boldface mine; feel free to click that last hyperlink for historical details on how Herod fulfilled these verses!) Josephus said Herod the Great ruled Judea on behalf of the Romans for 37 years, and I peg his death as being early in 1 B.C. {HIDMF p. 710-711}; hence, Herod reigned from 38-1 B.C. It’s worth adding that a certain Murrell Selden once wrote that: “Based upon the writings of Josephus (which appear to be mostly accurate), the anchor date of the war between Antony and Octavius Caesar, and calculations of relevant lunar events, it appears that Herod the Great died on January 26 (Shebat 2) in 1 B.C.E.” If January 26 was indeed the Julian equivalent of Shebat 2 (which Jewish tradition holds to be the day of the year on which Herod died) for the year 1 B.C., this would be consistent with my conclusion that the lunar eclipse Josephus said occurred shortly before Herod’s death was the total lunar eclipse of January 10, 1 B.C. {HIDMF p. 710} (too bad Selden’s lunar eclipse dates for that period are totally off {scroll to p. 41-42 in the PDF–the white area on each map is where the eclipse would’ve been visible, and negative years are off from the BC date by 1; i.e., 0001 means A.D. 1, 0000 means 1 B.C., -0001 means 2 B.C., etc.})!
Recall that verse 40 opens with the phrase “And at the time of the end” (and note that Huie’s explanation of verse 40 totally ignored this phrase). The ו before a preposition and a noun (suggesting either a waw-disjunctive or a waw-conjunctive) and the 2 imperfect verbs (rendered “will collide” and “and will storm” in the 1995 NASB) without waw-consecutives make this seem parenthetical at first glance (i.e., waw-disjunctive instead of waw-conjunctive) in light of my discussion about verse 35. However, we go on to see not one, but three waw-consecutive perfect-tense verbs further into verse 40 (rendered “and he will enter”, “overflow”, and “and pass through” in the 1995 NASB). Hence, the ו at the start of verse 40 operates as a simple conjunction, and the sequence indicated by the 3 waw-consecutives (and the waw-consecutives throughout the remainder of the passage) starts from “the time of the end” indicated in verse 40. This means that the interpretation of Huie (and Pulliam) that verses 40-43 were fulfilled in the fall of Ptolemaic Egypt to Rome can’t be correct, since Herod’s “not giv[ing] heed … upon the desire of women” (my right-to-left translation of the phrase לֹא יָבִין וְעַל־חֶמְדַּת נָשִׁים in verse 37b) was fulfilled in his slaughter of all the boys in Bethlehem under the age of 2–nearly 3 decades after the fall of Ptolemaic Egypt! Hence, the fall of Ptolemaic Egypt is a type of this passage’s eventual fulfillment, at best.1
However, early on in Lesson 18, Pulliam gave himself an “out” (maybe consciously, maybe not) on this point about the fall of Ptolemaic Egypt not fulfilling the events of verses 40-43 because the fall of Ptolemaic Egypt didn’t occur “at the time of the end”. He did so by drawing the reader’s attention to an admittedly important issue: what “the time of the end” refers to.
The first explanation within this section [Daniel 8-12] begins at Daniel 8:15. The first thing we need to understand is that this vision “pertains to the time of the end” (Dan 8:17). The “time of the end” must be understood by what is revealed in this text. Many Bible students, including Dispensational scholars, immediately assume that these prophecies are about the End Times.… The word “end” is also used in Daniel 11, but we must remember that it does not tell us anything without understanding what is “ending.” We must know how that word is being used. Before we study Daniel 10 and 11, we must take a brief look, at Daniel 8. Although, for the most part, we are agreed on the fulfillment of chapter eight, these same events are discussed with greater detail in Daniel 11.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 188. Boldface and italics in original. Underlining and content in brackets mine.}
Fair enough. The prophecy of Daniel 8 was given in the 3rd year of Belshazzar, while that of Daniel 9 was given in the 1st year of Darius the Mede (which was also the 1st year of Cyrus over the Jews), and those of Daniel 10-12 were given in the 3rd year of Cyrus; hence, following chronological Biblical precedent would require you to define terms that aren’t defined by the context in the prophecy of Daniel 9 in light of how those terms are used in Daniel 8, and to define such terms in Daniel 10-12 in light of how those terms are used in all of the chapters preceding each of them. Thus, the use of “the time of the end” in Daniel 8 defines the term for the rest of the book.
Daniel 7
Well, there’s also Daniel 7:26c (given in the 1st year of Belshazzar, before any of the prophecies later in the book), which refers to the kingdom with 10 kings and another king after them as being “taken away, to annihilate and to destroy itunto the end”, when you check the Aramaic text. (Not “annihilated and destroyed forever”, as in the 1995 NASB, which Pulliam quotes to refute the dispensationalist claim that the Roman Empire will be revived in the future {p. 181}; of course, while I place the kingdom of this verse in the future, I also reject the idea that it will be a “revived Roman Empire”, on the technicality that Revelation 17:12,16,18 tells us this kingdom’s rulers will hate the city of Rome–why, then, should we expect them to place their kingdom’s capital there?!) Pulliam applies this verse to the fall of the Roman Empire in the 5th century, but he can only do so by completely ignoring the very next verse, which thoroughly contradicts Pulliam’s view of Christ’s Kingdom: “Then the sovereignty, the dominion and the greatness ofall the kingdoms under the whole heaven will be given to the people of the saints [literally, “the holy ones”] of the Highest One; His kingdom will be an everlasting kingdom, and all the dominions will serve and obey Him.” (Daniel 7:27 1995 NASB, underlining and boldface added) The phrase “under the whole heaven” rules out the idea that the Kingdom referred to here would be in heaven, and the fact that “the sovereignty, the dominion and the greatness of the kingdoms… will be given to the people of the holy ones of the Highest One” tells us that authority over governments, cultures, economies, etc. will be included in the Kingdom being spoken of here–not just the hearts and minds of the faithful. This matches myviews on Christ’s Kingdom perfectly, but it rules out the possibility that the fourth beast of Daniel 7 (the one destroyed in verse 26) was the Roman Empire–or any other kingdom up to the time of this writing!
Speaking of which, let’s consider Pulliam’s full discussion on Daniel 7 (yes, it really is this brief).
Another prophecy of the coming kingdom is revealed in Daniel 7. In this prophecy, Daniel sees a vision of four beasts, and then the vision is interpreted for him. Like the prophecy of Daniel 2, this one foretells four kingdoms and the Messiah coming to reign during the time of the fourth kingdom. Concerning the end of the four kingdoms in this prophecy, Daniel says:
11 “… I kept looking until the beast was slain, and its body was destroyed and given to the burning fire. 12 As for the rest of the beasts, their dominion was taken away, but an extension of life was granted to them for an appointed period of time.”
(Daniel 7:11f)
Of great interest here is the fact that the first three kingdoms are granted “an extension of life” for a “period of time,” but the fourth kingdom comes to an end with no extension of life granted to it. When Rome fell, there was no kingdom or country left of it. Only a city bore its name. The previous three kingdoms (Babylonian, Persian, and Grecian) all had territorial boundaries remaining after they were conquered. Later in Daniel 7, we read, “But the court will sit for judgment, and his dominion will be taken away, annihilated and destroyed forever” (v26). Dispensationalists claim that the Roman Empire will be revived so the Messiah can establish His kingdom. This prophecy says that the Roman Empire can never be revived. Rome was completely slain. It was annihilated and destroyed forever.
Within this vision is the Son of Man (Jesus) receiving power from the Ancient of Days (the Father). At this point, the Son of Man is given dominion, glory and a kingdom (v14). The Dispensationalist tells us that this is fulfilled by Christ’s current reign in heaven, but that we must still wait for Him to sit on the throne of David. Jesus did go into heaven, and as we have already learned, Jesus is on the throne of David at the right hand of God now.
Daniel not only pins down the time when the Messiah would come, but also declares that he would set up His kingdom at that time. If the Messiah’s kingdom did not come during the Roman Empire, then prophetic Scripture has failed. Dispensationalism fails to uphold the prophetic word that it claims to interpret so accurately.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 180-181. Indentation, italics, and boldface in original. Underlining mine.}
Once again, Pulliam has overlooked several details. I’ve already dealt with the point about verse 26 (and called out his lack of discussion about verse 27) above, but it’s worth bringing out that he claimed that this prophecy foretold 4 kingdoms, and includes Babylonia as one of them–despite the fact that Daniel received this vision in the first year of Belshazzar (verse 1), the last Babylonian king! If this vision foretold four kingdoms, then it was given too late for Babylonia to be one of them! Once again, the context contradicts Pulliam’s claims. But this is admittedly a minor mistake, since his identifications for the first 3 beasts are correct: The first beast, “like a lion with eagles’ wings” (Daniel 7:4b NLT), represents the Babylonian empire; the “second one, resembling a bear” (verse 5b NASB), represents the Persian empire; and the third one, “like a leopard, with four wings of a bird on its back” (verse 6b ESV), represents the Alexandrian empire. This will come up again in Part 2.
As for the point about an “extension of life” for the first 3 kingdoms: this easily comports with the above-mentioned points about the nations being judged on the Day of the Lord and Jesus striking the final world superpower before his return (recall that 2 Thessalonians 2:1-2 portrays Jesus’ parousia, the rapture, and the Day of the Lord as all occurring together {HIDMF, p. 773-774}) directly, but the other kingdoms less directly. The kingdom of the Antichrist will not be allowed to persist past the start of Jesus’ reign, but many other nations that are still on Earth at that time will. The sheer number of foreign nations that are named in OT prophecies describing the Messiah’s Kingdom make it clear that there will still be national distinctions within the Kingdom–not to mention the remark in Revelation 22:2c that “the leaves of the tree [of life] are for the healing of the nations.” (NIV, boldface added) Indeed, this is why Jesus will be called the “King of kings, and Lord of lords” (Revelation 19:16c YLT) at that time–Jesus will be the King and Lord that all the other kings and lords in the world will have to answer to; after all, this is the sense of the phrase “king of kings” when applied to Nebuchadnezzar (Ezekiel 26:7; Daniel 2:37, as we saw above!) and Artaxerxes (Ezra 7:12)!
It’s also worth pointing out another contradiction in Pulliam’s logic. He points out in Lesson 5 (“Two Monumental Words”) that the Biblical words for “forever” or “everlasting” don’t necessarily mean “never-ever-ending” {p. 49-57}. “We know that the words forever and everlasting have a wide range of application. It is up to us to be careful that we not apply the wrong meaning. The definition of this word has the power to determine what you believe about the entire Bible.” {p. 56. Italics in original.} Yet Pulliam shows no carefulness whatsoever when interpreting “forever” in Daniel 7:26 as meaning “never-ever-ending”! Why can’t dispensationalists just use Pulliam’s own logic against him to claim that this verse is saying that the Roman Empire will only be destroyed for a finite amount of time (especially in light of the Aramaic phrasing, which I brought out at the start of this section) when Pulliam himself supports his point in Lesson 5 by pointing out that Jeremiah 17:4 used the term “forever” with reference to the 70-year captivity in Babylon?! {p. 54} Clearly, Pulliam’s decisions for what “forever” means in which passages are much more arbitrary and incoherent than he wants his readers to think!
Note Pulliam’s remark that he and his dispensationalist opponents are in agreement that Daniel 7:13-14 was fulfilled when Jesus ascended to his Father’s right side. Here are those verses from the version Pulliam personally told me he prefers, the 1995 NASB:
I kept looking in the night visions, And behold, with the clouds of heaven One like a Son of Man was coming, And He came up to the Ancient of Days And was presented before Him. And to Him was given dominion, Glory and a kingdom, That all the peoples, nations and men of every language Might serve Him. His dominion is an everlasting dominion Which will not pass away; And His kingdom is one Which will not be destroyed.
(Underlining added)
Pulliam and his dispensationalist opponents have both made the mistake of claiming that this prophecy was fulfilled in Jesus’ ascension to the Father’s right side, when it will actually be fulfilled with Jesus’ second coming. As you may have guessed, that’s not a mere assertion on my part; it becomes clear that this prophecy hasn’t been fulfilled yet once you look more carefully at the Aramaic text of verse 14:
Here’s a word-by-word translation of this verse, with slashes to represent the spaces between words and dashes to represent a ־; note the underlined phrase carefully, especially in light of the italicized phrase “men of every” in the 1995 NASB, revealing that those words weren’t in the Aramaic text.
And to him / was forcibly given [the Peil stem indicates a more intensive form of giving; i.e., what had belonged to the world is being repossessed by the Father and given to His Son] / dominion / and honor / and a kingdom. / And all / the peoples, / the nations, / and the tongues: / to him / they will pay reverence. / His dominion / is a dominion / age-enduring, / that which — never / will pass away, / and his kingdom / that which – never / will be destroyed. / [end major train of thought]
In the phrase “all the peoples, the nations, and the tongues”, the word “all” is qualifying all three terms following it. Do all nations pay reverence to Jesus now? Absolutely not.Individuals within any given nation may worship Jesus, but that nation on the whole doesn’t. A nation is a distinct entity from the people comprising it (whether individually or collectively); that was as true in the ancient world as it is today. But another relevant point is something that was true in the ancient world, but generally isn’t true today (which is probably another reason why dispensationalists misunderstand this verse; after all, their “bride-beating groom” argument for pre-Tribulationism displays a penchant for ethnocentrism! {HIDMF, p. 780}): in the ancient world, every nation had its own god that was worshiped on the national level.2 The Greeks actually extended this to the city level (e.g., Athens got Athena, Corinth got Aphrodite, Ephesus got Artemis, etc.)! This was a major reason why Israel’s neighbors needed some convincing that “the God of Israel” was the One who’d created the heavens and the earth, as opposed to just another local god like theirs!
Hence, Daniel 7:13-14 foretells a time when the Son of Man would be worshiped by all nations on a national level for the rest of eternity. The constant cries in our day about “separation of church and state” should be Exhibit A that such a time hasn’t arrived yet!
Teaser: The Key to this Whole Prophetic Puzzle
Anyway, back to the point about “the time of the end” being defined in Daniel 8. Pulliam’s exposition on what the term means in Daniel 8 focuses on the conquests of Alexander the Great over Persia, the splitting of the Alexandrian empire into 4 parts, and the subsequent rise of Antiochus Epiphanes. He then gives some conclusions that I have no doubt he thinks are especially powerful:
Among the kings of the North, would arise a wicked king named Antiochus IV Epiphanes. He defiled the temple in Jerusalem in 168 BC so the Jews could not offer sacrifices (see chart on page 192). Josephus tells us of his death, indicating the fulfillment of verse twenty-five. All of this is what we are to understand as “the time of the end.” (Dan 8:17). This is repeated a few verses later: “Behold, I am going to let you know what will occur at the final period of the indignation, for it pertains to the appointed time of the end.” (Dan 8:19). We must remain true to the context to understand what “end” is being discussed. This vision is set during the period when Persia and Greece were in conflict, and the conflict that would immediately follow when Alexander died. Dispensationalists agree with this portion of its historical fulfillment.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 189. Underlining mine.}
However, despite Pulliam’s insistence that “We must remain true to the context”, he conveniently leaves out the fact that the vision Daniel 8:15 starts explaining as “pertaining to the time of the end” ends in verse 14. And it’s in the last 2 verses of that vision that we get a key detail that the correct interpretation of what set(s) of years are referred to as “the time of the end” in Daniel 8 (and by implication, throughout the rest of Daniel) must be able to explain:
Then I heard a holy one speaking, and another holy one said to the one who spoke, “For how long is the vision concerning the regular burnt offering, the transgression that makes desolate, and the giving over of the sanctuary and host to be trampled underfoot?” And he said to me [the Septuagint, Theodotion’s Greek translation, & the Latin Vulgate all have “to him”], “For 2,300 evenings and mornings. Then the sanctuary shall be restored to its rightful state [or “shall be made right”].” (Daniel 8:13-14 ESV, boldface and underlining added)
What’s Pulliam’s view on the 2,300 evenings and mornings mentioned here? He never says, despite the fact that this number clearly “pertains to the time of the end”! He evidently tries to apply these two verses to Antiochus Epiphanes in the 2nd century B.C., in light of the quote above that references his timeline on p. 192, which cites “Dan 8:13-14” & “Dan 11:31” under “168 BC”. The problem with this is that the time of the desolation of Jerusalem’s second temple under Antiochus Epiphanes was only 3 lunar years (also according to Josephus!), which isn’t even half as much as 2,300 days! I can’t say I blame him for not touching this number with a ten-foot pole, though: nearly all eschatological camps fail to give a coherent explanation for these 2,300 evenings and mornings! In fact, in 1998, Larry W. Wilson presented the following results of a historical survey of expositors throughout the Christian era {Scroll to “Introduction and Historical Survey”}:
After reviewing 66 prominent scholars who wrote explanations on prophecy between the years of A.D. 430 to 1781, it is interesting that few expositors say anything at all about Daniel 8. Among these expositors, no consensus on the meaning of Daniel 8 exists, especially the 2,300 days mentioned in verse 14. Notice how their conclusions, written over a period of 1,351 years, are summarized:
1. The 2,300 days represent years: 21 writers 2. The 2,300 days are 2,300 literal days: 3 writers 3. The 2,300 days reach to the end of the world: 6 writers 4. The 2,300 days represent 1,150 24-hour days: 1 writer 5. No comment on the 2,300 days: 35 writers
For this survey, I purposely selected writers who wrote before the beginning of the 19th century when Baptist evangelist, William Miller, and many others, both in Europe and the United States began teaching that the 2,300 days would end during the 19th century. It is important to note that before the 19th century there was no consensus position on the meaning of Daniel 8. In fact, very little has ever been written on Daniel 8 during the past two millenniums.
Of course, this amount of variety (and failure) shouldn’t surprise us, since the explanation of Daniel 8 ends as follows: “The vision of the evenings and the mornings that has been told is true, but seal up the vision, for it refers to many days from now.” (Daniel 8:26 ESV, boldface added) Wilson’s own view (which would fall under category #1 in the above list, with the years being from 457 B.C. — when Artaxerxes’ decree to Ezra was given according to the mainstream chronology, which Wilson pegs as the starting point of the 70 Weeks of Daniel 9; see HIDMF, p. 691-692 for my discussion of the main problem with this decree being the one of Daniel 9:25 — to A.D. 1844, when the Heavenly Temple would supposedly be cleansed), aside from having no significant event in 1844 to make the fulfillment obvious to anyone (which is presumably why he makes out the endpoint to be something that happened in heaven, not on Earth), makes the common mistake of assuming a 49-year Jubilee Cycle, violating the clear words of Leviticus 25:11 {see also my discussion in HIDMF, p. 675-678}. The most coherent view I’ve seen other than the one I espouse was this one by Rick Lanser, which he subsequently repudiated and refuted here–and replaced with an explanation that amounts to 2,204-2,264 days, preceded by a period of 36-to-96 days that history has left us no documentation for the length of!
The view I espouse, on the other hand, achieves a level of precision that Lanser settled for dreaming of (“As a former draftsman and computer programmer, I have always valued precision. I have found, though, we have to be content with only as much precision as the actual evidence God has preserved for us allows. Exactness cannot be an end in itself.” {See previous hyperlink}). I’ve already mentioned my answer to this puzzle in Appendix D of my upcoming book, but I had to condense the explanation there in an attempt at brevity (that Appendix wound up being 108 pages long, for crying out loud!). So I’ll supplement that discussion by giving a more thorough explanation in the next post, with plenty of Biblical statements to corroborate it. And we’ll also see that it just so happens to line up perfectly with all the passages from Daniel that Pulliam appeals to in Lessons 17 & 18 to justify placing “the time of the end” in the days of the Roman Empire. (But since I still have yet to complete and submit the proposal for my book, here’s a hint: my explanation fits into category #2 in Wilson’s list.)
What of Huie’s remark about verse 43 indicating that this verse must have been fulfilled before Egypt was stricken with the poverty it’s had from its fall to Octavius to today? Well, I have 2 remarks in response to that. First, the Hebrew words “all” and “precious things” are in construct forms, modifying “Egypt”, while “gold” and “silver” are in absolute forms, being modified by “hidden treasures”, which is in the construct form. Hence, the “precious things” are Egypt’s, but not necessarily the gold or silver. Second, consider all the priceless artifacts from ancient Egypt that have been unearthed in recent centuries. Could this verse be predicting that the Antichrist will gain control over all the museum collections of ancient Egyptian artifacts and take advantage of the monetary value of those artifacts? Sure, that sounds far-fetched, but it won’t once you learn who the Antichrist will be! {I’ll link specifically to the paragraph bringing it all together.} ↩︎
How did the occasional pagans throughout history who worshiped the true God get through these national worship services without betraying Him? They probably just “went through the motions” when attending such national worship, like too many people do in churches today. Also bear in mind that most of these national religions wouldn’t have been very strict about their worship criteria, being more “do your own thing” in nature; they were among the plethora of “ethically easy” religions, in contrast to the few “ethically hard” religions like Judaism, Christianity, or Islam! ↩︎
I’m giving you a short entry this time (a little over 2,600 words) so I can finally buckle down on the proposal for my upcoming book. I also have some things to say about Pulliam’s views on Christ’s Kingdom and our eternal destiny, and I suspect I’ll move the posts covering those to before this point in this critique series once it’s finished (to give future binge-readers a more natural sense of progression).
The Main Argument
One of the sections in Pulliam’s work that I saw problems with the fastest was Lesson 16: The Great Parenthesis. {p. 165-177}
If every prophecy of the Old Testament has been fulfilled, then Dispensationalism is in error. It is waiting for events that will never occur. Dispensationalism needs a huge gap in prophecy to extend the Bible timetable into the future. In Dispensationalism, everything between Christ’s triumphal entry into Jerusalem and the Rapture is their gap called the Great Parenthesis.
The primary passage for presenting this parenthesis is Daniel 9:26-27. The diagram at right presents their view, but we still must ask, “What within the text of Daniel 9 tells us that a parenthesis of time is occurring?” {“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 166. Italics in original. Underlining mine.}
Set aside the fact that Pulliam is admitting that his whole eschatology relies squarely on the premise that every prophecy in the OT has already been fulfilled, a notion that I already have pointed out a handful of problems with. In my upcoming book, I exegete Daniel 9 in some detail {HIDMF p. 657-669, 672-675, 679-680}–which is why I immediately knew that there is indeed something in the text that conclusively indicates a time gap in Daniel’s prophecy! But first, I feel like letting Pulliam embarrass himself (and his dispensationalist opponents) by making more statements that show his (and their) ignorance of that something:
Dispensationalists think that the prophecy “hints” that it is there. We are told to believe that, because the Messiah is cut off after week 69, there must be a gap between 69 and 70. In truth, the reader can safely assume that 70 follows 69. Daniel being told that it comes after 69 does not mean it is between 69 and 70. We know that it falls within the 70th because it is specifically dealt with in verse 27…
What we have is a specified period of time intended to instruct on God’s intentions. When God specified “when” in every other Bible prophecy, it came to pass “when” He said it would. Why is the Dispensationalist seeing something different here? He sees a postponement because his doctrine needs to delay the fulfillment of prophecy. He cannot get the Millennium into the seventy-week scenario clearly laid out for Daniel. If the seventy weeks have passed, then Jesus is already on the throne of David, but the Dispensationalist cannot accept that. In Dispensational theology, that final week must be a “container” housing a Rapture, Antichrist, Great Tribulation, and Battle of Armageddon. As long as the Dispensationalist holds his original views of Israel’s return to the land for a Millennial reign of the Messiah on David’s throne, he must move that final week into the future. {p. 167. Italics and boldface in original. Underlining mine.}
…The parenthesis (gap) theory is worse than fine print in a contract that traps an unwary signer. At least with the fine print, you can actually read what is specifically intended. {p. 168. Italics in original. Underlining mine.}
…In other words, there are seventy literal weeks, and no more; however, there is a hidden span of time between the sixty-ninth and seventieth week that Daniel “only hinted at”… His “hint” forces the student to believe Gabriel foretold an event as being after week 69, but not during week 70. Why? Because his doctrine needs extra time.
…We cannot justify a gap in a prophesied seventy week period that makes it longer than seventy weeks. {p. 169. Italics and boldface in original. Underlining mine.}
There are no parentheses, or gaps, in the prophecies of God. He has never had to insert a prophetic postponement because things just didn’t work out right. Dispensationalism needs them because its time line has moved events into the future, even though God has already carried them out. {p. 174. Italics and boldface in original. Underlining mine.}
I agree with every statement I underlined in these quotes. But I differ from dispensationalists by saying that the final “seven” is actually 8 years long (the sabbatical cycle over which the Apocalypse occurs, plus the Jubilee Year in which Jesus returns), just like every 7th “seven” in the prophecy is (since each successive set of 7 “sevens” constitutes a full Jubilee cycle) {HIDMF p. 675-680}; as a multiple of 7, the 70th “seven” would be no exception. I also disagree with them by having the Antichrist show up ~3.5 years into the Apocalypse (Revelation 11:7; the participle rendered “comes up” in the 1995 NASB is present-tense — i.e., “coming up” — meaning his resuscitation coincides with the end of the Two Witnesses’ testimony), the Great Tribulation constituting the 3.5 years following, and the Battle of Armageddon and Rapture occurring on the same day–Tishri 10 in the 8th year of the 70th “seven” (when Jesus will usher in the Jubilee Year with the trumpet blast; see 1 Corinthians 15:52 cf. Leviticus 25:9). I also reject the idea that God postponed the 70th week “because things just didn’t work out right”, although I can’t think of any dispensationalists who explicitly claim that is what happened here (that doesn’t mean none of them do, though!).
The Conclusive Rebuttal That Even Dispensationalists Miss
But I find it shameful that the dispensationalists Pulliam was citing here offered such pathetic arguments about the 70th “seven” being “hinted at”, as if they had no conclusive argument for that gap. It provides easy fodder for Pulliam to claim that they’re going beyond where the text warrants while he’s not. But the truth is, the real reason Pulliam and even the dispensationalists he’s citing don’t see an unequivocal gap in the text is because the gap is getting lost in translation! Here’s the rendering of verses 26-27 that Pulliam gives in his book:
Then after the sixty-two weeks the Messiah will be cut off and have nothing, and the people of the prince who is to come will destroy the city and the sanctuary. And its end will come with a flood; even to the end there will be war; desolations are determined.
And he will make a firm covenant with the many for one week, but in the middle of the week he will put a stop to sacrifice and grain offering; and on the wing of abominations will come one who makes desolate, even until a complete destruction, one that is decreed, is poured out on the one who makes desolate. {p. 173. Italics and boldface in original. Underlining mine.}
Now, here are those same two verses as I quote them in my upcoming book, followed by my pointing out the textual justification for the time gap between the 69th & 70th “sevens”. Pay close attention to the underlined phrase in his quotation of verse 27a versus mine:
And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall comeshall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood [“flood” was often a metaphor for a large army, cf. Isaiah 59:19, Jeremiah 46:7-8; see also Daniel 11:22], and unto the end of the war desolations are determined [Masoretic Text literally reads “and until the end, war is determined, causing desolations”]. (Daniel 9:26 KJV, emphases added)
…
And then he shall strengthen a covenant concerning many for one seven [literally, “many, seven one”], and half of the seven, he shall cause to cease sacrifice and offering, and on account of [or “and on”; the Hebrew preposition is `al…] a pinnacle [literally, “a wing”] of abominations, makes desolate even until consummation [literally, “until a completion”], and what’s been decided shall be poured on the desolation [singular]. (Daniel 9:27 my right-to-left translation, emphases added)
…
The Hebrew text of verse 27 opens with a waw-consecutive perfect-tense verb (“And then he shall strengthen”): the 70th “seven” occurs after the destruction of verse 26 (“shall destroy” is the last imperfect-tense verb prior) has already happened. This demands a time gap (40 years, minimum) between the end of the 69th “seven” and the beginning of the 70th.
{HIDMF p. 668-669, 673-674. Boldface and italics in original. Underlining added.}
Checkmate, Pulliam. There is indeed “fine print” (if he insists on calling it that) in Daniel’s prophecy that enables us to “actually read what is specifically intended”. As many ad hoc devices as dispensationalists have invented to prop up their ideas (e.g., the notion that the rapture of Christians is imminent, to prop up their idea that it occurs at the start of the Apocalypse rather than the end of it), the time gap in Daniel 9:25-27 isn’t one of them. It’s been right there in the Hebrew text this whole time. Don’t think my translation is accurate? Check out the Masoretic Text of verse 27 and click on the Parsing information for the very first word; the verb type is “Sequential Perfect (weqatal)”, which indicates that the action of the verb occurs chronologically after (or at earliest, coincides with) the action of the Imperfect (or Sequential Perfect) verb immediately before it (which in this case, would be “shall destroy”). Hence, the absolute earliest the 70th “seven” could have begun was at the second destruction of Jerusalem on Av 10 of A.D. 70, nearly 41 full years after the 69th “seven” ended!
Given how loudly dispensationalists trumpet their adherence to a “literal” hermeneutic, I’m surprised that they (especially Walvoord, who Pulliam cites a handful of times in the course of the above quotes) never pointed this out in their works that Pulliam consulted (or maybe some dispensationalists whose works Pulliam consulted did, and Pulliam just neglected to inform his readers of that fact; I personally can’t be bothered to figure out which of these scenarios is the truth). Then again, when I brought this to the attention of my friend John Gerstenmier (pastor of Tirzah Presbyterian Church in Waxhaw, NC), he reminded me that Bible teachers tend to argue from the translations they’re comfortable with, without checking the Hebrew, Aramaic, or Greek–and I have yet to find an English translation that makes the waw-consecutives in the OT explicit like I do (or the waw-disjunctives, for that matter; English translations tend to render all of them as waw copulatives)!
Additional Remarks
There’s something else worth bringing out here that I don’t address in my book (aside from presenting the more literal rendering, as seen in the quote above): Many English translations render the last part of verse 26 as something akin to “and until the end of the war, desolations are determined”, where the phrase “until the end of the war” gives the impression that the fulfillment was completed in the days of the Jewish-Roman Wars. But the Hebrew literally reads: “and until [the] end, war is determined, causing desolations”. In this case, the prophecy is saying that for the period of time from the second destruction of Jerusalem until the end of the 70th “seven”, Israel and Jerusalem would be subject to military tension, preventing Israelites from returning to the land in numbers significant enough to regain full control of it. This has indeed been fulfilled with the dozens of riots, revolts, battles, sieges, attacks, captures, and/or recaptures of Jerusalem that have occurred since A.D. 70. {“Jerusalem Besieged: From Ancient Canaan to Modern Israel”. Cline, Eric H. 2004. Ann Arbor, MI: The University of Michigan Press. 9-10.} So the fact that Modern Israel currently possesses much of Jerusalem (one notable exception being the Temple Mount, other than the Western Wall), but not all the land covered by Ancient Israel (although I personally doubt {scroll to the second paragraph above “A Quick Exercise”, to the part discussing Zephaniah 2:4} they’ll possess all of it until Jesus returns; only time will tell, especially in light of the current political situation in the Middle East!), suggests that we’re relatively close to “the end”! (Of course, by “relatively close”, I mean relative to the entire length of time between A.D. 70 and the start of the 70th “seven”, which has so far been almost 1,955 years.)
Indeed, I show in my book that because each of the 70 “sevens” is tied to a sabbatical cycle, and the final year of the 70th “seven” must be a Jubilee year, and the first year of the 1st “seven” must have immediately followed a Jubilee year, this means that the last year of the 69th “seven” must end 8 years short of the end of a Jubilee cycle, and the first year of the 70th “seven” must begin 8 years short of the end of a Jubilee cycle; therefore, the last year of the 69th “seven” and the first year of the 70th “seven” must have an exact multiple of 50 (Jewish) years between them. {HIDMF p. 680, 744} I further show that Hosea 5:14-6:3 prophesied a period of 2,000 years from when Jesus announced the beginning of its fulfillment at the Feast of Tabernacles in A.D. 29 (John 7:32-36) to when the Two Witnesses show up at the third tabernacle/temple (Revelation 11:1-3; note that verse 2 indicates that most of the Temple Mount will be under the control of pagan nations at that time, meaning this can’t be the second temple destroyed in A.D. 70 or the temple described in Ezekiel 40-48, since the Temple Mount was/will be fully controlled by the nation of Israel for both of those–that this goes for the latter is shown in Ezekiel 44:9 & 48:19), opening up the path for Israel to repent on the national level (Deuteronomy 30, Malachi 4). {HIDMF p. 729 Fn 1273, 760} I therefore predict that we’ll see two people in Jerusalem satisfying the description of Revelation 11:5-6 (literally, of course) starting in the autumn of A.D. 2029. {HIDMF p. 723, 759-760}
If that prediction of mine comes to pass, I’ll be willing to help Pulliam and those in his congregation “collect oil for their lamps” before it’s too late for them to do so (Matthew 25:1-13). {HIDMF p. 723} As harsh as I’ve been to Pulliam in this blog series, I still want the best for the members of his congregation, and am willing to extend mercy to those who show genuine repentance. (Indeed, I’m generally so willing to give second chances that my sister has claimed that I set myself up for people to take advantage of me!)
But in the meantime, what we have in Lesson 16 of “In the Days of Those Kings” is yet another blunder that Pulliam could’ve avoided just by checking the text in the original language. (If you want to avoid making such mistakes, I recommend utilizing the Interlinear functionality at Blue Letter Bible on proof-texts for any claim. There are more steps to the investigation process than that of course, but I recommend doing this one first: in my experience, around 80-90% of false teachings and/or arguments from skeptics about what the Bible supposedly says can be undercut with this step alone.)
On the night of February 16th, 2025, I read my weekly email from Answers in Genesis, and one of the stories I clicked on was “Twenty-Five Christians vs. One Atheist: Our Response”. As you’re probably guessing from the title of this post, the 1 atheist was Alex O’Connor, who’d gone under my radar until I read that article. I recommend watching Bryan Osborne’s response video, which explains where the Christians involved in the debate were going woefully wrong with their tactics (as the response video said in its title, “This Debate Was PAINFUL to Watch”)–lest you end up making the same mistakes in your confrontations with atheists; being well-versed in worldview apologetics, I was already familiar with most of the things Osborne brought out. But one thing he said particularly jumped out to me {jump to the 12:17 mark of Osborne’s video}: Alex’s claim in an earlier video that the suffering of animals is Christianity’s biggest problem, even bigger than the “Problem of Evil”. Having already included a response to the Problem of Evil at the end of Appendix A and a discussion about animal death before the fall in Chapter 16 of my upcoming book, I was curious to see if Alex had anything to bring up that I hadn’t considered. Plus, a comment on Osborne’s video by a “robinfeatherhead” brought out a major point Alex was making in the debate regarding animal suffering that sounded intriguing to me: “alex literally explains why animal suffering is philosophically a bigger problem than human suffering, in the video you’re critiquing. twice. it’s because most of the apologia for suffering is human oriented.” {Lack of capitalization in original.} Curious to see whether robinfeatherhead’s claim has any merit, I watched the entire debate segment on suffering.
Now, lest one point out that Alex was merely saying that animal suffering makes it “less likely” that God exists: this is disingenous, since the debate was clearly billed as “1 Atheist vs 25 Christians”; an Atheist insists there is no God; if his position intended to leave any possibility of God’s existence open, he would claim to be an Agnostic, not an Atheist. Hence, whether God exists (as opposed to whether God likely exists) is the core premise at issue. Nevertheless, Alex explains what he means by “less likely” in response to the first debater’s opening question {jump to the 1:42 mark}:
Of course we don’t know, but that’s why I use the phraseology of ‘unlikely’. I think that if you were to tell somebody who was sort of in some… Roussean state of nature, hadn’t seen the world, and you said that, ‘the world has been created by an omnibenevolent, all-powerful God’, what kind of world would that person be imagining? And if you dropped them into the world, if you- if you gave them the opportunity to become a wild animal like, in 2 seconds, I was just gonna turn you into a random wild animal somewhere on planet Earth… I think you would probably kill yourself before I had the opportunity because you know that the life of these animals is almost defined in terms of their suffering. {Emphases his.}
Of course, the Bible tells us that Adam was created in a Roussean state of nature (one “preceding socialization… thus devoid of social traits such as pride, envy, or even fear of others” {click on that last hyperlink}), which went away the instant God started talking to him. But the world Adam experienced just after being created on Day 6 was undoubtedly the kind of world a human would expect of “an omnibenevolent, all-powerful God”–and remained so until the Curse. This is the crucial part of the equation that Alex (and for that matter, everyone who promotes the Problem of Evil, the Epicurean Paradox, or whatever you want to call it, as a serious problem for theistic religions in general or Christianity in particular) CONSISTENTLY IGNORES, even in the earlier video (seriously, look up any flowchart diagram explaining the Epicurean Paradox; the whole problem is always phrased and presented in such a way that the Fall of Man and resultant Curse are totally left out of the discussion–meaning the questioners are ignoring the answer to their own question every time they ask it!). Well, except when someone finally brought it up at almost the end of that segment (which I’ll quote below; also, I suspect the first speaker was about to get to it when he was interrupted! {jump to the 2:58 mark}).
And lest Alex add that this information comes from Scripture, and thus requires the argument to import additional assumptions (namely, that the Biblical account of the Fall of Man is true), he goes on to tacitly admit that his own view relies on importing additional assumptions as well:
Hayden: “Would you say that theism or atheism better account for the idea that suffering exists and a purpose for it?” Alex: “Depends exactly what you mean, uh, because of course, you might say that the world itself is more expected on theism, and since suffering, you know needs the existence of the world, then it’s theism. But, granted the existence of a material world, let’s say, I think atheism.” (boldface mine)
In the debate video, he states his position that “Suffering makes God’s existence unlikely.” {jump to the 0:28 mark}, lays out the theistic evolutionism scenario (which, I agree, would require God to be an incompetent bungler, a sadistic ogre, or both), and then concludes, “I think that that’s less likely on theism. If you assume atheism or materialism not only do you explain this, you also come to expect it.” {Jump to the 1:27 mark} He also admits: “I’ll tell you what I’m assuming here. What I’m assuming here is that God would- a good God would not allow unnecessary suffering to attain” {jump to the 7:45 mark}, but goes on to clarify “So perhaps I should say, unjustified instead of unnecessary” {jump to the 8:08 mark}–making my job easier!
And of greatest relevance to my discussion in this post is that he points out that “Christianity has a celebrated tradition of theodicies, trying to explain why something exists. Human free will, the development of the soul, higher order good, all of this kind of stuff–none of which apply to the suffering of non-human animals.” {jump to the 3:39 mark} And even near the end of the segment, when someone finally said: “Well, could you say that the result of why we suffer is because of Fall of Man?” He answered: “I would say not, ‘cuz I don’t believe in the Fall of Man [As I’ve seen SciManDan say {jump to the 29:50 mark for context}, “Incredulity Alert! Incredulity Alert! Incredulity Alert!”], but I also don’t think that that explains non-human animal suffering. The big thing that I wanna keep pressing is that the theodicies that we talk about, free will, Fall of Man, all of this kind of stuff–I don’t think applies to that deer with its leg caught under the branch that’s dying in confused agony.” {jump to the 17:53 mark} Finally, in a clip from another one of his earlier videos, Alex rehashes the points made in the other video, and then concludes: “At the very least, I think this means we should refuse to grant our scent- our ascent to Christianity, until some form of justification is forthcoming.” {jump to the 3:51 mark}
Challenge Accepted
First off, just because Alex doesn’t believe that the events of Genesis 1-3 are historically factual, doesn’t falsify them. In fact, it’s foul play for Alex to not accept the Fall of Man (even if just for the sake of argument) when letting a Christian try to make their case, because the Fall of Man is a core component of what the Bible teaches. As it’s well been said, you won’t have reason to accept the Good News (the Gospel Message, including that salvation has become available) unless you’re already aware of the Bad News (the Fall of Man and our subsequent continuance in sin, bringing about the death sentence that we need to be saved from–although the former acts on its own in cases like the newborn baby dying of cancer that Alex brings up as a counterexample to one of his opponents’ arguments {jump to the 6:45 mark}; as a result, that baby will end up in the New Heavens & New Earth, since they’d have no sins for God to judge). To borrow the terminology from Ken Ham’s book “Why Won’t They Listen?” {2002. Green Forest, AR: Master Books. 30.}, Alex is trying to make a Christian defend the Power and Hope of the Gospel, without granting them the Foundational Knowledge for the Gospel as a starting premise. That would amount to defending a “Biblical Worldview” that isn’t truly Biblical. So it’s really no wonder his opponents in that debate failed so miserably; they weren’t defending Biblical Christianity! To paraphrase Charles Spurgeon: God’s Word is like a lion; let it out of the cage you’ve put it in, and it will defend itself.
Second, the reason he can claim that “evolution” lines up with reality is because of a classic equivocation fallacy among evolutionists: (Micro)evolution is observed; therefore, (macro)evolution is real. Alex constantly brings up the reality of “natural selection”, overlooking the fact that this process only works with the genetic information already present, and so has only ever been observed to result in microevolution (variations within a kind). At most, some species within a Biblical kind occasionally give rise to a new species of that same kind, but there are also genetic boundaries that can’t be crossed to allow members of one kind to have offspring of a different kind {scroll to the second blockquote under “Scientific Misconduct?”; the full peer-reviewed technical paper being quoted from is freely available to read here}; even evolutionist David S. Thaler, who co-authored a peer-reviewed paper confirming this reality (and I mean “confirming” quite literally; the former peer-reviewed paper was published before the latter–2016 versus 2018!), concluded that “If individuals are stars, then species are galaxies[.] They are compact clusters in the vastness of empty sequence space”. In contrast, macroevolution requires the ability for one kind to give rise to another kind (e.g., a kind of sea creature giving rise to a kind of terrestrial quadruped, as implied by the “Darwin Fish” symbol), which would require members to be able to cross “the vastness of empty sequence space” from one “compact cluster” to another (or more accurately, start their own isolated cluster). So why don’t we observe any individuals (let alone small sets of individuals in the process of starting up their own cluster) in between the clusters, when macroevolutionary models would have us expect plenty of them?
So here’s the Young-Earth Creationist view (technically known as the “Created Heterozygosity & Natural Processes [CHNP] Model”) that explains what we observe in nature: God imbued the capacity for most of this variation in the DNA of these creatures’ ancestors during the Creation Week (so they’d be able to fill every biome the earth would ever have); subsequently made some modifications at the time of the Curse to enable creatures to defend themselves from predation in a fallen world, thus giving rise to most of the violence and suffering we see in nature (e.g., Genesis 3:18 specifically mentions spinose structures arising from the Curse, and these structures are modified forms of plant parts that would’ve already existed); and has since allowed mutations to degrade the DNA further, sometimes even to the point of extinction (as we’ve recently been seeing with the Tasmanian devil), under the Curse.
Now for the actual explanation. If you want to show that your opponent’s position yields a problem (i.e., a “proof by contradiction”), then you need to assume all of your opponent’s premises (in order to make sure that none of those premises counter the argument you’re making); so attempts to show that the Biblical worldview contradicts itself (and/or reality) would require you to assume all the Bible’s premises in the process for the sake of argument–including the Fall of Man and resultant Curse. So-called “natural evil” (natural disasters, such as tornados) is also a result of the Curse; whenever Alex brings up that poor deer that died because its leg got trapped when a tree fell on it (a complete lack of human involvement is implied), that fits into this category. Why did natural disasters come into existence after the Fall of Man? Because God originally gave humans the whole world and the other creatures living in it as their dominion (Genesis 1:28). This is the key to the whole puzzle. Once Adam sinned, his whole dominion started being tainted by it; in fact, that dominion shifted from being ruled by humanity to being ruled by Satan (Hebrews 2:6-8 speaks of humanity not presently being in the position of authority they were created for — note all the past-tense verbs in verses 7 & 8a — and 2 Corinthians 4:4b refers to Satan as “the god of the age, of this one”–my word-for-word translation of the Greek phrase, ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου). This is the source of all the gratuitous, needless, and/or unnecessary suffering in the world (although claiming it’s unjustified would ignore the explanation I’m giving right now). Paul went so far as to explain that “the whole creation groaneth and travaileth in pain together until now” (Romans 8:22c KJV); the Greek word for “creation” isn’t kosmos (world order/system), but ktisis (a thing created). This is why the effects of the Curse can be seen everywhere, even in things as remote from us as stars exploding in outer space (which are definitely part of the “creation”, per Genesis 1:16c). In fact, Luke 8:27-31 shows that even fallen angels fear torment and suffering, and Jesus permitted those particular demons to possess some pigs and drown them in verses 32-33. In light of all this, why would we expect animals to be exempted from these things when nothing else in all creation (sentient or non-sentient) is?
So there you have it: a straightforward justification for why animals suffer (gratuitously or otherwise) in a world initially created by an omnibenevolent God (but subsequently cursed by man’s sin).
Not only was the logic simple and straightforward enough for me to explain it in just one paragraph, but also note that I started off by exposing the ruse in his “I don’t believe in the Fall of Man” rebuttal, giving me the opportunity to expound the Biblical position (with the Fall of Man as a premise) and show that it’s coherent after all. The fact that none of the Christians in the debate could do this is just another demonstration of a point that I’ve been driving home for two decades now: these kinds of tough questions dohave solid Biblical answers; but once you forfeit the straightforward understanding of the opening chapters of Genesis, the answers completely fall apart. Skeptics have understood this and used it to their advantage for over 200 years, just as Alex did here; the Christians in this debate fell for it, hook-line-and-sinker.
And just like the old-earth geologists who gave the skeptics their first dose of “intellectual fulfillment”1 200 years ago, Alex is relying on the assumption of uniformitarianism: that what we see in the present is representative of how (and how quickly) things always operated in the past. But in doing so, they’re ignoring a basic tenet of forensics (which is a historical science, the realm in which the creation-evolution debate operates): anyone who’s watched a detective show would know that the significance of a piece of evidence can drastically change in light of eyewitness testimony. In this case, uniformitarianists are ignoring the eyewitness testimony of the Bible. In fact, the founders of uniformitarian geology were deliberately doing so: Charles Lyell, arguably the biggest public proponent of uniformitarian geology in the early 19th century, mentioned in a letter to Poulett Scrope, who was about to review the first volume of Lyell’s watershed work “Principles of Geology”, that he hoped Scrope’s review, which would be published in a literary & political periodical called the Quarterly Review (intended to counter the Edinburgh Review’s influence on public opinion, no less; do not underestimate the sway the Quarterly Review held in the 19th century!), would be “what will free the science from Moses”.
Moreover, God still upholds the universe benevolently enough for us to catch glimpses of what He wanted for us all along. I’ve seen someone point out (I’m having trouble recollecting who) that God could’ve arranged the universe to make our situation even more miserable. He could’ve made all food taste bland, He could’ve made it painful for even a perfectly healthy person to eat anything, etc. If these things and more were the case, we could very easily conclude that our creator isn’t loving at all! The fact that there’s still some good in this creation not only tells us that God is loving and benevolent (so much for that “Evil God Hypothesis” Alex brings up during the debate, which aims to show that such arguments are arbitrary!), but it helps us look forward to the time when the Curse will be removed. I’m reminded of the fact that the Grand Canyon was carved from the waters of the Flood retreating off of the American continent; yet my late uncle (who was an agnostic, by the way) once told me, “I’ve been to 14 countries, and the Grand Canyon is the only thing I’ve seen that took my breath away.” Given how beautiful our world still is after it’s been devastated, how much more beautiful must it have been in pristine condition–and by implication, how much more beautiful will it be once it’s restored?
My Take On Animal Death And Predation Before, During, And After The Curse
Now, why do I call Alex’s take on animal suffering “ironically reassuring”? Because in that earlier video Osborne showed the thumbnail for, Alex actually brought up some things that I considered while writing the forementioned discussion in Chapter 16 of my upcoming book, but couldn’t really squeeze into it without wrecking my meticulous formatting. So now that I have a blog that doesn’t have such restrictions, I’d like to address these points a little more fully here. I’ll give you the background to appreciate where I’m going with this by giving you the discussion from Chapter 16 of my upcoming book, Footnotes and all.
Speaking of spiritual growth, I’ve heard it said that if you’re studying the Bible properly, it should make you feel uncomfortable sometimes. This tends to happen to me when I come across a passage pertaining to a sin I’m struggling with at the time, just like it should for everyone else. But in my case, this can also happen when an apologetics argument I’ve grown so used to utilizing with good results is exposed as faulty upon closer inspection. This rarely happens with me anymore because I’m generally aware of so many alternative arguments that can be utilized to prove the same point, that I can afford to ditch the ones that are trash. But once in a blue moon, I do struggle with letting some go. For example, early on when typing Appendix A of this work, I presented the following pair of arguments against compromising evangelical positions:
If death was around before Adam sinned, then a legion of theological problems arise later on in the Bible. I’ll only focus on two of them here. First (and arguably most importantly), the Bible tells us that “the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.” (Romans 6:23c KJV) “For since by man came death, by man came also the resurrection of the dead. For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive… The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” (1 Corinthians 15:21-22, 26 KJV) These passages indicate that death is an intrusion into the universe that entered it as a result of Adam’s sin, and Jesus died to save us from the eternal consequences of death and make it possible for us to live in a deathless world in the future. But if death has always been a part of the universe, even before Adam sinned, then how can death be considered an intrusion into the universe that resulted from Adam’s sin? What was the point of Jesus’ sacrifice? Second, it’s quite clear from reading the opening and closing chapters of the Bible (Genesis 1-3 and Revelation 21-22) that the universe will be restored to the level of perfection it had when it was originally created. So if the Old Heavens and Old Earth (the current universe) were created with death, then wouldn’t that mean there will be death in the New Heavens and New Earth as well? If death existed before Adam, the ideas of salvation and redemption make absolutely no sense. Compromising evangelicals directly undermine the very gospel message they’re supposed to preach to others (Mark 16:15)!
However, it was brought to my attention in October of 2023 that these arguments can only be legitimately applied to human death, in light of another passage that’s often used when making these arguments, Romans 5. “Wherefore, as by one man sin entered into the world, and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men, for that [literally “men, on the basis that“; epi with a dative-case pronoun] all have sinned” (Romans 5:12 KJV, emphases added). The claim, as it pertains to this argument against compromising evangelicals, is that the phrase “sin entered into the world, and death by sin” implies that neither humans nor animals were susceptible to death until Adam sinned. However, just a few sentences later, Paul made it clear that he was talking about sin and death for humans specifically:
(…But not as the offence, so also is the free gift. For if through the offence of one many be dead, much more the grace of God, and the gift by grace, which isby one man, Jesus Christ, hath abounded unto many. And not as it was by one that sinned, so is the gift: for the judgment wasby one to condemnation, but the free gift isof many offences unto justification. For if by one man’s offence death reigned by one; much more they which receive abundance of grace and of the gift of righteousness shall reign in life by one, Jesus Christ.) Therefore as by the offence of one judgment came upon all men to condemnation; even so by the righteousness of one the free gift came upon all men unto justification of life. For as by one man’s disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous. (Romans 5:15-19 KJV, emphases added)
Animals are wholly incapable of sin, so they obviously aren’t under consideration in this passage. In fact, this interpretation fully comports with another (valid) argument Biblical creationists use against the existence of intelligent life elsewhere in the universe: Jesus became human in order to save sinful humans (Hebrews 2:9-11,14-18). So in order to save sinful Klingons, Jesus would’ve had to become a Klingon; to save sinful Ewoks, Jesus would’ve had to become an Ewok; and so on and so forth. So the fact that Jesus became a human and no other kind of creature (and indeed, is still human to this day) implies that humans are the only organic creatures that have sins in need of forgiveness!
You might claim this logic doesn’t work because fallen angels will be destroyed at the end of the Millennial Kingdom for their sins, but the crucial distinction between humans and angels on this front is clarified among the verses I just cited from Hebrews: angels (fallen or otherwise) don’t have flesh and blood, and certainly aren’t organic creatures.
Seeing then, the children have partaken of flesh and blood, he himself also in like manner did take part of the same, that through death he might destroy him having the power of death — that is, the devil — and might deliver those, whoever, with [literally, “those, as many as by“] fear of death, throughout all their life, were subjects of bondage, for, doubtless, of messengers it [fear of death] doth not lay hold, but of seed of Abraham it layeth hold772 (Hebrews 2:14-16 YLT, emphases added)
Also note that the verbs for “lay(eth) hold” are in the present tense. Death is an ongoing fear for humans (however strong or weak that fear may be in the moment; as good as we may get at ignoring this fear, death can still happen at any time), but not for angels. Satan (and undoubtedly, every other individual demon by now) knows when he’s going to perish (thanks to the doctrine of chiliasm, which I’ll discuss in Appendix D), but no individual human knows when they will. As a result, demons can do their thing unhindered by fear of death, because they know they’ll perish no sooner than the time God has decided for Satan himself. In contrast, every living human has the potential to die at any time before the first resurrection; this basic fact about life and death, even when crammed away at the backs of our minds, influences how we live our lives in a way demons don’t have to deal with themselves — and there’s no doubt the demons take advantage of this as much as they can.
But as far as we can tell, the potential to live forever is something animals simply don’t think about. As image-bearers of an eternal God, humans (unlike animals) have considerations about eternity. This is circumstantial evidence that God didn’t necessarily intend for animals to live for eternity. More solid support for this idea can be found in the opening chapters of Genesis, if you pay careful attention (bear in mind that the words for “earth” in these passages773 primarily meant “land” or “ground”):
And God blessed them, and God said unto them, Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish [which meant “make replete” (i.e., “fill to completion”) in archaic English] the earth [or “land”], and subdue it: and have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over every living thing that moveth upon the earth [or “ground”]. And God said, Behold, I have given you every herb bearing seed, which is upon the face of all the earth [or “land”], and every tree, in the which is the fruit of a tree yielding seed; to you it shall be for meat [food in general, in archaic English]. And to every beast of the earth [or “land”], and to every fowl of the air, and to every thing that creepeth upon the earth, wherein there is life [literally, “wherein is a soul that is alive”], I have given every green herb for meat: and it was so.… And the LORD God planted a garden eastward in Eden; and there he put the man whom he had formed. And out of the ground [Hebrew ‘adamah, meaning “soil” or “dirt” — see page 43 back in Chapter 4; Greek gē, the same word for “earth” in the LXX of the verses just quoted] made the LORD God to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight, and good for food; the tree of life also in the midst [properly, “middle”] of the garden, and the tree of knowledge of good and evil. And a river went out of Eden to water the garden; and from thence it was parted, and became into four heads.… And the LORD God said unto the serpent, Because thou hast done this, thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field; upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life:… And the LORD God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also [or “again”, or “more”] of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever: Therefore the LORD God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground [Hebrew ‘adamah, Greek gē] from whence he was taken. So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden Cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life. (Genesis 1:28-30; 2:8-10; 3:14,22-24 KJV, underlining and emphases added)
For the longest time, I never noticed that sea creatures are mentioned in Genesis 1:28, but not in 1:30 or 3:14! Evidently, sea creatures weren’t originally intended to be vegetarian like humans or land-dwelling and/or flying animals were (which would make sense since marine ecosystems are far more dependent on carnivory than terrestrial ones, given how scarce vegetation sources are in the oceans; then again, that assumes this was also the case in the pre-Flood ocean). I can’t remember seeing any occasion where a Biblical creationist has brought up this point, probably because they’re scared of its implications for their preconceived notions about death before the Fall and aren’t ready to relinquish this argument against compromising evangelical views that has come to be perceived as a kind of “slam-dunk”. However, after thinking it over for about a week, I came to the conclusion that the theological implications aren’t really as drastic as the typical creationist might think.
For example, they can still cogently argue that land-dwelling and/or flying animals (note the phrase “wherein is a soul that is alive” and recall the Biblical definition of “living creature” I laid out in Chapter 6) were vegetarian before the Fall (after all, creatures that aren’t living souls — e.g., bacteria — would’ve still been able to “eat” sea creatures that died in order to decompose them and make room for more sea creatures, if any sea creatures did somehow “die of old age” before Adam sinned) — which still poses a significant problem for Old-Earthers who accept the fossil record as pre-dating Adam, since we have plenty of fossil evidence for land animals eating each other in the geologic column!774 Also, while it’s safe to assume that the extinction and genetic entropy that all creatures are susceptible to now wouldn’t have applied to sea creatures before the Curse (just as they wouldn’t have for any other creatures), the absence of sea creatures in Genesis 3:14 would merely imply that land creatures would bear the brunt of the Curse’s effects (e.g., being subject to predation and death when they weren’t before).
Genesis 3:22-24 makes it clear that there were no trees of life outside the Garden of Eden, let alone on any shores of the pre-Flood ocean (Genesis 1:9). While Genesis 2 mentions that there was a river that watered the Garden of Eden (presumably including the tree of life), we have no guarantee that the tree of life would’ve been close enough to said river for its fruit or leaves to fall off and make their way down any of the 4 rivers branching off from it to the pre-Flood ocean for sea creatures to eat them — and that’s assuming the pre-Flood hydrologic cycle was similar enough to the modern one for the rivers to make it all the way to the ocean, and that no land animals ate them before they made it to the ocean! Quite simply, any model involving pre-Flood sea creatures having access to fruit or leaves from the tree of life (the only thing mentioned in Scripture as a means for organic creatures to undo aging and live indefinitely) is going to require some sketchy assumptions. In any case, the cherubim and flaming sword would’ve ensured that any animals still in the Garden after Adam & Eve’s banishment couldn’t have accessed the tree of life — regardless of what type of animals they were!
So, let’s address the strongest Biblical objection remaining against this possibility that some living creatures were eating other living creatures before the Fall: How would a creation where this is the case qualify as “very good”? For the same reason the tree of the knowledge of good and evil was “good” (as discussed back in Chapter 6): because it served a purpose. This predator-prey dynamic enabled God’s creation to sustain itself, by preventing the oceans from eventually becoming glutted with creatures to the point where it was no longer good! The only other relevant question I can think of is “Did any animals eaten by other animals suffer before the Fall?” As far as I’m aware (although I could be overlooking something), the Bible doesn’t answer this question. However, it’s safe to assume that since the New Heavens & New Earth will be Curse-free, suffering will operate the same as it did before Adam sinned. And like it or not, Ezekiel’s description of the Messiah’s Kingdom and its temple makes it over-abundantly clear that some animals will be killed and consumed by humans in the New Heavens & New Earth:
And in the porch of the gate were two tables on this side, and two tables on that side, to slay thereon the burnt offering and the sin offering and the trespass offering.… And the four tables were of hewn stone for the burnt offering, of a cubit and an half long, and a cubit and an half broad, and one cubit high: whereupon also they laid the instruments wherewith they slew the burnt offering and the sacrifice. And within were hooks, an hand broad, fastened round about: and upon the tables wasthe flesh of the offering.… Then said he unto me, The north chambers and the south chambers, which are before the separate place, they be holy chambers, where the priests that approach unto the LORD shall eat the most holy things: there shall they lay the most holy things, and the meat offering, and the sin offering, and the trespass offering; for the place is holy.… And he said unto me, Son of man, thus saith the Lord GOD; These are the ordinances of the altar in the day when they shall make it, to offer burnt offerings thereon, and to sprinkle blood thereon. And thou shalt give to the priests the Levites that be of the seed of Zadok, which approach unto me, to minister unto me, saith the Lord GOD, a young bullock for a sin offering. And thou shalt take of the blood thereof, and put it on the four horns of it, and on the four corners of the settle, and upon the border round about: thus shalt thou cleanse and purge it. Thou shalt take the bullock also of the sin offering, and he shall burn it in the appointed place of the house, without the sanctuary. And on the second day thou shalt offer a kid of the goats without blemish for a sin offering; and they shall cleanse the altar, as they did cleanse it with the bullock. When thou hast made an end of cleansing it, thou shalt offer a young bullock without blemish, and a ram out of the flock without blemish. And thou shalt offer them before the LORD, and the priests shall cast salt upon them, and they shall offer them up for a burnt offering unto the LORD. Seven days shalt thou prepare every day a goat for a sin offering: they shall also prepare a young bullock, and a ram out of the flock, without blemish. Seven days shall they purge the altar and purify it; and they shall consecrate themselves. And when these days are expired, it shall be, that upon the eighth day, and so forward, the priests shall make your burnt offerings upon the altar, and your peace offerings; and I will accept you, saith the Lord GOD.… And the Levites that are gone away far from me, when Israel went astray, which went astray away from me after their idols; they shall even bear their iniquity. Yet they shall be ministers in my sanctuary, having charge at the gates of the house, and ministering to the house: they shall slay the burnt offering and the sacrifice for the people, and they shall stand before them to minister unto them.… But the priests the Levites, the sons of Zadok, that kept the charge of my sanctuary when the children of Israel went astray from me, they shall come near to me to minister unto me, and they shall stand before me to offer unto me the fat and the blood, saith the Lord GOD:… And in the day that he goeth into the sanctuary, unto the inner court, to minister in the sanctuary, he shall offer his sin offering, saith the Lord GOD.… They shall eat the meat offering, and the sin offering, and the trespass offering; and every dedicated thing in Israel shall be theirs.… This is the oblation that ye shall offer; the sixth part of an ephah of an homer of wheat, and ye shall give the sixth part of an ephah of an homer of barley: Concerning the ordinance of oil, the bath of oil, ye shall offer the tenth part of a bath out of the cor, which is an homer of ten baths; for ten baths are an homer: And one lamb out of the flock, out of two hundred, out of the fat pastures of Israel; for a meat offering, and for a burnt offering, and for peace offerings, to make reconciliation for them, saith the Lord GOD. All the people of the land shall give this oblation for the prince in Israel. And it shall be the prince’s part to give burnt offerings, and meat offerings, and drink offerings, in the feasts, and in the new moons, and in the sabbaths, in all solemnities of the house of Israel: he shall prepare the sin offering, and the meat offering, and the burnt offering, and the peace offerings, to make reconciliation for the house of Israel. Thus saith the Lord GOD; In the first month, in the first day of the month, thou shalt take a young bullock without blemish, and cleanse the sanctuary: And the priest shall take of the blood of the sin offering, and put it upon the posts of the house, and upon the four corners of the settle of the altar, and upon the posts of the gate of the inner court. And so thou shalt do the seventh day of the month for every one that erreth, and for him that is simple: so shall ye reconcile the house. In the first month, in the fourteenth day of the month, ye shall have the passover, a feast of seven days; unleavened bread shall be eaten. And upon that day shall the prince prepare for himself and for all the people of the land a bullock for a sin offering. And seven days of the feast he shall prepare a burnt offering to the LORD, seven bullocks and seven rams without blemish daily the seven days; and a kid of the goats daily for a sin offering. And he shall prepare a meat offering of an ephah for a bullock, and an ephah for a ram, and an hin of oil for an ephah. In the seventh month, in the fifteenth day of the month, shall he do the like in the feast of the seven days, according to the sin offering, according to the burnt offering, and according to the meat offering, and according to the oil.… And the prince shall enter by the way of the porch of that gate without, and shall stand by the post of the gate, and the priests shall prepare his burnt offering and his peace offerings, and he shall worship at the threshold of the gate: then he shall go forth; but the gate shall not be shut until the evening.… And the burnt offering that the prince shall offer unto the LORD in the sabbath day shall be six lambs without blemish, and a ram without blemish. And the meat offering shall be an ephah for a ram, and the meat offering for the lambs as he shall be able to give, and an hin of oil to an ephah. And in the day of the new moon it shall be a young bullock without blemish, and six lambs, and a ram: they shall be without blemish. And he shall prepare a meat offering, an ephah for a bullock, and an ephah for a ram, and for the lambs according as his hand shall attain unto, and an hin of oil to an ephah.… Thou shalt daily prepare a burnt offering unto the LORD of a lamb of the first year without blemish: thou shalt prepare it every morning. And thou shalt prepare a meat offering for it every morning, the sixth part of an ephah, and the third part of an hin of oil, to temper with the fine flour; a meat offering continually by a perpetual ordinance unto the LORD. Thus shall they prepare the lamb, and the meat offering, and the oil, every morning for a continual burnt offering.… Then said he unto me, This is the place where the priests shall boil the trespass offering and the sin offering, where they shall bake the meat offering; that they bear them not out into the utter court, to sanctify the people. (Ezekiel 40:39,42-43; 42:13; 43:18-27; 44:10-11,15,27,29; 45:13-25; 46:2,4-7,13-15,20 KJV, emphases added)
Fish even come in for a special mention:
Then said he unto me, These waters issue out toward the east country, and go down into the desert, and go into the sea: which being brought forth into the sea, the waters shall be healed. And it shall come to pass, that every thing that liveth, which moveth, whithersoever the rivers shall come, shall live: and there shall be a very great multitude of fish, because these waters shall come thither: for they shall be healed; and every thing shall live whither the river cometh. And it shall come to pass, thatthe fishers shall stand upon it from Engedi even unto Eneglaim; they shall be a place to spread forth nets; their fish shall be according to their kinds, as the fish of the great sea, exceeding many. (Ezekiel 47:8-10 KJV, emphasis added)
The sheer amount of details in Ezekiel 40-48 (go ahead and read it; I left out a lot!) render it impossible that these descriptions were merely symbolic. And lest one suggest that this was referring to the Jerusalem of the Second Temple Period, Ezekiel finishes off his description by letting us know the God of Israel would dwell at the Jerusalem he was describing for the rest of eternity: “and the name of the city from that day shall be, The LORD is there.” (Ezekiel 48:35c KJV) Also note the lack of instructions regarding the Day of Atonement, implying that it won’t be observed in the days of this temple; this shows that the sacrifices here aren’t being made under the Mosaic Covenant!
So if all else fails, after Jesus returns, we can just scientifically investigate whether the fish caught by those fishers suffer when they die. (I’ll explain in Appendix C that conducting science is a part of the Dominion Mandate, which we’ll finally be able to fulfill to our full potential in the New Heavens & New Earth!) It’ll be safe to assume the answer we acquire at that future time will be the same as it would’ve been before the Curse. Unless Jesus lets us know otherwise, of course.
In the meantime, creation scientists really ought to think about what I’ve said here. As I’ll explain in Appendix B, one reason creation science has been exploding with new models, insights, and explanations over the last several decades while evolutionary research has been comparatively stagnant is because creationists are willing to investigate ideas that evolutionists don’t even consider due to their worldview blinding them to those possibilities. So I’d like to conclude this discussion by warning creation scientists not to fall into that same trap by building their models around sacred cows that ultimately have no Scriptural basis. The Biblical passages I’ve gone over for the last 6 pages are helpful for correcting our preconceived notions about the extent to which death was in operation before the Fall, and for avoiding the use of arguments that are ultimately rooted in faulty exegesis.
772 Verse 16 trips up most English translators, undoubtedly due to the level of nuance involved in interpreting the verb for “lay(eth) hold”, ἐπιλαμβάνεται, which is the present, middle, indicative, 3rd-person, singular form of ἐπιλαμβάνομαι (epilambanomai, pronounced ep-ee-lahm-BAHN-o-mai; Strong’s Number G1949), meaning to “take hold” or “seize”. The renderings seen in most English translations, “give help to”, “help”, “is concerned with”, etc., won’t work, since they’d require the verb to be in the active voice (it’s in the middle voice) and for “messengers” & “seed” to be in the dative case, implying “to” (they’re in the genitive case, implying “of”). The KJV rendering “took on him[self] the nature of” (used in a handful of other translations) won’t work, since that would require the verb to be aorist indicative to indicate a past action (it’s present indicative, indicating a present and continuous action). Young was on the right track by taking the subject of the verb to be “fear of death” (from verse 15), instead of “he [Jesus]” (from verse 14), as suggested by his use of “it” rather than “he” in verse 16 — every translation of this verse on Bible Gateway (Hebrews 2:16 <www.biblegateway.com/verse/en/Hebrews%202:16> Bible Gateway. Accessed October 20, 2023.) except Young’s Literal Translation takes “he” (Jesus) as the subject of this verb; but Young could’ve made the middle voice of the verb a bit more explicit. Rendering these two instances of ἐπιλαμβάνεται as “seize(s) to itself” satisfies all the grammatical requirements. Ultimately, the sense of verse 16 is as follows: fear of death doesn’t seize angels to itself, but that fear does seize the children of Abraham to itself.
773 Hebrew אֶרֶץ (‘erets; Strong’s Number H776); Greek γῆ (gē; Strong’s Number G1093).
774 For a small handful of examples of fossil evidence of carnivory and even cannibalism on the part of Tyrannosaurus rex specifically, see the following article and sources cited therein: Clarey, T. Tyrannosaurus rex: Scavenger or Predator? Acts & Facts. 42(11):13. Available at <www.icr.org/article/tyrannosaurus-rex-scavenger-or-predator>.
{HIDMF, p. 486-493. Italics, boldface, underlining, and content in brackets in original.}
Oh, and since the distinction between which creatures are versus aren’t “living souls” (and thus, which ones can “die” in a sense relevant to this discussion) is crucial to understanding the foregoing, I conclude in Chapter 6 that “living souls” are “members of kinds that have blood and can move voluntarily in at least one stage of development” {Ibid. p. 109. Italics in original.}.
As you may have noticed, there were a few questions I glossed over in that discussion: (1) how the land wouldn’t have become glutted with animals if Adam hadn’t sinned (after all, the creation had to be set up in a way that accounted for that possibility, even though it wasn’t realized!), (2) whether sea creatures eaten by other sea creatures before the Fall suffered while dying, and (3) how the animals being sacrificed in the New Heavens & New Earth won’t qualify as “unnecessary” bloodshed. I’ve already published a discussion regarding the third here, but have an additional point or two to bring out about it here. But the ironic thing is that Alex’s video on “Christianity’s Biggest Problem” jogged my memory on some viable responses I’ve seen to the first two points!
The first point is helped by Alex, who said the following {jump to the 8:55 mark}:
And besides, granting that God does need to balance an ecosystem, predation is not the only way to do it. God could have, for example, limited the number of times an animal can reproduce, as a way of preventing overpopulation. A form of cosmic contraception. [Brief pause] There’s definitely a joke about a condom brand in there, somewhere.
(I just couldn’t resist retaining that last part.) But whether Alex knows it or not, ICR founder Dr. Henry Morris suggested essentially this same possibility in a study note for Genesis 3:18:
These systems and processes [the malevolent biological structures and mechanisms resulting from the Curse] now maintain a balance of nature and so are indirectly beneficial in maintaining life on a cursed earth, even though individual organisms all eventually die. Had the Fall and Curse not taken place, populations would probably have eventually been stabilized at optimum values by divine constraints on the reproductive process. With God’s personal presence withdrawn for a time, however, it is more salutary to maintain order by these indirect constraints associated with the Curse, adding still further to the testimony that the world is now travailing in pain, awaiting its coming Redeemer. {Boldface mine.}
The ecosystem very well could’ve functioned that way before the Curse went into effect. And the fact that an atheist is willing to concede the acceptability of this is very reassuring!
Regarding the second point, Alex hints at what I expect the results to be of that “scientific investigation” in the New Heavens & New Earth {jump to the 9:51 mark}:
I mean, even if predation really is the only way to stabilize an ecosystem, there’s still absolutely no reason why it would need to be so painful and so gruesome. God could provide for these animals an instant death, or at least one that’s less painful. But He doesn’t. He allows that zebra to suffer for minutes, whilst its windpipe is caught in the jaws of a lion. Just imagine for a moment what it must feel like to be that zebra. None of this is necessary for ecosystem stability, if you truly are the omnipotent creator of natural laws. {Emphases his.}
While the zebra being eaten by a lion wasn’t a thing in the pre-Fall world (Genesis 1:30), and will no longer be a thing in the New Heavens & New Earth (Isaiah 11:7, 65:25), this would still be pertinent for sea creatures at both points, in light of the above excerpt from my book. I suspect that the sea creatures eaten by other sea creatures died (and will die) instantly and painlessly. And again, we just saw Morris explain that God allows the excessive gruesomeness of animal suffering as an object lesson to remind us that this world is messed up;it wasn’t meant to be like this. It’s been Cursed, and we should be looking forward to the day when that Curse will be removed.
Which brings me to the third point: would the animals being offered as described in Ezekiel 40-48 suffer and die unnecessarily? Well, remember that Alex clarified that by “unnecessary”, he means “unjustified”. And if there’s a good reason for such sacrifices to be done, then they are justified, by definition. Again, I’ve already given a fuller Biblical exposition of the purpose of animal sacrifices; but for now, I’ll give you a condensed version: animal sacrifices were never intended to take away sins (Hebrews 10:4); rather, they were meant to remind those offering them of the seriousness of their own sins (verse 3) and point to the sacrifice that could take away sins (Jesus’ death on the cross). Whether the latter points forward or backward in time from when the sacrifice is being offered (i.e., whether it’s being offered before or after Jesus’ crucifixion), the purpose is the same. And while the faithful will be perfected upon their resurrection and/or rapture (1 Corinthians 15:51-54), yet incapable of reproduction (Matthew 22:30, Mark 12:25), there are plenty of Biblical passages implying that some people in still-mortal bodies capable of reproduction will be permitted to enter Christ’s Kingdom (Isaiah 11:8, 65:20; Matthew 22:1-14; Luke 14:15-24), despite still being in a state of sinfulness (Matthew 22:11-13; Revelation 2:27, 12:5, & 19:15, cf. Psalm 2:9 LXX)–generally because they gave aid to the faithful during the Tribulation (Matthew 25:31-40) and/or were ignorant of the Gospel through no fault of their own. And with the Curse being a thing of the past, these people will no longer experience the kinds of natural, tangible, cumulative, and/or long-term consequences for their sins that we presently experience for ours; so they’re going to need regularreminders of how serious sin is, especially as they produce new generations who never experienced the sin-Cursed world we live in now. The sacrifices described in the closing chapters of Ezekiel are for the sake of these people.
Especially pertinent to the present topic is the fact that the Bible never emphasizes the suffering of the animal being offered as an important feature of blood sacrifices–that is, whether the animal suffers or not is immaterial to whether God will accept the sacrifice; therefore, these sacrifices would be just as acceptable in the New Heavens & New Earth if the offered animals don’t suffer while dying, as they would be if they did suffer. Hence, God making death instant and painless for these animals would in no way diminish the legitimacy of the sacrifices.
Will there ever be a time when such sacrifices will cease? As far as I’m aware, the Bible doesn’t explicitly teach that those who are converted during the Millennium will be perfected at the end of it (thereby rendering such sacrifices unnecessary for the rest of eternity after the Millennium, since no sins will be happening at all anymore); but it doesn’t rule out the possibility, either. We’ll have to wait for additional divine revelation to pin down whether or not this will happen for sure, but Morris’ (and Alex’s) idea about God capping land animals’ reproductive abilities to fix their populations at values that would be optimal for the ecosystem as a whole would certainly be feasible if that does come to pass.
So, there you go: a Biblical stance on death and suffering for animals that’s consistently justified from cover-to-cover, and from the beginning to eternity future. Of course, if I’ve overlooked something, please let me know in the comments!
Now, bear in mind that you’ll never see a response this satisfactory from organizations like Answers in Genesis, because they refuse to take an official position on eschatology (aside from denying full preterism, due to its denial of Jesus’ future return), and therefore can’t use eschatological details as premises without abandoning that commitment. One thing I learned while writing Appendix D of my book is that chronology and eschatology are more important to forming a consistent understanding of the Bible than most apologetics organizations let on. As such, I think they’re depriving themselves (or at least, their readers) by not drawing lines in the sand in these areas (or at least giving ideas for what to look into to facilitate one’s own analysis). Even if they end up presenting or redirecting to the wrong views, at least the points of conflict (even only apparent ones) said views create with the rest of Scripture will wind up better documented and actually presented to their readers, and the issues and nuances that Bible students must reconsider to get to the truth will become more clear.
Indeed, as hinted at near the start of this post, robinfeatherhead pointed out that Osborne doesn’t actually deal with Alex’s core argument here. In contrast, I was able to address his core argument and its auxiliary arguments directly and consistently because I was willing to take a hard stance on eschatology that gave me rigorous Biblical premises to work with–in this case, taking Biblical statements about animals after Jesus’ return at face value to address “what ifs” about the post-Fall (and by implication, pre-Fall) world. On the other hand, those who try to allegorize away such passages even when the context suggests they were meant literally (e.g., amillennialists) wind up getting stuck at some point when trying to address Alex’s arguments; that ought to be a red flag that they should reconsider something.
Conclusion
Finally, I’d like to express some hope for Alex. He has explained that he was raised Catholic, attended Catholic schools, had his faith shaken when he asked basic questions about it, and was later introduced to old-earth evolutionary ideas. Those who’ve read my recollections on this blog {scroll to “Insights From A Local”} of attending CCD and attending St. Louise De Marillac Catholic Church (or who go on to read Chapter 1 of my upcoming book) will recognize the similarity in our backgrounds–even down to the preference for nonfiction over fiction. Our backgrounds sharply diverged in adolescence: my youth minister, Rich Wallick, introduced me to Biblical apologetics through Ham, Wieland, and Sarfati when I was 12; Alex was introduced to “Hitchens, Harris[,] and Dawkins in [his] early teens”. In other words, I received answers to my sincere questions about the Bible, but he didn’t. I went on to devour every apologetics resource I could find (to the point where I rarely come across subject matter I’m not familiar with anymore), and for the last handful of years have been integrating it all into a thoroughly consistent belief system (in contrast to virtually all denominations in Christendom), ever refining it as more insight becomes available. In contrast, Alex wrote at the page linked to at the start of this paragraph that: “I suppose that my abandonment of the pernicious and alarmingly peremptory faith that plagued my upbringing is attributable to two factors: my stern arrogance against the priests and so called ‘educators’ who attempted to justify my helpless indoctrination into their cult, and my immediate family’s less than steadfast religiosity.” He went on to study philosophy and theology, so he’s well-versed in the flaws with “official” religious views; nonetheless, he still seems to be sincerely searching for the truth. In fact, I wholeheartedly sympathize with his remarks about “arrogance against the priests and so called ‘educators’” and “the vile dogma and tenacious authoritarianism which is routinely masked from the average church-goer due to the relentless efforts of scrupulous religious institutions.” I’ve become more vocal against the latter myself in recent years, because it betrays an unwillingness to help sincere questioners by meeting them where they’re at (and often an unwillingness for respondents to refine their views to the point where they can answer such questions); as for the former, I’ve often said that I trust the Bible more than any church that preaches it–it took me years to find a church that was solid enough for me to consider it a “home church”.
In fact, Alex has made statements indicating that he’s still open-minded enough to not completely rule out converting to a religion in the future. For instance, watch this video from the 2:43 to 5:16 marks, paying careful attention starting at 4:38. I think his mention at 4:58 of “the kind of Christianity that I understand” and his mention at 5:14 of “a different kind of Christianity or a different kind of God” are especially insightful, since anyone familiar with what I’m teaching knows that what most of Christendom teaches today actually isn’t what the Bible teaches. Rather, people tend to interpret Scripture in light of their own preconceived notions (particularly assumptions they haven’t thought through, whether imposed on them by instructors, denominations, society, or what have you), rather than letting the Bible interpret itself and seeing where that leads them. In fact, since Alex was raised Catholic, odds are he was baptized before he was old enough to understand the Gospel message; if so, then his baptism isn’t legitimate, he was never really saved, and so he hasn’t really fallen away (you can’t “fall away” from a position you were never in!). I suspect this is why he’s willing to be so much more gracious in his dialogue with believers than his more famous peers: salvation is still on the table for him, so he’s not in a state of full-on hardheartedness toward a God who’s truly left him to stew in his own hatred of Him (2 Peter 2:18-22).
So I invite Alex O’Connor to consider the worldview I present in my upcoming book, which I went out of my way to ensure is 100% contradiction-less from cover to cover. Perhaps he’ll discover Biblical Christianity to be robust enough to warrant further investigation. From one lifelong learner to another: feel free to reach out with your sincere questions.
I’ve co-opted this phrase from a quote by Richard Dawkins regarding what Darwin did for skeptical biologists: “An atheist before Darwin could have said, following Hume: ‘I have no explanation for complex biological design. All I know is that Cod [sic] isn’t a good explanation, so we must wait and hope that somebody comes up with a better one.’ I can’t help feeling that such a position, though logically sound, would have left one feeling pretty unsatisfied, and that although atheism might have been logically tenable before Darwin, Darwin made it possible to be an intellectually fulfilled atheist.” {“The Blind Watchmaker”. Dawkins, Richard. 1986 (1996 edition). London, England: W. W. Norton & Company. 6. Italics in original. Boldface mine.} What Darwin did for Creation-deniers with biology, Lyell had done for Flood-deniers with geology 3 decades earlier. ↩︎
I’ll grant that this article deals with a tense subject, given how many date-setters for Christ’s return have already been and gone with nothing to show for it but disappointment and mockery in the best cases and suicides {Facebook post; the article cited by the source where I heard about this wasn’t archived} in the worst cases. But ironically, all these previous attempts actually tell us something about Satan’s tactics.
You see, date-setting for Jesus’ return is hardly a modern concept; the Church Fathers and even the Bible itself told us how to determine the year in which Jesus would return: the doctrine of chiliasm (Hebrews 4:1-11; 2 Peter 3:5-8, cf. Genesis 6:3 & Leviticus 25:8-10; Revelation 20:2-7). The earliest attempt I’m aware of to set out a Biblical chronology that could conceivably have been used for this purpose was by Clement of Alexandria, who used a mixture of the Septuagint and secular sources to determine how much time had passed from Adam to the death of the Roman emperor Commodus (which occurred on December 31, A.D. 192): “from Adam to the death of Commodus, five thousand seven hundred and eighty-four years, two months, twelve days.” {Clement of Alexandria. “Stromata”. Book I, Chapter 21.} Feeding this figure into the doctrine of chiliasm would’ve implied that the year in which Jesus would return would end (6000 years – 5784 years, 2 months, 12 days) = 215 years, 9 months, 17 or 18 days after Commodus’ death–a.k.a. October 18th, A.D. 408 (disregarding the two extra leap days of A.D. 200 & 300, which the Gregorian Calendar wouldn’t have; this would have only been about a month off from Tishri 10 of that year). Of course, as many little mistakes as Clement makes in that chapter, his biggest mistake was following the Septuagint’s numbers for Genesis 5 & 11 (“From Adam to the deluge are comprised two thousand one hundred and forty-eight years, four days. From Shem to Abraham, a thousand two hundred and fifty years.” {Ibid.}); we know with the benefit of hindsight that the Masoretic Text must have the correct numbers (see Endnote 3 of this post). Julius Africanus, who published a five-volume history of the world up until the third year of Eliogabalus (A.D. 221) made the same mistake, placing the creation in the year we would call 5499 B.C.–feeding this into the doctrine of chiliasm would’ve implied that Jesus was to return in A.D. 502.
Of course, most date-setters since have disregarded the doctrine of chiliasm (and understandably so, since it was largely forgotten with the Roman Catholic and Eastern Orthodox churches promoting amillennialism with an iron fist) in favor of messing around with other numbers in the Bible, or even disregarding the Bible in favor of their own alleged revelation from God. Major examples down through history have included the Protestant Reformation of the 1500s (when some tried to interpret the 1,260 days of Revelation 11 & 12, the 1,290 days of Daniel 12:11, or the 1,335 days of Daniel 12:12 as representing years from the Roman Catholic church’s founding in A.D. 325 until its judgment); the Great Disappointment of 1844 (when William Miller tried to interpret the 2,300 days of Daniel 8:13-14 as referring to the time from when Daniel was given this prophecy until the world would end); the several predictions of the Jehovah’s Witnesses over the last century-and-a-half (1878, 1881, 1914, 1918, 1925, & 1975)1; Jim Jones’ (instigator of the infamous Jonestown mass suicide in 1978) prediction of a nuclear holocaust on July 15, 1967; Edgar C. Whisenant’s book “88 Reasons Why the Rapture Will Be in 1988”; the Y2K scare of the late ’90s (the first of these I personally lived to see the failure of); the late Harold Camping’s well-publicized predictions of a rapture on May 21, 2011 (which fortunately didn’t interrupt my flight back to the U.S. following my grandmother’s funeral 2 days earlier!) and the world being destroyed on October 21, 2011; the Mayan Calendar ending on December 21, 2012; the “four blood moons” of 2014-15; and plenty of people on social media believing that the apocalypse was already beginning in 2020 (okay, I don’t recall seeing anyone explicitly claiming that, but they certainly gave that impression!). In fact, there’s an entire list on Wikipedia for predictions of dates for apocalyptic events!
But if you look at that list and the examples I present here, you may notice a trend they have in common: the closer you get to the 21st century, the more often these predictions were made. I don’t think that’s just a matter of how much documentation has survived of each attempt: I think the demonic forces have actually been ramping up their efforts with encouraging people to set dates. The reason is simple: if there’s one person outside the Godhead who could possibly not have lost track of how long it’s been since Adam’s first sin, it’s Satan. He knows exactly how close we are to the 6000th year since Adam’s first sin; not just because he’s been around since before Adam sinned, but because he knows the Bible inside-out, upside-down and sideways (after all, the better you know the real deal, the better you can be at making convincing counterfeits!). So as we’ve gotten increasingly closer to that time, Satan has raised up an increasing supply of unwitting “boys who cried wolf”, in order to minimize the number of people who will take it seriously when God finally does disclose the date of Jesus’ return!
1 Timothy 6:14-15 — And Attempts to Explain it Away
You see, in my upcoming book I used 1 Timothy 6:14-15 to make the point that Paul said God would disclose the date of Jesus’ return to select wise elders and ministers once the beginning of the apocalypse was close enough in the future {HIDMF, p. 753-754}. The title of this post is the critical phrase, with 3 key words: “manifestation”, “times”, and “disclose”. At a Bible study I pointed out that in the Greek, “manifestation” is singular, “times” is plural, and the verb for “disclose” (G1166) refers to something presented or disclosed to a select person or group of people everywhere else it’s used in the NT; the correct understanding of this passage must cohere with all three of those facts. You can watch a recording of that Bible study at this link {our discussion about this particular passage starts at the 29:39 mark, but feel free to watch the whole thing!}–if you’re wondering why I felt comfortable hogging so much air time, it’s because the pastor and I were two of the only four people present that night (the other two being another elder and his wife); plus, he did tell me when I first started attending his Bible studies to correct him if he gets something wrong! You’ll see that his initial attempt at explaining away what I concluded from the Greek phrasing of this verse — that Paul was referring to multiple future occasions when nations would fall under God’s judgment before Jesus returns — accounts for “times” being plural & “disclose” indicating a subset of people (rather than everyone), but would require “manifestation” to be plural instead of singular.
A week later, the pastor spent an entire Bible study class addressing this passage (I didn’t attend that week, but he told me afterward that he wanted feedback on it–so here it is! Sure, it’s a year late, but I had to set up the website first!). You’ll see that he conceded that the word for “manifestation” here refers to Jesus’ second coming (or, as I would clarify, at least some aspect of it). In fact, he has just about everything right until his claim at the 26:56 mark that Jesus’ second coming is “the day that time, space, world, elements, cease to exist” {for my explanation of the passage he’s alluding to, 2 Peter 3:10-12, see HIDMF p. 731,734-735; or just click here and scroll to item 3 in the list, for now.}. But he completely overlooked the point that the verb for “disclose” rules out this statement from referring to the second coming itself (because everyone will see that!). However, he does spend the last few minutes attempting to address the fact that “times” is plural. The thrust of his argument is summarized in his remark that “in many instances a plural word can be referencing a singular event”. Of course, I never denied that “the manifestation” refers to something singular; but my point was that “times” being plural indicates that the disclosure(s) being referred to would happen over a period of time, rather than at a single point in time (as I mention in my book {HIDMF p. 754}, but admittedly failed to bring up in these Bible studies, the text doesn’t tell us the means by which God would disclose “the manifestation”; this leaves open the possibility that He would disclose it in more than one way, depending on who it’s being disclosed to; e.g., many disclosures could come, not from God talking to them in a dream or vision, but from the Holy Breath guiding them to the “a-ha moments” that enable them to properly interpret the relevant Scriptural passages and piece everything together).
But Doesn’t the Bible Teach That Jesus’ Return Is Imminent?
As an aside, watching both videos will show that he fixates (as amillennialists and pretribulationists alike often do; this guy told me after an earlier Bible study that he’s a “semi-preterist”, which would class him as an amillennialist–after all, have you ever met a preterist who takes the 1,000 years of Revelation 20 literally?) on the use of the phrase “like a thief” to refer to Jesus’ second coming (indeed, the Apostles used this term to direct their original audiences back to the Olivet Discourse — where Jesus himself first used it of his own return — as a foundation for understanding the statements they were quoting it in the course of). As amillennialists and pretribulationists alike point out, this phrase is a simile for being caught totally by surprise. They then use the presence of this phrase in passages about Jesus’ second coming to argue that there will be no signs (of Jesus’ return, for amillennialists; of the rapture, for pretribulationists) to watch for beforehand, so it can happen at any time–WHILE IGNORING statements in the immediate contexts indicating that it won’t be “like a thief” for some people!
If you watch the first video from start to finish, you’ll see that I used his point about the NT comparing Jesus’ second coming to the Flood of Noah’s day as support for my view by pointing out that God gave Noah advanced warning of the exact day the Flood would begin, relatively shortly before it arrived: “For after seven more days I will cause it to rain on the earth forty days and forty nights, and I will destroy from the face of the earth all living things that I have made.” (Genesis 7:4 NKJV, boldface added).2 I went on to point out {jump to the 26:52 mark in the first video} that this ties in with the fact that in all the “no one knows” passages regarding when Jesus would return (Matthew 24:36,42, 25:13, & Mark 13:32,33,35), the word usually rendered “knows” (present-tense) actually means “has perceived” (perfect-tense); if this statement was meant to be a timeless truth, he would’ve used the present tense (as most English translations render it, thereby perpetuating the misunderstanding), so the fact that the perfect tense was used shows that this statement was only meant to sweepingly cover everyone living up until Jesus said it. I also pointed out that Matthew 24:43 (“But know this, that if the master of the house had known in what watch the thief was coming, he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken through.” — ASV) constitutes an “if-then” statement: if believers know the approximate time (note the phrase “in what watch”, a “watch” being a 3-hour shift of a night guard), then they will watch for the signs of his impending parousia (discussed elsewhere in the Olivet Discourse) and not be taken by surprise.
This lines up perfectly with one of the passages quoted in the second video: 1 Thessalonians 4:13-5:11. Notice that they overlooked the fact that this passage clearly teaches that most will be caught by surprise as if a thief breaks into their house unexpectedly, but some will not be: “for yourselves have known thoroughly that the day of the Lord as a thief in the night doth so come, for when [literally, “whenever”; note that this allows for more than one occasion when people “may say, Peace and safety”] they may say, Peace and surety, then sudden destruction doth stand by them, as the travail doth her who is with child, and they shall not escape; and ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that the day may catch you as a thief” (1 Thessalonians 5:2-4 YLT, boldface and underlining added). In other words, Paul was admonishing the Christians in Thessalonica to be among those that the day wouldn’t catch as a thief!3 This lines up with my point about Matthew 24:43–not everyone will be caught by surprise; only those who are ignorant of the warnings (whether willfully, or through no fault of their own) and/or haven’t learned the approximate time.
It’s also worth noting the comparison to childbirth, which is also drawn from the Olivet Discourse: after the predictions of Matthew 24:5-7, Jesus said “But all these things are merelythe beginning of birth pains.” (Matthew 24:8 2020 NASB, boldface added) Anyone remotely familiar with childbirth will tell you that a mother doesn’t have her child the instant her birth pains start (as much as she might wish that was the case)! Jesus was saying that the events of verses 5-7 are merely a prelude to the apocalypse (the birth pains are just starting); the events of verses 9-14 would occur in the first half of the apocalypse (the birth pains are coming closer together and becoming harder to bear); the events of verses 15-26 refer to the second half of the apocalypse, the Great Tribulation (when the birth pains are at their most intense because the baby’s almost out); and the events of verses 27-31 occur after the Tribulation, culminating in his parousia (when the birth pains have finally subsided and the mother gets to hold her baby in her arms). And just in case his disciples still didn’t get it somehow, Jesus explicitly said, right after mentioning his parousia and the rapture accompanying it (after all, the Greek text of 2 Thessalonians 2:1-2 not only portrays the two events as occurring together just like Matthew 24:30-31 does, but identifies them as two components of “the day of the Lord” {I’ll link specifically to the discussion of 2 Thessalonians 2 when my article on all the “Day of the Lord” passages is ready}!), that his parousiawould have signs preceding it that Christians can watch for: “Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh: So likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors.” (Matthew 24:32-33 KJV, boldface and underlining added)
But the most explicit passage of all in this regard was given by Jesus’ brother, James: “Be patient, therefore, brothers, until the coming [parousia] of the Lord. See how the farmer waits for the precious fruit of the earth, being patient about it, until it receives the early and the late rains. You also, be patient. Establish your hearts, for the coming [parousia] of the Lord is at hand [literally, “has neared”; perfect active indicative form of ἐγγίζω (G1448), the verb form of engus (G1451)].” (James 5:7-8 ESV, boldface and underlining added) This is a crystal-clear statement that Jesus’ return (his parousia) will have signs preceding it that can be recognized as such, just as a farmer knows that the harvest won’t arrive until the rainy seasons have been and gone.
A fuller demonstration that the Bible doesn’t teach imminence for the rapture or the second coming, but in fact disproves it for both (since 1 Thessalonians 4:15-17 has Jesus’ parousia — the Greek word for “coming” in verse 15 — occurring at the same time as the rapture), is available here.
Does the Plural “Times” Sometimes Refer to a Single Point in Time?
Returning to the second video I linked to, the pastor cites Gerhard Delling’s article on the word for “time” (καιρός, G2540) in the Theological Dictionary of the New Testament {Volume 3, p. 401} (which, of course, was produced by German Protestant theologians, and thus has somewhat of an amillennial bias that we should be conscious of when consulting it) as presenting some passages where the plural form of the word is used with reference to a singular event. It may not have been Delling’s intent, but he opened a door here for Bible students to overlook nuances of the Greek grammar when the implications don’t cohere with their preconceived notions. So I’d like to focus on the examples Delling cited when making his case (Titus 1:3, 1 Timothy 2:6, 1 Timothy 6:15, & Galatians 6:9) for the rest of this post, since they present an excellent opportunity to showcase how the nuances of the Greek text of a Biblical passage can guide us toward a richer understanding of it. But if anyone else comes up with other aspects of 1 Timothy 6:14-15 that they think challenge my understanding of it, you know I’ll update this post to discuss them!
It’s simple enough to lead off with Galatians 6:9. “And let us not be weary in well doing: for in due season we shall reap, if we faint not.” (KJV, underlining added) Delling simply made a mistake by including this as an example where a plural form of καιρός is used for a singular event, since the form of καιρός being translated as “season” here is καιρῷ, which is dative masculine singular! All the other passages he cited as examples do have plural forms of καιρός, but we’ll see that in all 3 passages, there is a valid reason for the noun to be plural instead of singular–and it does indeed carry the import of more than one moment in time in all 3 cases. Significantly, in all 3 instances, the Greek text has καιροῖς (the dative masculine plural form of καιρός) immediately followed by ἰδίοις, making the full phrase the dative form of “his own times” (where the dative-case preposition to attach to it depends on the context).
“In hope of eternal life, which God, that cannot lie, promised before the world began; But hath in due timesmanifested his word through preaching, which is committed unto me according to the commandment of God our Saviour;” (Titus 1:2-3 KJV, boldface and underlining added). Note that starting at the 40:27 mark of the second video I linked to above, the pastor followed Delling in interpreting “his word” (λόγον αὐτοῦ) as referring to Jesus, as the word “logos” sometimes does. Indeed, this wouldn’t be the first time chronologically that the NT calls Jesus Logos, since Titus was written after Hebrews (4:12). However, the qualifier “through [literally, “in”] preaching [a noun, not a verb]” makes it clear that “word” was meant in its ordinary sense here (feel free to click here to check the Greek phrasing). So, what Paul was actually referring to — what he said was “committed unto me according to the commandment of God our Saviour” — was the full body of doctrine that God had revealed in the course of the Apostles’ ministry–which, as noted in Endnote 3, wasn’t given all at one time, but over a span of more than 3 decades! Hence, the use of the plural καιροῖς is indeed appropriate in this context.
“Who gave himself a ransom for all, to be testified in due time.” (1 Timothy 2:6 KJV, underlining added) Young’s Literal Translation sheds some light on what’s going on here: “who did give himself a ransom for all — the testimony in its own times”. Note that the KJV incorrectly rendered μαρτύριον as a verb (“to be testified”), while Young correctly rendered it as the noun that it is (“testimony”); indeed, the KJV also omitted the definite article before this word! Young’s rendering suggests that the intended meaning was that Jesus’ atonement was a testimony to all his contemporaries as long as they lived. Unfortunately, this understanding clashes with the fact that Paul linked it with when Jesus acted as “a ransom”, in which case “the testimony” should be referred to as “in its own time” (singular; i.e., Jesus’ crucifixion). However, Warner resolves this tension by rendering the verse as follows {scroll to p. 3 in the PDF}: “the one having given Himself a substitute ransom over all, the testimony until [God’s] own appointed times. (1 Timothy 2:6 LGV, boldface and underlining added) Note that Warner inferred the dative-case preposition for the dative-case phrase καιροῖς ἰδίοις to be “until” instead of “in” (the Greek text has no preposition here, so which one to infer is a judgment call on the translator’s part). He also interpreted “his” in “his own appointed times” as referring to the Father rather than the Son; after all, verse 5 (“For there is one God, and one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus” — KJV) mentions “God” distinctly from Jesus–the Greek text for the underlined phrase (εἷς γὰρ θεός εἷς καὶ μεσίτης) contains no definite article, so Sharp’s 5th Rule indicates that the “one God” and “one mediator” are two different persons. And as Delling correctly observed, καιρός was generally used with reference to fixed times (feasts, harvest times, etc.); hence, Warner’s addition of the word “appointed”. Jesus himself had told his disciples just before his ascension that the arrival of his kingdom (Acts 1:6) would be associated with multiple fixed times: “It is not for [literally, “from”; “you” is genitive, not dative] you to know periods of time or appointed times [καιροὺς, the accusative masculine plural form of καιρός] which the Father has set by His own authority” (Acts 1:7c 2020 NASB, underlining and boldface added).
Consistent with this, Hebrews 10:22-39 (which was written before 1 Timothy) talks about believers persevering through those very times {I hope to write a post on Hebrews 10:22-39 at some point, and will give a link to it here when it’s ready}. We can tell that passage is eschatological because:
verse 27 paraphrases Isaiah 26:11c LXX (which occurs in the middle of Isaiah 26, a passage about the apocalypse and the judgment by fire4);
the Greek phrase for “a little while” in verse 37 KJV is μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον (whose only other Biblical occurrence is in Isaiah 26:20 LXX — rendered “a little season” in the BLXX — referring to the faithful hiding during the Tribulation); and
the rest of verses 37-38 quote from Habakkuk 2:2-4 LXX (the quotation of Habakkuk 2:4a in Hebrews 10:38c agrees with the Septuagint rather than the Masoretic Text), with the phrase “He who is coming” (verse 37b YLT) referring to the Antichrist, as shown by the earlier context of the Habakkuk passage (Habakkuk 1:5-11 LXX; note the sudden shift from plural masculine terms for the Chaldeans and singular neuter terms for their nation in verse 6 to singular masculine terms for the person being talked about in verse 7).
So when Hebrews 10:26-27 warns believers, “For if we go on sinning deliberately after receiving the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins, but a fearful expectation of judgment, and a fury of fire that will consume the adversaries” (ESV), the context tells us that the boldfaced warning applies during the Tribulation. In light of all this, it’s completely appropriate for Warner to infer the intended preposition to be “until” in the phrase “a substitute ransom over all, the testimony until [God’s] own appointed times”–repentance will no longer be permitted during the Tribulation (i.e., once the Antichrist shows up), so the offer of “a substitute ransom” is only extended “over all” until the Tribulation. Hence, this understanding of 1 Timothy 2:6c coheres with earlier Biblical teaching and warrants the use of a plural (rather than singular) form of “times”.
Conclusion
Thus, we are left with no exegetical reason to think that 1 Timothy 6:15, the one remaining verse Delling gave where a plural form of καιρός is seemingly used with reference to a singular event, isn’t also using it to connote a time period for something in the context. Whenever the NT writers used a plural form of a word where its singular counterpart would’ve sufficed at first glance, we should investigate why the plural was used instead; there must be a reason why the singular wouldn’t have sufficed for their purposes. As explained earlier, I hold that the intent of the plural “times” with the singular “manifestation” was to indicate that the disclosure(s) of “the manifestation” (in contrast to “the manifestation” itself) would occur over a period of time. It feels appropriate to close this post with Warner’s translation of the passage I quote Young’s Literal Translation of in my book {HIDMF p. 753}:
I charge you before the God who sustains life in all things, and Anointed Jesus, the one who testified over Pontius Pilate the good profession. You are to keep this commandment, unblemished, blamelessly, until the Advent of our Master Jesus Anointed, which [God] will disclose in His own appointed times – the King of kings and Master of masters, the Blessed and Sole Sovereign, who alone holds immortality, housing unapproachable light, whom no man has seen nor is capable of seeing, to whom be honor and age-enduring dominion, Amen! (1 Timothy 6:13-16 LGV, content in brackets in original, boldface mine) {Scroll to p. 10 in the PDF at this hyperlink.}
Many things the Jehovah’s Witnesses still teach about eschatology are rooted in their belief that Daniel 4:16’s mention of “seven times” refers to twice the “1,260 days” of Revelation 11 & 12, which they interpret as 2,520 years from the supposed first destruction of Jerusalem in 607 B.C. and A.D. 1914. However, not only does mainstream chronology prefer 586 B.C. for the first destruction of Jerusalem, but the chronology in Appendix D of my upcoming book places it in 534 B.C. (assuming Jesus was crucified in A.D. 30; if it turns out that Jesus was crucified in A.D. 33, it would’ve been 531 B.C. instead). So as I mentioned to a friend of mine who’s studying the JW’s doctrines in order to reach out to them, my chronology won’t help them, “unless they’re willing to replace their ‘1914 doctrine’ with a ‘1987 doctrine’!” ↩︎
A similar parallel can be seen in the “120 years” announcement of Genesis 6:3. As I explain in my upcoming book {HIDMF p. 735-736}, Peter claimed that this one statement pinned down the timing of not only the global judgment by water, but also the global judgment by fire (2 Peter 3:5-8). Just as the judgment by water came 120 years (Hebrew שָׁנָה, H8141; derived from a verb meaning “to repeat” or “to duplicate”, implying that the noun’s most basic meaning is “cycle”) after God made this declaration, so the judgment by fire will come 120 Jubilee Cycles (6,000 years) after Adam’s first sin. Yet I’ve only pinned the starting time of the latter down to a 5-hour & 55-minute window {HIDMF, p. 757}, so there will still be a need for watching when the day arrives. Likewise, Noah knew when the 120th year after God made this announcement began (and thus, when the Ark needed to be completely prepared by), but until God’s pronouncement to him in Genesis 7:4 (which would parallel my understanding of the disclosure(s) of 1 Timothy 6:14-15), he didn’t know which day of that year the Flood would begin (and note that the Bible never tells us the time on the 17th day of the 2nd month of that year when “all the fountains of the great deep burst forth, and the windows of the heavens were opened” — Genesis 7:11c ESV). ↩︎
Many preterists like to ask: “Why would Paul have treated the Thessalonians as if they might live to see the Day of the Lord unless it was supposed to be fulfilled in the second destruction of Jerusalem?”, thinking this implies it was guaranteed to happen in their lifetimes. But two statements of Jesus shed light on this issue. First, Mark’s account of the Olivet Discourse shows that at the time Jesus gave it, he himself hadn’t perceived when he would return: “And concerning that day and the hour no one hath known [literally, “has perceived”, as already noted; nevertheless, Young rendered the verb in the perfect tense!] — not even the messengers who are in the heaven, not even the Son — except the Father.” (Mark 13:32 YLT, boldface added); hence, Jesus left open the possibility that he would return in their lifetimes, because he wasn’t yet in a position to honestly deny it (after all, he was so close to accomplishing his atoning work; he couldn’t afford to lie about something now!). Second, he told his disciples that the Holy Breath would guide them into all truth (John 16:13)–implying a journey of learning additional divine revelation over time after Jesus’ ascension. 1 Thessalonians was one of the first epistles Paul wrote, with only Galatians being written earlier, so it would be understandable that Paul believed at that time that Jesus’ return could occur within their lifetimes. Evidently, God allowed Paul to believe this so he would have reason to include instructions for Christians regarding the second coming in his earlier epistles. But by the time Hebrews was written, the doctrine of chiliasm had been revealed to the Apostles {HIDMF p. 725-728}, requiring that Jesus’ return would be a minimum of 450 years or so away (because that’s how many years remained until the 6,000th year since creation, if you follow the chronological information in the Septuagint–as most early Christians did, being able to read Greek, but not Hebrew; we saw above that Clement of Alexandria placed the time only about a century sooner). With the benefit of hindsight, we can appreciate that the correct numbers for Genesis 5 & 11 were the ones in the Masoretic Text, which place Jesus’ crucifixion in the 3,993rd year since creation (so if Jesus was crucified in A.D. 30, then the month of May 2025 — when I published this post — would be a little over halfway through the 5,988th year since creation). In essence, God allowed the Apostles to hold the “possibly within my readers’ lifetimes” assumption just long enough to allow both sets of information to make their way into the written NT for the benefit of those who would need them all those centuries later! ↩︎
We can tell this because the opening phrase of the chapter, “In that day” (verse 1a BLXX) refers back to the phrase “And in that day” in Isaiah 25:9a (BLXX). Which day is that? The one that was summarized in the previous major train of thought (Isaiah 25:8 has the solitary letter פ at the end of it in the Masoretic Text), which contains a statement Paul referenced in 1 Corinthians 15:54c: Paul quotes the phrase as Κατεπόθη ὁ θάνατος εἰς νῖκος (TR, boldface added) – “The Death was swallowed up — to victory” (YLT, boldface added). While the LXX of Isaiah 25:8a has κατέπιεν ὁ θάνατος ἰσχύσας (“The Death which had strength swallowed men up”–seeming to contradict the point Paul was making!), Paul’s phrasing is a legitimate Greek translation of what we see in the Masoretic Text: בִּלַּע הַמָּוֶת לָנֶצַח (“He will have swallowed up the death unto a goal”). This tells us that Paul linked Isaiah 25:8 (and by implication, the following major train of thought, which the petuha-cetuma test tells us doesn’t end until Isaiah 28:13!) with the resurrection of the righteous (which 1 Thessalonians 4:15-16 places at the time of Jesus’ parousia)! Also note that verses 20-21 are talking about faithful Israelites surviving the Tribulation by going into hiding: “Go, my people, enter into thy closets, shut thy door, hide thyself for a little season, until the anger of the Lord have passed away. For, behold, the Lord is bringing wrath from his holy place upon the dwellers on the earth: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall not cover her slain.” (Isaiah 26:20-21 BLXX) Indeed, a sermon in the Apocalypse of Pseudo-Ephraem (a sermon collection dating to the 600s A.D.) references this very passage when talking about people fleeing from the Antichrist’s wrath; see p. 4 of this PDF. ↩︎
I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again: God has a way of letting me know what questions to focus on when. I wasn’t expecting this post to so effectively wind up doubling as a Passover/Easter special, yet here we are!
It’s time to discuss what is perhaps Pulliam’s most intimidating argument against God having any plan to give the land back to Israel in the future. You’ll probably figure out why I call it his “most intimidating” if you compare it with many of the arguments I’ve already used to call him out over the course of this series.
We discussed the meaning of the words forever and everlasting in lesson 5. The broad range of duration does not pin down what God had in mind when He promised the land as an everlasting possession; however, the New Testament does clearly answer this question. The New Testament answer centers around the eternal purpose of God.
Ephesians 3:11 speaks of God’s eternal purpose, which Paul clearly affirms was carried out. In stating this, he used an aorist verb (past tense), meaning that it was accomplished at one singular point in time. We best understand an aorist verb in the following way: “The time of action is past. The kind of action is punctiliar. Thus is observed the difference between the imperfect and the aorist. The imperfect indicates continuous action in past time… the aorist indicates finished action in past time…” For the Dispensationalist’s view that the covenant is still being carried out, he needs for Paul to have said that God “is carrying out,” instead of “carried out.” In view of Paul’s choice of words, an honest heart must conclude that working out the eternal wisdom of God in the Abrahamic covenant has already been “carried out.”
Two chapters earlier, Paul referred to the present dispensation as the “fulness of the times,” and that God was “summing up” all things in Christ (Eph 1:9-10). “Summing up” is in the aorist tense. God is not, presently, in the process of “summing up” all things, nor will He do so in a Dispensational Millennium of the future. God has already summed up all things in the sacrifice of Jesus.
{“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 65,67. Italics, boldface, and content in parentheses in original. See also source cited therein.}
Hidden Premises & False Dichotomies
My main question is: How does Pulliam know that the ‘eternal purpose’ of Ephesians 3:11 is referring to the Abrahamic covenant? Why not, say, just Christ’s substitutionary atonement? Granted, I suspect he’ll respond to that by just pointing to his chart at the bottom of p. 67:
Sounds pretty feasible, right? This is an example of why I called Pulliam’s hermeneutic “sickeningly allegorical” in my previous post {Scroll to the paragraph just above “Revelation 1:3 — A “Slam Dunk” For Preterists?”. Italics in original.}: it’s so easy for those who don’t know any better to fall for it and be led astray.
The problem with this analogy is that it’s only appropriate if the vehicle (a) is intended to be abandoned, and (b) has completely accomplished its purpose before its abandonment. Pulliam’s argument here assumes both, but proves neither. In fact, premise (a) is disproven by so many passages that my discussion on them is very long-winded, and it’s so easy to disprove premise (b) that I’ll just do it right now. God told Abraham: “I will give to you and to your descendants [literally, “seed”; singular, as Paul points out in Galatians 3:16] after you, the land of your sojournings, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God.” (Genesis 17:8 1995 NASB, boldface added) Yet Stephen (Acts 7:5) and the author of Hebrews (11:8-10,13) both plainly state (after the gospel had already begun to spread–and in the case of Hebrews, after Paul wrote Ephesians!) that Abraham never inherited any of the land God promised to give him! Hence, that promise is not yet fulfilled! When I brought this to Pulliam’s attention during that fateful Wednesday night Bible study of his I attended in 2023, he retorted that “Abraham was never meant to inherit the land himself” (emphasis his). But that amounts to claiming that God lied to Abraham when He used the phrasing “to you and to your seed”! And lest Pulliam suggest that Abraham received the land “vicariously” through Christ, you might be able to squeeze that out of the Hebrew phrasing “לך בּזרעך” (to you in/by/through your seed); but the phrasing in Genesis 17:8 is actually “לך וּלזרעך” (to you and to your seed). To reinforce the point, here’s Tim Warner’s response to Church of Christ minister and amillennialist Norm Fields’ attempt to explain this away (which was similar to the straw-grasp I just refuted):
The best that Fields could conjure up was that Abraham was a representative of his own seed, and therefore he personally received the land inheritance in some mystical way when his descendants went into the land under Joshua. Yet, this does not remove the contradiction for Fields, because the promise was to Abraham himself AND (in addition) to his seed.… Fields says Abraham received all the land that was promised to him. Steven and Paul said he did not receive any of it. “Any doctrinal position that requires Scriptural contradictions cannot be the true doctrine of Christ.” {Scroll to p. 2 in the PDF. All-caps and italics in original.}
But the question remains: what was the “eternal purpose” of Ephesians 3:11? Well, it’s noteworthy that on the page just before that remark, Warner gives us his take on the phrase in the course of calling out the dishonest tactics Fields had engaged in at the end of the previous round of their debate:
In response to my answer, Fields gave a series of non-sequitur arguments and false dichotomies which have absolutely nothing to do with my statement. That the church is “God’s eternal purpose,” or that Christ “purchased His church with His own blood,” or that Christ was “foreordained to be our sacrificial lamb from eternity,” have nothing to do with my statement, and are all things I agree with. Fields then writes, “according to Warner, the blood of Christ was limited in its power to accomplish the eternal purpose of God.” That is pure nonsense. Christ’s sacrifice has the power to cleanse every sin of every human being. However God’s plan of restoration (of both man and the creation) is progressive, and occurs in stages over an extended period of time. That in no way limits God’s power. {Ibid. p. 1. Boldface, underlining, and italics in original.}
But to my disappointment, he never actually explained how he reached his conclusions that “the church is ‘God’s eternal purpose’ … [and that this has] nothing to do with my statement [“The Christian’s hope is not heaven, but the return of Christ to reign over the nations upon the Throne of David in Jerusalem, and to renovate this earth as the permanent inheritance of Jesus Christ and all who are in Him.” {p. 1. Italics in original, hyperlink added.}], and [is something] I agree with” elsewhere in the debate. So it looks like I’ll have to work out the logic behind it myself. Fortunately, several of the textbooks I used during my Applied Mathematics studies at Illinois Institute of Technology have already familiarized me with the concept of “the proof of this is left to the reader as an exercise”.
I’ve already shown that Warner’s statement (which I completely agree with–unlike Traditional Dispensationalists, who believe that the Christian’s hope is heaven, and that the rest of Warner’s statement summarizes the hope of Israelites only) is perfectly compatible with other Scriptural passages that Pulliam claims rule out Christ reigning in Jerusalem. I likewise point out in the second-to-last paragraph of this section of another post that: “I agree that individual Israelites will be saved in the present age by embracing Jesus as their Messiah and obeying him accordingly, but why should that rule out a restoration of Israel on the national level?” {Italics in original.} In the same vein as the latter, why should the Church being the “eternal purpose” of Ephesians 3:11 rule out the fulfillment of the Abrahamic Land Promise being still future? How is it not possible for both to be true at once–especially in light of the fact that “the Church” doesn’t refer to Christians only, but to the collective ofall the faithful throughout history, including ancient Israelites who died in faith with the fulfillment of that promise as part of their hope for eternity future? Clearly, Warner’s remark about “false dichotomies” applies to Pulliam’s arguments just as much as it does to Fields’.
So now all that remains is to give a rigorous explanation of Ephesians 1:9-10 & 3:9-11, to show the understanding my hermeneutic leads to. (After all, simply saying “the passage isn’t talking about that” isn’t very satisfying if you can’t then demonstrate what the passage is talking about!) So, here goes nothing.
Mystery, Mystery, Mystery
You may have noticed in my citations from Pulliam’s book earlier in this post that I skipped p. 66. That’s because that whole page is occupied by a chart. But ironically, that chart saves me a good amount of work on this exposition, so let’s start with it:
You may be surprised to learn that I agree with most of the points being made in this chart! The main things I disagree with are his labelling of the “Age That Now Is (The Church)” and the “Age to Come (Eternity)”, as if “The Church” refers to a time period–“the Church Age” might be an acceptable label for a time period (I prefer “the Christian Era” because it doesn’t allow hermeneutical gymnastics over the word “church”), but “The Church” on its own is not–and his attempt to sever the Abrahamic Land Promise from the Age to Come. Also, while the instance of “(I Corinthians 10:11)” on the left is a correct citation, the quote labeled “(I Corinthians 10:11)” on the right is actually Ephesians 1:21, which is appropriate enough to link with Ephesians 1:9-10 & 3:9-11.
And when we look more carefully at the fuller contexts of all these passages, we find that they do indeed synthesize into something incredible: for starters, several of these passages are blatantly referring to Jesus’ crucifixion, the resulting atonement, and/or the church!
“Yet we do speak wisdom among those who are mature; a wisdom, however, not of this age nor of the rulers of this age, who are passing away; but we speak God’s wisdom in a mystery, the hidden wisdom which God predestined before the ages to our glory; the wisdomwhich none of the rulers of this age has understood; for if they had understood it they would not have crucified the Lord of glory;” (1 Corinthians 2:6-8 1995 NASB, boldface and underlining added; OT prophecies about the Atonement were written more cryptically than prophecies about the Kingdom so that Satan wouldn’t understand them properly, and end up sealing his own fate by having the demonic forces encourage events that would lead to Jesus’ crucifixion.)
“I pray that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened, so that you will know what is the hope of His calling, what are the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints, and what is the surpassing greatness of His power toward us who believe. These are in accordance with the working of the strength of His might which He brought about in Christ, when He raised Him from the dead and seated Him at His right hand in the heavenlyplaces [better, “heavenly dominions”; note in particular how nonsensical Ephesians 2:6 is with “heavenly places“, and how this absurdity vanishes with “heavenly dominions“], far above all rule and authority and power and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this age but also in the one to come. And He put all things in subjection under His feet, and gave Him as head over all things to [better, “in”] the church {Scroll to “Ephesians 1:20-23”}, which is His body, the fullness of Him who fills all in all. (Ephesians 1:18-23 1995 NASB, boldface added)
“but now once, at the full end of the ages, for putting away of sin through his sacrifice, he hath been manifested;” (Hebrews 9:26 YLT, boldface added; the LGV renders the word for “full end” as “completion”, and adds a footnote after the phrase “at the completion of the ages” that reads as follows: “In chapter 4, Paul spoke of the Kingdom of Christ (Millennium) as the “seventh day” and “Sabbath,” implying six previous “days” or millennial ages. In Heb. 1:2 & 11:3 he spoke of Christ’s having organized the “ages” (plural). Paul was not indicating that Jesus Christ was crucified at the extreme end of all ages, because that would conflict with his other statements about Christ’s second coming and the Kingdom age being future. Rather, he placed Jesus’ crucifixion at a point in time when one millennial age ended and another began. In fact, Jesus’ ministry and death was at the close of the first four millennial ages.” {Scroll to p. 22 of this PDF.} Warner’s interpretation is bolstered by the Greek word being συντελείᾳ (synteleia; G4930), which also shows up in Matthew 28:20; see the table under “Matthew 28:18” in this post, where I render that noun as “border” and point out that it literally means “together-end”.)
But what about the outliers? Let’s consider 1 Corinthians 10:11 first, since its explanation is distinct from all the others:
“But all these things were happening to them [as] illustrations, and it was written for our warning unto whom came the endings of the ages.” (LGV) {Scroll to p. 18-19 in the PDF; Warner includes a footnote at the end of this verse explaining: “That is, Christians are appointed to see the culmination of God’s promises and threats, since Israel failed (See Heb. 3-4).” Of course, I already covered the relevant points regarding Hebrews 3-4 here.}
As for all the others, you’ll soon see that they’re interconnected in a very deep and profound way. Let’s consider the passage in Colossians next:
24 Now I rejoice in my sufferings for your sake, and in my flesh I do my share on behalf of His body, which is the church, in filling up what is lacking in [literally, “of”] Christ’s afflictions. 25 Of this church I was made [literally, “became”] a minister according to the stewardship from God bestowed on me for your benefit, so that I might fully carry out the preaching of [literally, “for you, to make full”] the word of God, 26 that is, the mystery which has been hidden from the past ages and generations, but has now been manifested to His saints, 27 to whom God willed to make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you, the hope of glory. 28 We proclaim Him, admonishing every man and teaching every man with [literally, “in”] all wisdom, so that we may present every man complete in Christ. 29 For this purpose also I labor, striving according to His power, which mightily works within me. 1 For I want you to know how great a struggle I have on your behalf and for those who are at Laodicea, and for all those who have not personally [literally, “not in the flesh”] seen my face, 2 that their hearts may be encouraged, having been knit together in love, and attaining to all the wealth that comes from [literally, “wealth of”] the full assurance of understanding, resulting in a true knowledge of God’s mystery, that is, Christ Himself, 3 in whom are hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge. (Colossians 1:24-2:3 1995 NASB, boldface and underlining added)
This passage identifies the “mystery”, not with Christ’s substitutionary atonement (as seen in the passages above), but with Christ himself and the Church’s hope. However, the underlined phrases suggest that the Church being “Christ’s body” means more than just being a group of people who represent Christ on Earth. Rather, God reckons them as being part of Christ’s physical body, as we see in between the Ephesians passages! (I’ve already explained here that “the commonwealth of Israel” — verse 12b YLT — was already understood by Paul and his readers as inheriting the Covenants of Promise, and that God’s Son died so that his unfaithful bride could be released from her Old marriage contract and be remarried to him, the “one new man”, under the New marriage contract–just as an unfaithful wife under the Mosaic Law was not allowed to marry someone else until her first husband died; see Romans 7:1-4.)
14 for he is our peace, who did make both [Jewish and Gentile believers] one, and the middle wall of the enclosure did break down, 15 the enmity in his flesh, the law of the commands in ordinances having done away, that the two he might create in himself into one new [properly, “renewed”; the Greek word, G2537, connotes freshness, rather than youth] man, making peace, 16 and might reconcile both in one body [Jesus’ body on the cross] to God through the cross, having slain the enmity in it, 17 and having come, he did proclaim good news — peace to you — the far-off and the nigh, 18 because through him we have the access — we both — in one Spirit unto the Father. (Ephesians 2:14-18 YLT, boldface and underlining added)
In fact, Ephesians 3:9-11 (the very passage that prompted this post in the first place!) also alludes to this.
and to bring to light what is the administration of the mystery which for ages has been hidden in God who created all things; so that the manifold wisdom of God might now be made known through the church to the rulers and the authorities in the heavenlyplaces[dominions]. This wasin accordance with the eternal purpose [literally, “the purpose of the ages”] which He carried out in Christ Jesus our Lord (Ephesians 3:9-11 1995 NASB, boldface and underlining added)
The NASB phrasing “the administration of the mystery” follows the oldest manuscripts and the majority of manuscripts, which is why most English translations have “administration” or “plan” here (the ASV has “dispensation”, highlighting a possible connection with the Latin Vulgate, which has dispensatio). But the KJV, Webster Bible, YLT, NKJV, and LGV follow the Textus Receptus here, which has “fellowship” instead of “administration”. And intriguingly, that minority reading, “the fellowship of the mystery/secret”, has an extra connection with something the Apostle John wrote a couple decades or so later–and it just so happens to cohere perfectly with all the other passages we just looked at:
That whichwas from the beginning, that which we have heard, that which we have seen with our eyes, that which we did behold, and our hands did handle, concerning the Word of the Life — and the Life was manifested, and we have seen, and do testify, and declare to you the Life, the age-[en]during, which was with the Father, and was manifested to us — that which we have seen and heard declare we to you, that ye also may have fellowship with us, and our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ; and these things we write to you, that your joy may be full [literally, “may be having been filled”; perfect-tense passive participle].
And this is the message that we have heard from Him, and announce to you, that God is light, and darkness in Him is not at all; if we may say — ‘we have fellowship with Him,’ and in the darkness may walk — we lie, and do not the truth; and if in the light we may walk, as He is in the light — we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son doth cleanse us from every sin; (1 John 1:1-7 YLT, boldface and underlining added)
In light of Paul’s clarification in Colossians 2:2 that Christ himself is “the mystery”, it looks like John was expanding on the phrase “the fellowship of the mystery”–which would only make sense if Paul had already used that phrase (remember, John’s writings were meant to reinforce Paul’s epistles); and unless you go with the Textus Receptus reading of Ephesians 3:9, he doesn’t! Warner even points out a grammatical nuance to John’s writings in a note on John 1:13.
Whenever John referred to Christians being ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (“the having been begotten out of God”) he always used the singular number and the perfect tense. The perfect tense describes a present state that is the result of past completed action (1 Jn. 3:9; 1 Jn. 4:7; 1 Jn. 5:1,4,18). The singular number describes a class of people, not individuals. In baptism believers are “begotten from above” (John 3:3-5) by being joined to the “only-begotten of the Father.” Thus baptized Christians are considered one with Christ as a single entity. However, here John used the aorist passive indicative which indicates a one-time historical event without implying that the result continued to the present. This is because the next verse says “and Logos became flesh,” showing that Logos’ former divine nature did not continue in His humanity (cf. Phil. 2:5-8). This distinction between the singular aorist tense form (referring to the Son’s origin as historically “begotten” out of God) vs. the perfect tense form (referring to the whole class of believers joined to the Son, and thus considered part of “the Begotten”) is also the key to properly understanding two seemingly difficult verses, 1 John 3:9 & 5:18. The whole entity of “the having been begotten out of God” does not sin, because “the Seed [the Son] of Him remains among it,” (the Anointed one remains among the assembly by the holy Breath) which is not able to sin because “out of God it has been begotten” (1 Jn. 3:9). Also, “the whole having been begotten out of God” does not sin because “the One who was begotten [aorist tense – the Son] preserves it, and the wicked do not touch it” (1 John 5:18). Jesus’ prayer in chapter 17 clarifies this concept in which He spoke of the redeemed as a single entity – one – just as the Father and Son are one (viewed as one even though consisting of many distinct persons). In Johannine theology, all of the redeemed become one with Christ and are considered “the whole having been begotten out of God” because Logos was originally and literally begotten out of God. {Scroll to p. 3-4 in the PDF. Italics, boldface, and underlining in original.}
Finally, while Pulliam rightly tried to interpret Ephesians 3:11 in light of 1:9-10, he failed to in turn consider those verses in light of their context:
Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who has blessed us with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly places [dominions] in Christ, 4 just as He chose us in Him before the foundation of the world [literally, “before the casting down of the world order”; this phrase refers to the Fall of Man, not the Creation Week], that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love, 5 having predestined us [note that the predestination is on the collective level, not the individual level] to adoption as sons by Jesus Christ to Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, 6 to the praise of the glory of His grace, by which He made us accepted [literally, “He highly favored us”; aorist active indicative] in the Beloved [literally, “in the one having been beloved”; perfect-tense passive singular masculine participle].
7 In Him we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace 8 which He made to abound toward us in all wisdom and prudence, 9 having made known to us the mystery of His will, according to His good pleasure which He purposed in Himself, 10 that in the dispensation of the fullness of the times He might gather together in one all things in Christ, both [following TR; this word is absent in NA28 and the Majority Text] which are in heaven and which are on earth—in Him. 11 In Him also we have obtained an inheritance [compare Galatians 3:16,26-29], being predestined according to the purpose of Him who works all things according to the counsel of His will, 12 that we who first trusted [literally, “we, the ones having previously hoped”] in Christ should be to the praise of His glory. (Ephesians 1:3-12 NKJV, boldface and underlining added)
Both of the underlined phrases are referring to the nation of Israel. How can I tell? Well, for the phrase “we, the ones having previously hoped in Christ”, not only does everything after the comma rule out anyone up until Paul’s time who wasn’t aware of (and thus, couldn’t place hope in) Messianic prophecies (the bulk of which were given to Israel), but by using the word “we”, Paul was including himself among the group he was referring to. Paul wasn’t an Antediluvian Son of God (Genesis 4:26 LXX, Genesis 6:1-4, Revelation 14:1-5), or a Patriarch, but an Israelite (Romans 11:1, Philippians 3:5). As for “the one having been beloved”, this term occurs only here in the NT, but grammatical variants of it occur in the Septuagint, the earliest of which come from Moses:
And this is the blessing with which Moses the man of God blessed the children of Israel before his death. And he said, The Lord is come from Sina, and has appeared from Seir to us, and has hasted out of the mount of Pharan, with the ten thousands of Cades; on his right hand were his angels with him. And he spared his people, and all his sanctified ones are under thy hands; and they are under thee; and he received of his words the law which Moses charged us, an inheritance to the assemblies of Jacob. And he shall be prince with [literally, “in”] the beloved one [perfect-tense middle singular masculine participle], when the princes of the people are gathered together with the tribes of Israel.…
And to Benjamin he said, The beloved [perfect-tense middle singular masculine participle, but nominative instead of dative this time] of the Lord shall dwell in confidence, and God overshadows him always, and he rested between his shoulders.
…There is not any such as the God ofthe beloved [perfect-tense middle singular masculine participle, but genitive this time]; he who rides upon the heaven is thy helper, and the magnificent One of the firmament. And the rule of God shall protect thee, and that under the strength of the everlasting arms; and he shall cast forth the enemy from before thy face, saying, Perish. And Israel shall dwell in confidence alone on the land of Jacob, with corn and wine; and the sky shall be misty with dew upon thee. Blessed art thou, O Israel; who is like to thee, O people saved by the Lord? thy helper shall hold his shield over thee, and his sword is thy boast; and thine enemies shall speak falsely to thee, and thou shalt tread upon their neck.
(Deuteronomy 33:1-5,12,26-29 BLXX, boldface and underlining added)
Other passages that use this term for Israel include the following:
And he will beat them small, even Libanus itself, like a calf; and the beloved one [nominative singular masculine perfect-tense middle participle] is as a young unicorn [i.e., rhinoceros]. (Psalm 29:6 [28:6 by the LXX verse numbering] BLXX; underlining added)
Thus saith the Lord God that made thee, and he that formed thee from the womb; Thou shalt yet be helped: fear not, my servant Jacob; and beloved [nominative singular masculine perfect-tense middle participle] Israel, whom I have chosen. (Isaiah 44:2 BLXX, underlining added)
Why has my [literally, “the”] beloved [nominative singular feminine perfect-tense middle participle] wrought abomination in my house? will prayers and holy offerings take away thy wickedness from thee, or shalt thou escape by these things? (Jeremiah 11:15 BLXX, underlining added)
In light of this, the fact that Paul includes his Christian readers in Ephesus as those God “highly favored… in the one having been beloved” implies that they will now get to partake in “the covenants of the promise” along with “the commonwealth of Israel” (Ephesians 2:12 YLT). Moreover, the fact that all of these participles are in the perfect tense implies that the loving continues to the present!
Conclusion
All in all, I fail to see what problems these passages present for my position. They all coalesce into a beautiful doctrine about the faithful being beloved along with “the commonwealth of Israel”, reconciled to have fellowship with Christ and his Father through his own death on the cross to atone for us, freeing Israelites from their obligations under the Old marriage contract so they can marry their resurrected Groom under the New one (Jeremiah 31:31-40; Hosea 1-3) and Gentiles from their slavery to sin so they can become children of the resulting union (Isaiah 8:18), allowing Jew and Gentile alike to become part of “one new man”, reckoned by the Father to be as pure as His only-begotten (but now human) Son in his glorified body–and thus, as worthy as His Son to inherit the Kingdom, including the land that Abraham will possess forevermore.
Sorry for the long wait, but at least you got some extra time to work your way through my longest post yet! Plus, I got to fly out to meet my new nephew and play with his older brother last weekend! So now that I’ve recuperated from that trip and have started getting my internal clock back on track, I think it’s about time I gave you the next article in my series on Bob Pulliam’s book “In the Days of Those Kings”. Bear in mind that I’ll probably be jumping back and forth between topics in this series (e.g., I’ll jump in and out of discussions about eschatological prophecies and deal with other parts of Pulliam’s book in between them, rather than deal with all of them in a row), since I make progress on some discussions faster than others. So once this series is done, I reserve the right to change up the final order of the Parts in this series, so future readers can have a more coherent train of thought to follow.
Introduction
At this point in my series on Bob Pulliam’s book “In the Days of Those Kings”, I’d like to bring up his discussion in Lesson 21 regarding a couple of key phrases in the opening and closing chapters of Revelation. Just after quoting the first 3 verses of Revelation from the 1995 NASB while boldfacing the phrases “must shortly take place” and “the time is near”, he writes the following:
John said that these things “must shortly take place.” Donald Barnhouse tells us that John meant that the “events of this book are to take place within a brief space of time.” Mr. Barnhouse is telling us that John did not mean that they were about to take place in John’s day. He is convinced that the events recorded in Revelation are all about today. He wants us to understand them as taking place quickly when they do begin to take place.
If we had no way of knowing what “shortly” meant in verse one, surely we could understand John when he said “the time is near.” (Rev 1:3) The events revealed within the prophecy of this book were near.
John was also told that “the time is near” at the end of the book (Rev 22:10). The original readers obviously needed this vision to understand what was about to take place in their lives. Jesus said, “I come quickly.” (Rev 22:20) The word quickly is the same word used in the very first verse of chapter one. John begins by saying these things will shortly (quickly) take place, and Jesus finishes it off by saying that He is coming quickly.
{“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 224. Italics, boldface, and content in parentheses in original. See also source cited therein.}
So, Pulliam concedes here that the interpretation of “suddenly” (i.e., “rapidly”, “over a short space of time”) in Revelation 1:1 is just as valid as “shortly”, if we ignore all other contextual considerations; hence, additional information is needed to decide which of the two is correct. On that much, I completely agree.
After all, the Greek phrase the 1995 NASB renders “shortly take place” is γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει. Here’s a word-by-word translation of this phrase: “come into being {aorist middle infinitive} / in / a brief space [of time] {dative singular neuter}”. Barnhouse was right: “a brief space [of time]” is indeed the literal meaning of τάχει; check Strong’s Definition for G5034 if you don’t believe me. Whether the “brief space [of time]” mentioned in Revelation 1:1 is the time before the events begin or the time over which the events occur can’t be determined from this phrase alone. This is why I offer the thought-for-thought rendering “swiftly” in this post’s title: “swiftly” is a single word that can carry either of these meanings, so rendering the word this way in English Bibles would leave the interpretation up to the reader, rather than imposing the translator’s bias(es) on the reader.
The same would go for Revelation 22:20, although there’s one correction I should make here: Pulliam’s claim that “quickly” in that verse is the same word in 1:1 isn’t quite correct. Rather, the two words are derived from the same adjective: ταχύς (G5036), meaning “prompt”, “ready”, or “swift”. While 1:1 uses the noun form, τάχος, 22:20 uses the adverb form, ταχύ (G5035). Strong’s Definition for the adverb is “shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by surprise) suddenly, or (by implication, of ease) readily”. So once again, either sense is a valid meaning for the word, and additional information is needed to determine which sense John intended.
Now, Pulliam is quite correct that which sense is meant in Revelation 1:1 (and 22:20) can be conclusively determined from Revelation 1:3 (and/or 22:10, which does use the same adverb as 1:3). But ironically, the understanding he’s insisting upon for all four of these verses is ruled out after a more thorough study of the latter two!
Why Are Preterists So Obsessed With “Nearness” Statements?
But before we get to that, I’d like to highlight something I’ve noticed while reading materials from preterists (online or in books): they seem to be obsessed with driving home statements supposedly talking about the “nearness” of Christ’s coming and other events Jesus mentioned. For example, here are all the other examples I’ve found in Pulliam’s book, with my rebuttals included in the source citations (fair warning, there’s A LOT of them!):
{In Lesson 1:} Jesus, at the beginning of His ministry, was preaching, “The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand; repent and believe in the gospel.” (Mk 1:15) Jesus later said, “Truly I say to you, there are some of those who are standing here who shall not taste death until they see the kingdom of God after it has come with power.” (Mk 9:1) In essence, then, Jesus was saying, “It is within the grasp (at hand) of this generation.” So what may we say of that promise if the “kingdom of God” as promised did not come during that generation? {“In the Days of Those Kings”. 10. Italics and boldface in original. I’ll address Mark 1:15 in a future post I’ve already written, and I’ve already addressed Mark 9:1 here.} {In Lesson 3:} This disregard for past fulfillment can also be seen in their treatment of Matthew 24. Jesus said that the then-present generation would not pass before its fulfillment (Mt 24:34). The Dispensationalist, however, tells us that our generation was on Jesus’ mind, so these events are about to be fulfilled in our near future. {Ibid. 31. In fact, both of those interpretations of the phrase “this generation” in Matthew 24:34 are wrong, as I’ve already shown here.} {In Lesson 11:} The Messiah had come according to prophecy, and the plan was for Him to establish His kingdom. John, as the forerunner of Jesus, had come preaching in the spirit and power of Elijah, “Repent, for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.” (Mt 3:2; Lk 1:17). Jesus also preached a “kingdom of heaven is at hand” message (Mt 4:17), and sent the twelve out to preach it (Mt 10:7). Without a doubt, Jesus had every intention of establishing His kingdom on His first visit. We all agree on this. {Ibid. 112. I’ll explain in that future post where I address Mark 1:15 that these mentions of “the kingdom of heaven [being] at hand” early on in Jesus’ ministry referred to the fact that Jesus embodied the Kingdom of God during his earthly ministry. Also, Jesus never intended to fully establish his kingdom on his first visit, but merely let the Israelites — and more importantly, Satan — think he did so his atonement for all sins could happen (1 Corinthians 2:7-8).} I cannot lay enough emphasis upon the fact that the nearness of the kingdom was a prophetic declaration of Jesus. [I suspect my readers will soon beg to differ!] It was not a declaration of wishful thinking. It was a statement of what was to be expected. That expectation did not change, as is evident from a look at Matthew 16:28. After the supposed change in plan earlier in Matthew 16 [referring to the dispensationalist claim that when Jesus promised in Matthew 16:18 to build his church, he was declaring a “Plan B”], Jesus was still promising the kingdom. In fact, He pinned the timing down to that generation. {Ibid. 113. Italics and boldface in original. Content in brackets mine. Again, I’ve already addressed Matthew 16:28 here.} To say that God had to postpone the kingdom to punish the Jews (Mt 23:34-36) is tantamount to calling Jesus a liar when He said the kingdom would arrive before they died (Mt 16:28)…. The Dispensationalist believes that rejection was known, but ignored by Jesus in promising a fulfillment in that generation, necessitating a future effort to get the entire job done. {Ibid. 114. Italics and boldface in original. Again, I disagree that God “had to postpone the kingdom”, because He never intended to institute it fully with Jesus’ first coming, anyway (only to atone for all sins and open up the Heavenly Dominions to those who’d follow him, with the Heavenly Dominions expanding to include everything else — except the Father — when he returns). Again, see here regarding Matthew 16:28. Again, see here regarding the phrase “this generation” in Matthew 24:34.} Since it is unthinkable to put Jesus in the position of promising something He did not deliver (the kingdom in that generation), we need to look for the means by which the Dispensationalist deals with this problem he has created with his doctrine. Two problems arise when Dispensationalists delay God’s plan due to rejection. We will discuss these problems as we take a closer look at this proposed “rejection” of Jesus. The problems they must address are:
1) If Dispensationalism is correct, the promise/prophecy of John and Jesus at the beginning of their ministries failed. It was to be in the lifetime of the people who heard, and yet it did not come. Failed prophecy is not acceptable for anyone who is to be regarded as a true prophet (Dt 18:20-22). 2) The redemptive purpose of God gets left out of the “master plan” when we conclude that Jesus wasn’t supposed to be rejected by the Jews (the Mt 23:35 view). If they had accepted Jesus, there would have been no sacrifice for our sins.
The first problem created by the Dispensational view is a “failure” of the promise made by Jesus (Mt 4:17; 16:28; Mk 9:1). The Dispensationalist does not look at the promise/prophecy at the beginning of the gospels as failing. It is simply viewed as an unfortunate delay. They emphasize the fact that John and Jesus said the kingdom is coming, and they tell us that it will come in the future. That emphasis ignores the timingspecifically declared by Jesus. There is more to this than a promise that it will come. Both John and Jesus said that this kingdom was at hand. Jesus said that it would come within their lifetimes (Mt 16:28). What may we say about a promise that is only half kept? What may we say about a prophet whose prophecies are not 100% accurate? This problem cannot be answered with a certainty of fulfillment 2,000+ years in the future. If the kingdom did not come in their generation, then the promise/prophecy failed. {Ibid. 115. Italics and boldface in original. Underlining mine. Again, Matthew 4:17 was an accurate statement at the time because Jesus embodied the kingdom of God during his time on earth. Again, see here regarding “this generation” and here regarding Matthew 16:28. Dispensationalists will get no help from me regarding the second problem.} That [a quotation from Clarence Larkin that makes substantially the same point I make here] sounds like a pretty good argument, doesn’t it? However, there is a pretty significant problem here. This problem is found in trying to determine what “common honesty demanded” of Jesus [a phrase Larkin used in the quote]. Earlier in His ministry, Jesus said, “Truly I say to you, there are some of those who are standing here who shall not taste death until they see the Son of Man coming in His kingdom.” (Mt 16:28) Now I want you to ask yourself, “Did Jesus’ disciples understand Him to mean a ‘visible’ or ‘spiritual’ kingdom coming in their lifetimes?” The disciples obviously believed a visible, earthly kingdom was coming in their lifetimes. Wouldn’t “common honesty” demand that Jesus correct their understanding about the actual kingdom they would see in their lifetimes? The Dispensational appeal to “common honesty” on the part of Jesus is a foolish attempt to force the misguided hopes of first century Jews into God’s plans. {Ibid. 116. Italics in original. Content in brackets mine. My response to Pulliam’s questions? Jesus’ disciples didn’t expect “a visible, earthly kingdom was comingin their lifetimes“; they only expected that some of them would see “a visible earthly kingdom… in their lifetimes“. Again, see here regarding Matthew 16:28.} [Responding to another quotation of Larkin:] This illustration of a preacher, preaching to people who he knows will not believe, is extremely deceptive. That is not at all what this is like. Instead, it would be like a preacher prophesying that a person will believe within their lifetime, but then they die before they do so. Jesus telling that generation that the kingdom would come before they died is the real point of this discussion. {Ibid. 118. Italics in original. Again, see here regarding the phrase “this generation”.} Luke then said, “He therefore began saying…” (Lk 3:7). Why did John begin to warn the multitudes? Because the words of Isaiah were coming to pass! Which ones? Prophecies of the Messiah. Keep in mind that there were some present who would not taste death before He established His kingdom (Mk 9:1). {Ibid. 119. For the sixth time, see here regarding the claim about some not tasting death before seeing the Kingdom.} {From a chart in Lesson 13:} Jesus said the kingdom would come in that generation. [Written once on each half of the chart]… {In footnote 4 thereof:} The promise required that a fulfillment be before some who were present would taste death (Mt 16:18 & 28; Mk 9:1). This would necessitate a fulfillment before the end of that generation. {In footnote 6 of the Lesson:} The expected kingdom must be established within that initial generation for the prophecy to be fulfilled (Mt 16:28); however, this view violates that necessary requirement. {Ibid. 137. Italics in original. No, the promise of these verses only required that the expected kingdom be seen by some of the Disciples within their lifetimes. For the seventh time, see here regarding the claim about some not tasting death before seeing the Kingdom.} Jesus told the disciples that He would build His church in their lifetimes (Mt 16:18). In the same context, He told the disciples that the kingdom would come with power in their lifetimes (Mt 16:28; Mk 9:1). In some way, the kingdom promise was fulfilled in His establishment of the church in their lifetimes. That receiving of power is revealed in Acts 2 where we find the beginning of the church. The kingdom would come with power and the church came with power. The natural conclusion is that the kingdom was coming when the church was coming. {Ibid. 138. Italics in original. Yes, the Heavenly Dominions were expanded on the day of Pentecost, A.D. 30–from just the 11 remaining Disciples, Matthias, and their 108 other disciples to all who would follow Christ going forward; but that doesn’t mean the kingdom had arrived in its fullness–in fact, Peter denied this in Acts 2, as I show here. For the eighth time, see here regarding the claim about some not tasting death before seeing the Kingdom, where I also explain that Peter said the “power” of the kingdom was actually seen on the Mount of Transfiguration.} The kingdom of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ has fully come. It is not a future expectation in the New Testament. It is a declaration of realization. Any attempt to make the kingdom a future event does two very significant (and undesirable) things:
1) It puts Jesus in the position of being a liar, or an ignorant prophet. He said the kingdom was coming in that generation. If He knew that it would not, then He lied. If He didn’t know, then He was ignorant. 2) It makes the prophecies vague beyond any possibility of understanding. Apostles and prophets who were inspired by the Holy Spirit declared Old Testament prophecy fulfilled. They claimed that Jesus had ascended David’s throne. If we must view their understanding as a shadowy figure of future events, then there is no hope of accurately predicting the truth about the “End-Times.” Dispensational authors describing how it will actually take place need to stop putting their speculative books on bookstore shelves as if they have better insights than men who actually wrote by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit.
{Ibid. 141. Again, Peter placed Jesus ruling on David’s throne in the future from the events of Acts 2. For the fifth time, see here regarding the phrase “this generation”. Yes, many OT prophecies were fulfilled in the 1st century A.D., but the idea that all OT prophecies were fulfilled by then is simply false–Ezekiel 26:14, which wasn’t fulfilled until A.D. 1291, is a prime counterexample. I also find it hypocritical for Pulliam to decry dispensational authors who write as if they know better than the Apostles, when he said to my face that “We don’t follow Justin Martyr,” (his exact words) in an attempt to dismiss the Church Fathers’ insights on eschatology wholesale–as if he knows what the Apostles taught better than people writing within living memory of the Apostles, some of whom were directly taught by the Apostles! More on what these people taught later. Then again, Pulliam has plenty of company here: quite a few groups within Christendom have made Justin Martyr their whipping boy–precisely because he exposes so many of their cherished teachings as later innovations that were totally foreign to the earliest Christians!} {In Lesson 17:} When we come to the New Testament, an inspired proclamation begins to go forth: “The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand” (Mk 1:15). What time was fulfilled? Jesus was saying that those days were the intended time for Old Testament prophecy to be fulfilled. It was the days of that final kingdom in Nebuchadnezzar’s image. The fourth kingdom (Rome) was in power (Lk 3:1), and the messenger to prepare the way had already come (Mk 1:1-5 cmp. Mal 3:1; Isa 40:3). Any effort to move the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy into the future makes Christ’s proclamation a mistake. He said the time was fulfilled. God’s timetable placed the kingdom in the days of the Roman kings. The stage was set, the curtain had risen, and the players were in place. {Ibid. 179-180. Italics and boldface in original. Again, Ezekiel 26:14 shows that Pulliam has misunderstood Christ’s proclamation–not all Old Testament prophecy was fulfilled by Apostolic times. I’ll give a fuller response to this remark by Pulliam when I discuss Lessons 17 & 18 in more detail, but suffice it to say for now that Pulliam is being selective with the details of “Nebuchadnezzar’s image” in Daniel 2: verse 40 was fulfilled when the Roman Empire conquered the Ptolemaic Empire in 30 B.C., and Pulliam has verse 44 being fulfilled with Jesus’ crucifixion about 60 years later–despite verses 41-43 not being fulfilled in between!} {In Lesson 19:} Matthew has a different reason [besides the beauty of the temple complex mentioned in the previous paragraph] for telling us about the disciples’ attention given to the buildings. It is because Jesus was about to say, “Do you not see all these things? Truly I say to you, not one stone here shall be left upon another, which will not be torn down.” (Mt 24:2) Jesus told them this grand temple that amazed them would be destroyed. Keep in mind that they had just heard Jesus prophecy [sic] of destruction in that generation (Mt 23:35-39). {Ibid. 200. That last statement wrongly assumes that the phrase “this generation” in Matthew 23:36 refers to nothing more and nothing less than Jesus’ contemporaries. So, for the sixth time, see here regarding the phrase “this generation”.} Since the signs of Matthew 24 are predicted as coming upon “this generation” (Mt 24:34), we need to determine what Jesus meant. Looking back at Matthew 23:36, the condemnation of Jesus in that text was to fall upon “this generation.” Hal Lindsey tells us that the doom in this prophecy would fall upon “the same generation that crucified Him.” That is exactly what Jesus meant, and the original hearers would have understood correctly. Dispensationalists take a different view of that same phrase in Matthew 24:34. Mr. Lindsey says that the Matthew 24 “this generation” phrase refers to the length of time it will take for the prophecy to be fulfilled. {Ibid. 201. Italics and boldface in original. I agree that “this generation” has the same meaning in Matthew 24:34 as it does in 23:36; but did Pulliam, Lindsey, etc. ever consider that the phrase’s meaning in Matthew 23:36 should in turn be interpreted in light of how the phrase is used in the rest of the Bible? That’s how I interpret the phrase, and that’s how Jesus’ Jewish Disciples and the OT-educated Scribes & Pharisees Jesus spoke to in Matthew 23 would’ve understood it. For the seventh time, see here regarding the phrase “this generation”.} Who asked, and to whom will it apply?… This generation. In Matthew 24:5-15, Jesus gave a list of signs the disciples should, and should not, watch for, so they could be as certain as looking for fruit on a tree. He then tells them that it will be within this generation. Remember, He said “this generation” to them, not us. They wanted to know when and Jesus told them in this generation. Since a generation is 40 years, and Jesus was saying this around AD 33, then it would have to be fulfilled by AD 73 (33 + 40). In fact, it was fulfilled in AD 70 when Jerusalem was completely destroyed by the Romans. That would put it within the generation to which Jesus was speaking. Why would I go looking for a future fulfillment when it was so clearly fulfilled in the lives of the generation living when Jesus spoke? {Ibid. 202. Italics and boldface in original. For the eighth time, see here regarding the phrase “this generation”. As for why we should look for a future fulfillment for the events of the Olivet Discourse: in the Great Temple Discourse (given earlier that same day, per Luke 21:37 & Matthew 24:1-3), Jesus distinguished the end times (Luke 21:8-11,25-35) from the events of the 1st century (verses 12-24; note that Jesus breaks the chronological flow of verses 8-11 by opening verse 12 with the phrase “But before all these things,” — 1995 NASB — need I remind you that I’ve never once seen a preterist exposition of the Great Temple and Olivet Discourses that even attempts to deal with this phrase in Luke 21:12?)!} {Ibid. 203. For the ninth time, see here regarding the phrase “this generation”.} The sign of “the Son of Man coming on the clouds of the sky with power and great glory” (Mt 24:30) is not the second coming. We must keep this within the generation to whom it was spoken (Mt 24:34; 23:36). This will be especially easy if you connect the end of Matthew 23 with our current text. Jesus pronounced doom upon Jerusalem within that generation (Mt 23:36). With that destruction in mind, Jesus said, “from now on you shall not see Me until…” (Mt 23:39). Jesus would be seen when doom came upon Jerusalem. If Jesus would be seen in the destruction of Jerusalem, then the sign of the Son of Man in Matthew 24:30 is not the final judgment, nor is it a future judgment on an Antichrist. It was the power and glory of Jesus exercised on that generation for rejecting the apostles and prophets He sent to them (Mt 23:34-35). This was fulfilled in the destruction of Jerusalem by the Romans in AD 70. Was it simply the Romans destroying another foreign city? Jesus said, when it comes, it will have been My divine justice in judgment. {Ibid. 205-206. Italics and boldface in original. Where do I even begin with this one? Oh, I know–say it with me, now: For the tenth time, see here regarding the phrase “this generation”. This also has to be the most blatant example of selective quotation that I’ve noticed in Pulliam’s book so far: he totally omitted what Jesus said in Matthew 23:39 after “until”, which tells us when Jesus was saying they would see him again! “For I say to you, from now on you will not see Me until you say, ‘BLESSED IS HE WHO COMES IN THE NAME OF THE LORD!’” (1995 NASB, all-caps in original, boldface added) The statement in all-caps quotes Psalm 118:26a, the context of which starts by prophesying Israel at large rejecting Jesus (verse 22, which Jesus had already quoted to that effect in Matthew 21:42), but then adds (as Jesus also does in Matthew 21:42) that “This is the LORD’S doing; it is marvellous in our eyes.” (Psalm 118:23 KJV)–a sentiment that the 1st century Israelites who rejected Jesus would hardly have agreed with, but that Paul endorsed in Romans 11:30-33! It goes on to extol “the day which Jehovah hath made” (verse 24b ASV), ask God for salvation and prosperity (verse 25), mention celebrating feasts in temple worship (verse 27), and conclude that “His mercy endures forever.” (verse 29c NKJV) What part of this sounds like it was fulfilled in the second destruction of Jerusalem?! It’s far more descriptive of Christ’s second coming! Speaking of which, Pulliam claims earlier in the same Lesson that Matthew 24:4-34 is talking about the second destruction of Jerusalem, while verses 35-51 are talking about Jesus’ second coming {p. 201}. Yet both sections include among their events Jesus’ parousia (verse 27, as well as 37 & 39), a word whose only earlier Biblical occurrence was in the disciples’ question that prompted the Olivet Discourse (verse 3); this means that when the disciples asked about this event, they would’ve been using this word with all the connotations and only the connotations that it had in the earlier secular Greek literature. And there’s not a single use of this word in the earlier Greek literature where the ruler isn’t physically present for his own victory party. Hence, both the disciples and Jesus were referring to when Jesus himself would physically return as their victorious King.} {Also from Lesson 21:} The book of Revelation is about an intense persecution that its first readers would soon endure. As we continue our study, we will learn how this great message would encourage them to be faithful. There are a lot of symbols in the book of Revelation. We must be very careful as we study its contents. One of the first things we must understand is the fact that the future events it reveals would “shortly take place.” They were “future” when John wrote about them, but that was 2,000 years ago. The time was “near” in the first century, and we must look for a fulfillment of these events in the immediate future of its first readers. In Revelation 2 and 3, we learn of tribulations that were imminent. {Ibid. 230. Then why did every patristic writer of the 1st and 2nd centuries who said anything about eschatology regard events of Revelation 4-22 as still future from their own time? As a representative sampling, see Chapter 16 of the Didache (written in the late 1st or early 2nd century), Chapters 4, 15, & 16 of the Epistle of Barnabas (written sometime between the second destruction of Jerusalem in A.D. 70 and the end of the Bar Kochba Rebellion in A.D. 135), the Fourth Vision in Book 1 of the Shepherd of Hermas (written in the 2nd century), Chapters 80 & 81 in Justin Martyr’s “Dialogue with Trypho” (mid-2nd century), and Chapters 25-30 in Book 5 of Irenaeus’ “Against Heresies” (circa A.D. 180). Why would these people have entertained the idea that something even worse than what Christians had already been experiencing under the Romans was still to come, unless that’s what John himself had actually taught? Moreover, since all of these people (with the probable exception of Irenaeus, whose then-deceased teacher Polycarp had been a disciple of John himself) were writing within living memory of John’s own oral teaching, how could they possibly haveall departed from his teaching, in the same direction, starting when John died (if not even earlier), despite their geographic separation throughout the Roman empire (the Epistle of Barnabas was written near Alexandria, Egypt, the Shepherd of Hermas in Rome, Dialogue with Trypho in Asia Minor, and Against Heresies in what is now France), and with no trace of any resistance or rebuttal from any of the elders or apologists in contemporary Christendom? In light of all the checks and balances of 1st- and 2nd-century Greco-Roman society (whether inside or outside the church), that’s impossible.} {In Lesson 22:} The book of Revelation has a “You Are Here” arrow. We have a disadvantage to the original readers of Revelation. They knew what was going on in the world at the time it was written. To identify the ruler who was sitting on the throne at that time was easy for them. They simply had to look at current events. Fortunately, two-thirds of the way through the book of Revelation, there is a “You Are Here” arrow. For original readers, it put the Roman kings being discussed in perspective. For us, it has the added advantage of telling us where the book is to be dated with respect to who was ruling. We have already learned that the events revealed in Revelation were about to take place (lesson 21). These timing statements at the beginning and end of the book are not our only help for interpreting Revelation…. [After discussing the present tense of the word for “reign” in Revelation 17:18:] The Dispensationalist must jump forward to the future as he interprets all of this. His interpretation ignores the guiding force behind this book. These things were about to take place. The time was near. {Ibid. 234,235. I deal with his “‘You Are Here’ arrow” in a future post that I’ve already written. But for now, note that the first sentence in the second paragraph and the last two sentences in the third paragraph hinge on all the points in the previous quote that I just refuted with simple historical facts. However, we still have to deal with the argument from Revelation 1:3 & 22:10, and we will by the end of this post.} The people first reading this [Revelation 17:7-11] had a knowledge of the current events that created this monster in John’s vision. As the angel explains this to John, he and his readers would have readily associated the king who was currently on the throne, and would have known that two more kings would arise, and the second would bring a terrible tribulation upon them. They could not have thought that another 2,000+ years must pass before this would be fulfilled…. Remember, it was only necessary that the original readers be able to identify every detail in Revelation. The book of Revelation was not written directly to us, but it is preserved for our benefit. Conclusion: We know for certain that the book of Revelation was written about circumstances which the seven churches of Asia would soon face…. Now that we have established the identity of the beast and time frame for fulfillment, we are ready to broaden our overview of the book of Revelation. What was God telling the seven churches of Asia in all of this symbolism? We may not have a specific application for every symbol as they applied to the circumstances of that day, but we can understand enough to comprehend the message of Revelation. {Ibid. 237,239. Italics and boldface in original. Again, this assumes everything asserted in the previous two quotes, and I’ll explain what’s wrong with his take on the kings of this passage in that post I mentioned in my response to the previous quote. Also, does anyone else think the statements before the “Conclusion:” header and the final sentence of this quote sound like a pathetic cop-out to avoid dealing with (even only “seemingly”) contrary details? And what would be the benefit of preserving chapters 4-22 for future generations of Christians if only the original readers were meant to understand them? Why didn’t God only preserve chapters 1-3 (the ones that supposedly apply to all believers)? And for that matter, why include a warning against taking away any words from the book (Revelation 22:19) if nobody in the future will need to understand so many of them, anyway?} {In Lesson 23:} Another view [of the number 666] is that the numbers should be used as a calculation of a name. Each letter of the alphabet is assigned a number in this process called “gematria.” The problem most expositors find with this view is the fact that a number is not easily converted into a name. The combinations become seemingly limitless as the number gets larger, but we must bear in mind that it had to make sense to those original readers. If this view is adopted, the most likely calculation for ‘666’ would yield “Nero Caesar” in the Hebrew alphabet and the same in Latin if the marginal ‘616’ is used. It only becomes likely because the first readers would have had no trouble recognizing Nero in the descriptions (especially Revelation 13 & 17). {Ibid. 247-248. Italics and boldface in original. Aside from the fact that his claim regarding the gematria value of “Nero Caesar” is flat-out wrong (I even do the math to prove it in that future post), Irenaeus made it clear in Book 5, Chapter 30 of “Against Heresies” that neither he nor any of his contemporaries in the late 2nd century knew with certainty what the correct name was–although he offers Evanthas (ΕΥΑΝΘΑΣ), Lateinos (ΛΑΤΕΙΝΟΣ), and Teitan (ΤΕΙΤΑΝ) as examples of names that do add up to 666 in Greek. That couldn’t possibly have been the case if the reference to Nero really was as obvious to early Christians as Pulliam is making it out to be.} After a long period of time, designated as 1,000 years, the dead are judged and eternity’s existence begins. This 1,000 year period does something very significant for our understanding. Although the events of Revelation were going to take place soon, we have now “fast-forwarded” into the future. Not for a literal span of time, but a great undetermined (symbolic) period of time. The number 1,000 has been a very common expression for an uncalculated sum that is large. A discussion of this and other numbers may be found on pages 261 & 262. …The seven churches of Asia would soon see the events of this revelation unfold. As we have seen, the events up to Revelation 20 deal with persecution by, and God’s judgment of, the Roman Empire. God already knows how this conflict will end, and whoever is on the side of the Lamb will be victorious through His blood. {Ibid. 249,250. Italics and boldface in original. Wait, how did God pour out his wrath on Rome in the 1st century? I read the entire chapter leading up to these statements, and I didn’t see him go into detail on that. In fact, he outright hand-waves on this point: “Pausing at each plague to identify it in history may not be what the Lord intended for the reader to do….Remember the bowls [in Revelation 16] as God’s judgment poured out on Rome.” {Ibid. 248. Italics and boldface in original.} Surely Pulliam doesn’t believe the judgment on Rome is still ongoing, since he claimed back in Lesson 17 that Daniel 7 teaches us “that the Roman Empire can never be revived. Rome was completely slain. It was annihilated and destroyed forever.” {Ibid. 181. Italics in original.} Also, the patristic writers I cited above who unanimously taught futurism also taught that the 1,000 years were meant literally, and in particular, used it to expound the doctrine of chiliasm (which further shows that they didn’t believe Christ’s second coming was imminent): see Chapter 15 of the Epistle of Barnabas, Chapter 81 of “Dialogue with Trypho” and Chapter 28, Section 3, in Book 5 of “Against Heresies”.} {In Lesson 24:} I believe it is helpful to consider what is not mentioned in this passage [Revelation 20]. Here are a few things that are commonly read into this text:
The Beginning of Christ’s reign.
Second coming of Jesus.
The bodily resurrection (especially in the greater context).
A 1,000 year reign on earth.
The literal throne of David.
The literal city of Jerusalem.
Jesus on earth.
Anyone other than martyrs.
Fulfillment of Abrahamic promises.
Fulfillment of Davidic promises. That these cannot be in Revelation 20:4 is made clear at the very beginning of Revelation. Revelation 20:4 was about to take place in the near future of the saints first reading this book. The Dispensationalist places these items in our future, 2,000+ years beyond the lives of those first readers. Revelation 20:4 is about none of the items in this list, so let’s see what it is about. {Ibid. 263. Italics and boldface in original. This elephant hurling hardly constitutes a rigorous attempt at harmonizing the text with all the others throughout the Bible that do associate the things listed with events mentioned in Revelation 20; this is just exegetical laziness. Remember, we can only conclusively say two accounts with different details are describing two different events if they contain mutually-exclusive details. And none of the items in that list contradict what’s described in Revelation 20 (for example, carefully checking the Greek text of verse 4 shows that martyrs are a subset of all the people mentioned (HIDMF, p. 818, Footnote 1391.)). And of course, I’ve already refuted all his proof-texts for a 1st-century fulfillment that his core argument following the list hinges on (except for Revelation 1:3, which I’ll get to below).} There are many questions [about Satan’s last stand] and most people have definite opinions. We must not forget that the book of Revelation is not about clearly describing final events for us to recognize them. The book of Revelation was about the conflict which would soon take place. If God had wanted us to have signs to watch for, He would have described this future time in greater detail. Instead, He has given a simple and brief description of Satan’s final effort, and most importantly, the fact that it cannot prevail. Whatever may take place at the end, God’s people can trust Him to accomplish His will, and provide for their salvation…. Revelation is about the struggles saints would soon be facing as they approached the second century. While not addressed to us, we can learn much about personal sacrifice for Jesus when Satan tempts and tries us. We can also take great comfort in the expectations it provides the faithful for an eternity of joy and bliss. {Ibid. 266. Italics and boldface in original. Regarding the first paragraph, maybe he should consider that the passage mentions Gog and Magog being gathered together for battle (Revelation 20:8), something that Scripture had already prophesied in Ezekiel 38, which does give us some more details. Also, how ironic that Pulliam points out that God didn’t go into more detail in Revelation 20:7-10, yet himself totally ignores the vast majority of all the details throughout the rest of Revelation!} {In Appendix 2:} Before Jesus died for our iniquities (Isa 53:5 & 11), he prophesied the destruction of Jerusalem (Mt 24:1-34). He told the disciples that it would take place within that generation. This was fulfilled in AD 70. This second destruction of Jerusalem and its temple would be the result of iniquity (Mt 23:34-39), just as the first destruction was. After making this prophecy, Jesus immediately began to prophesy the time of His second coming. It would be a time which has no warning (Mt 24:36-51), unlike the destruction of Jerusalem, which would be attended by warning signs (Mt 24:5-15). {Ibid. 275. FOR THE ELEVENTH AND FINAL TIME, see here regarding the phrase “this generation”. Also, I already explained above that Luke 21:12-24 prophesied events of the 1st century (including the second destruction of Jerusalem), and that verses 8-11 & 25-35 are about the end times, covering the same events as Matthew 24:4-25:46 & Mark 13:5-37.}
FINALLY–that was an ordeal. And I’m sure you were getting sick and tired of all the repetitiveness in Pulliam’s arguments, too! But to be fair, Tim Warner placed his finger on the main reason why preterists come off as being so obnoxiously repetitive with these arguments about “nearness”: they don’t have much else to offer for their position!
The weight of the preterist interpretation stands almost exclusively on the statements in the New Testament regarding the nearness of Christ’s coming. Preterists insist that such statements as, “behold I come quickly,” demand that Christ’s coming occur in a very short period of time, within the lifetimes of at least some of the Apostles. But in holding this opinion, they are forced to deny the plain sense of the details of Christ’s coming.
Rather than Christ’s appearing in the clouds in power and glory, with all nations of the world witnessing the event, Christ is said to have come invisibly in the Roman destruction of Jerusalem. Consequently, preterists hold mostly to an allegorical interpretation of the Scriptures. Not only prophecy, but even historical narratives in some cases. {Italics in original. Boldface and underlining mine.}
Warner was talking about full preterism in the context, but Pulliam’s handling of Revelation shows that this statement is accurate for partial preterists, too! Indeed, Lesson 24 in Pulliam’s book, especially his treatment of Revelation 20:4-6, is sickeningly allegorical–sickening because it can sound so believable to readers who don’t know any better.
Revelation 1:3 — A “Slam Dunk” For Preterists?
But while Pulliam brought up the phrases “some standing here will not taste death before they see the kingdom” and “this generation” ad nauseum, preterists also seem to be particularly fond of the argument Pulliam made regarding Revelation 1:3 (back at the start of this post). For instance, check out these comments on a blog post from a partial preterist (who I’ve found to be very Biblically-solid on several other topics) where the author is responding to some attempted rebuttals to his view:
The same is true of Rev 1:1’s “must soon take place”, 1:3’s “the time is near”, and 1:7’s “every eye will see Him, even those who pierced Him”. I have never heard those verses explained in a satisfactory way from the Futurist view. (And the view that they mean it will happen quickly when they do happen might work in 1:1 – though very poorly – but it certainly doesn’t fit 1:3 or 1:7.)
If you can offer a literal explanation (as you prefer) for how those verses fit with the Futurist view, I would be open to changing my mind.
{Comment posted by Berean Patriot on May 18, 2023. Italics in original.}
To Rev 1:7, that’s a reasonable alternate explanation. I don’t see it as stronger than my understanding, but neither is it weaker. Your understanding is less literal, but equally valid.
To Rev 1:1, My copy of BDAG (arguably the most respected Greek Lexicon) has “soon, in a short time” as the intended meaning in Rev 1:1, and adds “at once, without delay” as well. Given the context of Rev 1:3, that makes the most sense and is supported by BDAG. In fact, the sense of “without delay”/soon {sic} fits in every place the word is used in the NT, while the sense of “It will happen whenever, but it’ll happen speedily whenever it does happen” doesn’t occur.
To Rev 1:3, did you forget to mention this one?
{Comment posted by Berean Patriot on May 20, 2023. Italics in original.}
His remark on Revelation 1:7 in the second comment referred to the view that the phrase “those who pierced Him” referred to Jews in general. (See also Zechariah 12, especially verses 9-11, which mentions that “they will look on Me whom they have pierced” (1995 NASB) as something that will happen on the same day as the Battle of Armageddon and the Day of the Lord. Since my view places the resurrection of all the deceased faithful throughout history on the Day of the Lord, this would include, among others, Jews who were baptized and remained steadfast after Peter mentioned that they had crucified Jesus in Acts 2:36-41. So those particular believers, once resurrected, will indeed “look on [Him] whom they have pierced”!)
As for his remark that there’s no instance in the NT where the word τάχος has “the sense of ‘it will happen whenever, but it’ll happen speedily whenever it does happen’”, I partially agree with this. I agree that baking “it will happen whenever” into the definition is a stretch (note that unlike Traditional Dispensationalists, I don’t believe the events in Revelation could happen “whenever”; I make this perfectly clear in Appendix D of my upcoming book). As for the idea that the sense of “it’ll happen speedily whenever it does happen” doesn’t occur anywhere in the NT, that’s just assuming what you’re trying to prove, as can be demonstrated from looking at the other 7 occasions (yep, there’s that few of them!) where this word is used in the NT. The sense of “happening speedily when it does happen” works just fine in Luke 18:8, Romans 16:20, & Revelation 2:5; Acts 12:7, 22:18, & 25:4 could have either or even both senses intended; and the sense in Revelation 22:6 must obviously be the same sense as in 1:1. Again, the word literally means “a brief space of time”; so, between “without delay”, “soon”, or “it’ll happen speedily when it does happen”, any of these interpretations (or in some cases, more than one!) could’ve been intended in every place this word occurs in the NT! The context in each case may certainly emphasize some sense over (or even to the exclusion of) others upon closer inspection, but to exclude one of these senses from consideration at the outset when the Greek word’s definition otherwise allows for it is fallacious.
Now, I also have to give props to the Berean Patriot for calling out someone else who cited an argument made by John Walvoord (someone who Pulliam and I already disagree with on numerous points!) that the Greek word for “the time” in Revelation 1:3, καιρός (G2540), means “season”, “epoch”, or “era”. {Comment posted by G Winston Hammerud on May 20, 2023} When you look up the Strong’s Definition for this word, it means “an occasion, i.e. set or proper time”. So if nothing else, this word connotes a particularly special time (consider the circumstances under which we English-speakers normally use the phrase “dressed for the occasion”). Indeed, in all of the passages the Berean Patriot cited as counterexamples to Walvoord’s erroneous definition {Comment posted by Berean Patriot on May 23, 2023}, “occasion(s)” or “appointed time(s)” would make sense in the context (e.g., it was often used with reference to harvests, which come at set times during the year). Warner renders this word as “the appointed time” in Revelation 1:3 LGV, and I’ve rendered it “occasion” in the title of this post.
But what about the Berean Patriot’s and Pulliam’s claim that “the time is near” rules out any interpretation other than “just around the corner” or “within your lifetimes”? Preterists seem to think this argument from Revelation 1:3 is unassailable. And to a degree, I can’t blame them: as you may have gathered from clicking through to read the comments Berean Patriot was responding to with the snippets quoted above, the average Christian has no good rebuttal to this argument! However, I think I know why the average Christian has no idea how to refute this argument–and by extension, why those who claim that most (or even all) of the prophecies in Revelation were fulfilled in the Jewish-Roman Wars have gotten so much mileage out of it.
The average Christian doesn’t recognize the fact that Revelation draws heavily on the rest of the Bible, especially the Old Testament prophetic books. And if there’s one section of Scripture that Christians in general are the least familiar with, it’s the Old Testament prophetic books! Indeed, the notion of Biblical Precedent is more important in Revelation than in any other book of the Bible–because, being written last, it had all 65 of the other books of the Bible to take precedent from! Thus, one can’t properly interpret Revelation without being well-versed in Old Testament prophecies.
In fact, most Christians can’t even get past the first verse of Revelation without overlooking a phrase that invokes OT passages: “The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave him to show unto his servants, even the things which must shortly come to pass: and he sent and signified it by his angel unto his servant John” (ASV, boldface added). The emphasized phrase wasn’t referring to a mere angel (literally, “Messenger”). This was referring to Jesus himself, using one of the titles the OT had for the pre-incarnate Son of God: the “Angel/Messenger of God/YHWH” (e.g., Genesis 21:17, 22:11,15; Exodus 3:2, 23:20-23; Judges 2:1-4, 13:20-22); the OT also calls the Son “the Messenger of great counsel” (Isaiah 9:6 BLXX) and “the messenger of the covenant” (Malachi 3:1 KJV). Paul confirms this when telling the Galatians that “you welcomed me as if I were an angel of God, as if I were Christ Jesus himself.” (4:14c NIV) The Greek phrase is ὡς ἄγγελον θεοῦ ἐδέξασθέ με ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν – “as / a messenger / of God / you received to yourselves / me / as / Christ / Jesus”; “Christ Jesus” is being equated with “a messenger of God” here, undoubtedly based on the same OT passages listed above.
In the case of Revelation 1:3, we ought to consider how the word for “is near”, ἐγγύς (G1451), was used in prophecies in the Septuagint. It turns out that this word is used with reference to the Day of the Lord in several passages:
Howl ye, for the day of the Lord is near [KJV “is at hand”], and destruction from God shall arrive. (Isaiah 13:6 BLXX, boldface added)
For the day of the Lord is nigh, a day of cloud; it shall be the end of the nations. (Ezekiel 30:3 BLXX, boldface added)
Alas, Alas, Alas for the day! for the day of the Lord is nigh [KJV “is at hand”], and it will come as trouble upon trouble. (Joel 1:15 BLXX, boldface added)
Sound the trumpet in Sion, make a proclamation in my holy mountain, and let all the inhabitants of the land be confounded: for the day of the Lord is near [KJV “LORD cometh, for it is nigh at hand”] (Joel 2:1 BLXX, boldface added)
Noises have resounded in the valley of judgment: for the day of the Lord is near in the valley of judgment. (Joel 3:14 BLXX, boldface added)
For the day of the Lord is near upon all the Gentiles: as thou have done, so shall it be done to thee: thy recompense shall be returned on thine own head. (Obadiah 15 BLXX, boldface added)
Fear ye before the Lord God; for the day of the Lord is near; for the Lord has prepared his sacrifice, and has sanctified his guests. (Zephaniah 1:7 BLXX, boldface added)
For the great day of the Lord is near, it is near, and very speedy [ταχύς: “prompt”, “ready”, or “swift”, as discussed earlier]; the sound of the day of the Lord is made bitter and harsh. (Zephaniah 1:14 BLXX, boldface added)
This poses a major problem for those who interpret this word as meaning “just around the corner” or “within your lifetimes” in Revelation 1:3 & 22:10. As noted in my upcoming book (HIDMF, p. 772), every single time “the Day of the Lord” is mentioned in the OT (except for Lamentations 2:22), it refers to the day when the Messiah would conquer Israel’s enemies {I’m presently working on a post that goes into the “Day of the Lord” passages more thoroughly, so I’ll link to that once it’s ready}. Maybe preterists or non-futurist amillennialists could interpret that as happening at Pentecost, or some other time in the Apostolic Age (rather than at the end of the apocalypse, as futurists like myself interpret the phrase); but even if they can overcome all the details in Joel 3 that portray Israel as being in a new golden age after this has happened (a detail that obviously wasn’t fulfilled in the first century A.D.) and explain away the fact that Isaiah 14:1-2 (which the “petuha-cetuma comparison” technique {HIDMF, p. 665} places at the end of the same minor train of thought that begins in 13:1) has God putting Israel back in their land immediately following the Messiah’s conquering of their enemies (something else Pulliam denies will happen, as I already mentioned here), that still won’t fix the problem I’m seeing here.
These prophecies by Isaiah, Ezekiel, Joel, Obadiah, and Zephaniah were originally given centuries before Jesus’ earthly ministry. Obviously, these prophets were not telling their audiences that the Day of the Lord would be “just around the corner” or “within their lifetimes”! If the word ἐγγύς didn’t have this meaning in these prophecies, then why should we interpret it as having this meaning in the prophecy of Revelation 1:3?! This problem is present for both those who’d identify the Day of the Lord as Jerusalem’s second destruction in A.D. 70 (at the same time both the Berean Patriot & Pulliam place “the appointed time”), and those (such as Pulliam, per p. 150 of “In the Days of Those Kings”; the Berean Patriot has yet to clearly explain how he interprets “the Day of the Lord”) who admit that the Day of the Lord will take place at the time of the still-future judgment by fire at Jesus’ second coming, yet insist that the book of Revelation (or at least most of it) has nothing to do with that (which makes the time from the LXX statements about the Day of the Lord being “around the corner” even further removed from the time they’ll be fulfilled, while leaving the presumed time gap between Revelation 1:3 and its presumed “appointed time” in A.D. 70 practically instantaneous by comparison!)
Here’s another way of looking at it. If we are to understand this word as meaning “just around the corner” in all of these contexts, then God essentially started by saying through Obadiah: “The Day of the Lord is just around the corner!” Then through Joel: “The Day of the Lord is just around the corner!” Then through Isaiah: “The Day of the Lord is just around the corner!” Then through Zephaniah: “The Day of the Lord is just around the corner!” Then through Ezekiel: “The Day of the Lord is just around the corner!” Decades and/or centuries passed between these people, by the way! (While the dates I got from this website are only approximate — not to mention built on assumptions I disprove in my book — the general order is legit enough for my purposes here.) But then in Revelation, God supposedly concluded this pattern by saying “the appointed time is just around the corner… I didn’t mean ‘just around the corner’ any of those other times, but this time, I actually do!” What would that say about whether we should trust what God tells us?!
A Better Understanding
The only resolution to these problems is to conclude that in all of these contexts, the word is being used in another sense. Look again at how the KJV rendered the Hebrew word in some of the instances above: “is at hand”. Thayer’s Greek Lexicon supports this rendering by providing the etymology of ἐγγύς: “from ἐν and γυῖον [limb, hand], at {literally, “in”} hand” {Content in brackets by Thayer. Content in curly brackets mine.}. Just like its Greek counterpart, the English phrase “at hand” can have the sense of “near in time” (as we’ve accepted for ἐγγύς up until this point–for the sake of argument, of course), or the sense of “prepared”. Consider when a business executive asks an analyst during a meeting “Do you have the numbers at hand?” He’s not asking “Can I get the numbers from you shortly after this meeting is over?”, but “Are you ready to discuss the numbers?”.
In the case of Revelation 1:3 & 22:10, the sense of “the occasion is prepared” is that when these events would happenhad already been decided by God. This interpretation also works in all of the OT prophecies referenced above, in light of something else God said through Isaiah:
remember the former things of old; for I am God, and there is no other; I am God, and there is none like me, declaring the end from the beginning and from ancient times things not yet done, saying, ‘My counsel shall stand, and I will accomplish all my purpose,’ (Isaiah 46:9-10 ESV, boldface added)
In summary: Revelation 1:1 & 22:20 should be interpreted as saying the events would occur “suddenly”, and play out over “a brief space of time”. 1:3 and 22:10 should be interpreted as saying the appointed time is “prepared”, so the events are certain to occur according to the timetable God had in mind from the beginning. The alternative view of these verses being promoted by Pulliam, the Berean Patriot, and others who try to say the events of Revelation were fulfilled in the first century A.D. (including downright heretical full preterists) can only be maintained by ignoring the precedent set by the Old Testament prophets.
I’m no stranger to the ways that some people try to explain away all the clear statements in Scripture prophesying that Israelites would return to the land and worship at a third temple sometime after the second destruction of Jerusalem. But on the night of February 14, 2024, one of the most absurd ones was brought to my attention: that there are no ethnic Israelites anymore, and that the Israelites we know today are actually descended from central Europeans with no ancestral connection to the ancient Israelites. In fact, the guy who tried to tell me this said “If you look at the Israelis of today, they look just like you and me [Caucasian].” Let’s just set aside the fact that this is the single most racist argument anyone has ever tried making to me to justify their understanding of what the Bible teaches (I haveread about some worse ones that were popular in the 19th and early 20th centuries — like misinterpreting the incorrectly-named “Curse on Ham” (the curse was actually on Ham’s son, Canaan) to justify enslavement or mistreatment of African-Americans — but nobody’s ever been stupid and/or crazy enough to seriously espouse any of those ones in my presence!). That attempt at historical revisionism is something I can shut down relatively fast (in hindsight, I can tell you I’d fully researched and typed everything in this post related to that point — up until the paragraph beginning with “Among other things…” — only 24 HOURS after the first time someone made this claim to my face; it undoubtedly helped that I’d already been exposed to some of the relevant discoveries in molecular genetics a decade or so earlier!), so I’d also like to spend the rest of this post showcasing the Biblical passages that prophesy Israel returning to the land and having another physical tabernacle/temple (or two) and debunking the attempts amillennialists (preterist or otherwise) make at explaining them away.
Given that I didn’t actually publish this post until March 14, 2025, that does mean I’d been working on it on-and-off for 13 months before posting it here! Bear in mind that I will update this post as more such passages and counterarguments come to my attention; I want this post to be a one-stop shop for the Biblical data on this issue. So if you’ve heard of a passage or counterargument that isn’t covered here, please let me know in the comments! (Of course, I’ve already addressed a few other passages in other posts, like 1 Corinthians 15:50, the use of Joel 2:28-3:8 in Acts 2 & of Amos 9:11-15 in Acts 15, and Zechariah 6:12-13 & Jeremiah 22:28-30. So do your homework and read my explanations for those passages before offering them as counterarguments!)
Are There No Legitimate Israelites Left?
The Recent Origin of This Idea
The idea that Modern Israelites are descended from central European converts to Judaism and not Ancient Israelites was popularized by a theory put forth in 1976 by Arthur Koestler in his book “The Thirteenth Tribe”. Incidentally, this book has never gained mainstream acceptance in scholarly circles, whether scientific or historical in nature. Only conspiracy theorists, anti-Zionist groups, and (evidently) some amillennialists have embraced this idea (you can probably guess why each of those particular groups are fond of it). In fact, the scholarship behind it is so shoddy that even such anti-Biblical sources as Wikipedia and the American Association for the Advancement of Science have trashed it (however minimally, for the latter)!
Molecular Genetics Results Show Modern Jews Are Definitely Descended From Ancient Jews
For most Ashkenazi Jews (the ones typically focused on for these arguments, since they spent centuries in Europe and account for the majority of Jews in the world today), analysis of mitochondrial DNA shows that their maternal ancestors are from southern Europe, but Y chromosome DNA analysis shows that their paternal ancestors are indeed from the Levant (i.e., including ancient Israel). The general understanding of this data is that when male Jews migrated to Europe after being banished from the Levant, they converted European women to Judaism and married them. It’s easy to see why those who promote the idea that ethnic Jews don’t live in Israel today focus so much on the mitochondrial DNA evidence, while totally ignoring the Y chromosome evidence!
At the same time, it’s easy to see why they’ve been able to get away with it to a large degree: in the 2nd century {scroll to the last paragraph under “Mitochondrial DNA”, and read the full article for even more information on the genetic data!}, Jewish authorities changed their definition of “a Jew” from claiming that being Jewish followed the paternal line (as it did throughout Biblical history) to claiming that it followed the maternal line. So by the reckoning followed by most Orthodox Jews today, one isn’t an ethnic Jew unless their mother is. But according to the reckoning used in Biblical times (which is the one God would actually recognize), one was an ethnic Jew if their father was — just like it worked for virtually any other ethnicity in the ancient world! When God uses one definition to identify people, but the people themselves use another, guess which one’s right? As Paul said, “let God be true, but every man a liar” (Romans 3:4b KJV).
Furthermore, the person who brought this issue to my attention claimed that “The only true Israelites today are those living in Persia who never returned to Israel after the Babylonian exile, and they want nothing to do with the Promised Land!” But check out what this peer-reviewed journal article concluded about sub-Saharan African DNA markers in eight Jewish groups around the world, including the Persian (Iranian) and Babylonian (Iraqi) ones:
A striking finding from our study is the consistent detection of 3–5% sub-Saharan African ancestry in the 8 diverse Jewish groups we studied, Ashkenazis (from northern Europe), Sephardis (from Italy, Turkey and Greece), and Mizrahis (from Syria, Iran and Iraq). This pattern has not been detected in previous analyses of mitochondrial DNA and Y chromosome data, and although it can be seen when re-examining published results of STRUCTURE-like analyses of autosomal data, it was not highlighted in those studies, or shown to unambiguously reflect sub-Saharan African admixture. We estimate that the average date of the mixture of 72 generations (∼2,000 years assuming 29 years per generation) is older than that in Southern Europeans or other Levantines. The point estimates over all 8 populations are between 1,600–3,400 years ago, but with largely overlapping confidence intervals. It is intriguing that the Mizrahi Irani and Iraqi Jews—who are thought to descend at least in part from Jews who were exiled to Babylon about 2,600 years ago—share the signal of African admixture. (An important caveat is that there is significant heterogeneity in the dates of African mixture in various Jewish populations.) A parsimonious explanation for these observations is that they reflect a history in which many of the Jewish groups descend from a common ancestral population which was itself admixed with Africans, prior to the beginning of the Jewish diaspora that occurred in 8th to 6th century BC. The dates that emerge from our ROLLOFF analysis in the non-Mizrahi Jews could also reflect events in the Greek and Roman periods, when there were large communities of Jews in North Africa, particularly Alexandria. We detect a similar African mixture proportion in the non-Jewish Druze (4.4±0.4%) although the date is more recent (54±7 generations; 44±7 after the bias correction). Algorithms such as PCA and STRUCTURE show that various Jewish populations cluster with Druze, which coupled with the similarity in mixture proportions, is consistent with descent from a common ancestral population. Importantly, the other Levantine populations (Bedouins and Palestinians) do not share this similarity in the African mixture pattern with Jews and Druze, making them distinct in their admixture history. {Boldface mine.}
All Jewish groups have genetic signatures from sub-Saharan Africans (which would’ve been covered by more generic uses of the word “Ethiopian”, by the way) in their gene pools that were acquired before they were ever exiled! And right in line with that claim about Jews who stayed in Babylonia and Persia after the rest returned from exile, the greatest number of estimated generations since the genetic mixing with sub-Saharan Africans (i.e., the furthest back in history these genetic signatures stopped being introduced into a population) was among Iraqi Jews — the ones who stayed behind after the Babylonian exile, while other groups either moved to Persia (Iran) or went back to Israel, and so had subsequent opportunity to intermarry with sub-Saharan Africans! Here’s an adaptation of the relevant data from Table 2 of the study:
Population
West African ancestry proportion ± standard error
Estimated date of admixture after bias correction (generations ± standard error)
Ashkenazi Jews (different dataset)
2.8%±0.3%
n/a
Ashkenazi Jews
3.2%±0.4%
53±13
Syrian Jews
3.9%±0.5%
72±23
Iranian Jews
2.6%±0.6%
70±34
Iraqi Jews
3.8%±0.5%
115±22
Sephardic Greek Jews
4.8%±0.4%
62±8
Sephardic Turkey Jews
4.5%±0.4%
73±11
Italian Jews
4.9%±0.5%
73±19
This data coheres perfectly with the Biblical and traditional historical narratives concerning Jewish migrations and intermarriages ever since Israel came into existence with the birth of Jacob’s sons nearly 3,800 years ago! Speaking of which, it’s significant that Ephraim and Manasseh were sons of Asenath, the daughter of Potiphera priest of the Ancient Egyptian city of On (Genesis 41:45,50-52); since the half-tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh constituted the largest tribe of Israel, intermarriage between tribes would’ve made it inevitable that Egyptian DNA would show up throughout the Israelite gene pool! Similarly, Numbers 12:1 mentions that Moses had married an Ethiopian (sub-Saharan) woman! This simple remark that Moses “had married an Ethiopian woman” (Numbers 12:1c KJV) over 3,400 years ago fits nicely with the high end of the point estimates mentioned above. Could the Jew(s) whose sub-Saharan DNA signatures trace back that far be descendants of Moses (who was himself a descendant of Levi, by the way)? At any rate, the mention of more than one marriage in the Bible between an Israelite man and an African woman opens up the possibility that such marriages continued happening afterward, explaining why the admixture didn’t stop for any of these groups until about the time of their first exiles.
More Fallacious Reasoning by Those Using This Idea for Eschatological Purposes
Among other things, the findings from modern genetics were important to lead off with because the guy who made the above outrageous claim to me used it as a premise against an argument I made to show that the fulfillment of the Olivet Discourse was still future. The argument in question is this one presented in Appendix E of my upcoming book, regarding the phrase “this generation” in the Olivet and Great Temple Discourses (remember, Luke 21 was recording a different speech than Matthew 24-25 & Mark 13; I even pointed this out to the guy by directing his attention to the verse immediately following the speech in Luke: “And in the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out, and abode in the mount that is called the mount of Olives.” – Luke 21:37 KJV, boldface added):
English translations easily give the impression that the term refers to all of Jesus’ contemporaries, since that’s the most common sense of the English word “generation”. But the truth is that the Greek word for “generation”, γενεά (genea, pronounced geh-neh-AH; Strong’s Number G1074), more often means “passively, that which has been begotten, men of the same stock, a family… metaphorically, a race of men very like each other in endowments, pursuits, character; and especially in a bad sense a perverse race“. So the phrase “this generation” more likely refers to a group of people of the same stock or having a common characteristic, and Jesus was saying people of that stock or with that characteristic will always be around “until all these things [mentioned in the Olivet Discourse] take place.” (Matthew 24:34c, Mark 13:30c NASB) Moreover, while Matthew & Luke record Jesus’ (probably Aramaic) word for “until” with the phrase ἕως ἂν (properly, “till whenever”), Mark uses μέχρις, which emphasizes a point in time when something stops being the case (as opposed to the period beforehand when it still is the case; I already discussed the word μέχρι on pages 742-743 in Appendix D). This word choice on Mark’s part forces us to conclude that this category of people will “pass away” the moment the very last of “all these things” occurs. {HIDMF p. 810-811. Italics and boldface in original.}
After seven pages of going over all other Scriptural uses of the phrase “this generation” (and related phrases Jesus used involving the term genea), I reach the following conclusion:
The evidence that the earliest Christians (who, before the Gospel was brought to the Samaritans in Acts 8, were all Jews who were intimately familiar with all the OT passages quoted above — Samaritans accepted the books of Moses, but rejected the rest of the OT; so they would’ve accepted the passages from Genesis & Deuteronomy quoted above, but rejected all the other OT quotes), starting with the Apostles, would’ve understood the phrase “this generation” in Matthew 24:34, Mark 13:30, & Luke 21:32 to mean wicked Israelites, those who reject God’s word (a set of people that still has living members to this day, implying that at least some of the events described in the Olivet Discourse and the Great Temple Discourse must still be future) is overwhelming! (And I didn’t even get into the contrast between “the children of God” and “the children of the devil” in 1 John 3:10 NIV.) If you disagree with this interpretation, you have the burden of proof to make a more robust case for your position than the case I’ve presented here. {HIDMF p. 817. Italics, boldface, and underlining in original.}
The guy I made this point to orally replied: “But again, that assumes there were still Israelites after the destruction of Jerusalem; there aren’t!” However, aside from the fact that we just saw there are, the first quote above from my book (ending with “the moment the very last of “all these things” occurs.”) wasn’t the entire paragraph it’s quoted from. The rest of the paragraph goes as follows:
Since there were obviously contemporaries of Jesus who were still alive after the second destruction of Jerusalem, such as the Apostle John (even if you define “this generation” as Jews who were from Jerusalemand/orrejected Jesusand/orlived to witness Jerusalem’s destruction, Flavius Josephus fits all of these criteria and continued living for roughly 30 years after Jerusalem’s destruction; he even records that the Romans spared many captives from the siege and destruction who “were in their flourishing age” — which would’ve included people who were teenagers or children when Jesus was crucified, and fit all of the same criteria as Josephus himself), the phrase “this generation” obviously can’t have any of the definitions posed in this sentence (even within a Preterist framework). {HIDMF p. 811. Italics and boldface in original.}
Does he think that Josephus was no longer an Israelite after Jerusalem’s second destruction?! Apparently, because I tried to gain insight into his thought process by asking how he defines “an Israelite”, and he said “A descendant of Abraham who remains faithful to the Mosaic Law — something that’s impossible to do as long as there’s no temple or priesthood.” You see the problem with this definition, right? It commits the “No True Scotsman” fallacy: where you define at least one key term in a biased way in order to protect your argument from rebuttals. He’s claiming that faithfully keeping the Mosaic Law is part and parcel of being a “true” Israelite; but by that definition, there can be no such thing as an “unfaithful Israelite”! Also, if his definition is correct, then were the Exilic Jews not Israelites for the period of time between the destruction of the first temple by Nebuchadnezzar and the beginning of the second temple’s construction? Quite simply, this is a loaded definition that’s contradicted by the numerous passages I cover in the pages between those last two quotes (and the many other passages throughout the Bible that don’t refer to them with phrases like “this generation”, “an evil generation”, “this adulterous and sinful generation”, etc.) that refer to unfaithful Israelites, without denying that they’re still Israelites! Sure, there are several Mosaic passages that refer to being “cut off from among the people”, but being “cut off” was a temporary thing that was only meant to last until the one being “cut off” was restored to right standing with God (note that many Mosaic occurrences of the phrase are in the context of laws we’d recognize today as having benefits for hygiene and/or public health); the New Testament equivalent to this is church discipline (Matthew 18:15-20; compare the situation discussed in 1 Corinthians 5:1-13 with Paul’s response to the sinner’s subsequent repentance in 2 Corinthians 2:5-8).
Now that we’ve established that most Modern Israelites are indeed descended from the Israelites referred to in the Bible, all Biblical interpretations (of the whole thing, or select passages of it) that assume they’ve all died out can be dismissed for relying on a false premise. So having established that Israelites — by Biblical reckoning — do exist today, it’s time to address what the Bible says about their destiny. We’ll see that, when the grammatical-historical (i.e., straightforward) hermeneutic is used for Biblical exegesis (rather than imposing outside definitions to force-fit key phrases and passages to one’s pet doctrines; i.e., eisegesis), plenty of Biblical statements show that Israelites were prophesied to return to the land of Israel, worship at another physical temple, and/or be restored as an independent kingdom on Earth being ruled by the Messiah sometime after being banished by the Romans.
Acts 1:1-11
A good place to begin is at the start of the book of Acts.
The former account, indeed, I made concerning all things, O Theophilus, that Jesus began both to do and to teach, till the day in which, having given command, through the Holy Spirit, to the apostles whom he did choose out, he was taken up, to whom also he did present himself alive after his suffering, in many certain proofs, through forty days being seen by them, and speaking the things concerning the reign [or “Kingdom”] of God.
And being assembled together with them, he commanded them not to depart from Jerusalem, but to wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ‘Ye did hear of me; because John, indeed, baptized with water, and ye shall be baptized with the Holy Spirit — after not many days.’ They, therefore, indeed, having come together, were questioning him, saying, ‘Lord, dost thou at this time restore the reign [or “kingdom”] to Israel?’ and he said unto them, ‘It is not yours [literally, “not from you”] to know times or seasons that the Father did appoint in His own authority; but ye shall receive power at the coming of the Holy Spirit upon you, and ye shall be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and Samaria, and unto the end of the earth.’
And these things having said — they beholding — he was taken up, and a cloud did receive him up from their sight; and as they were looking stedfastly to the heaven in his going on, then, lo, two men stood [literally, “two men had stood”] by them in white apparel, who also said, ‘Men, Galileans, why do ye stand gazing into the heaven? this Jesus who was received up from you into the heaven, shall so come in what manner ye saw him going on to the heaven.‘ (Acts 1:1-11 YLT, boldface and underlining added)
First off, a major theme of this passage is the 11 remaining disciples (after Judas Iscariot’s suicide) being eyewitnesses to not only Jesus’ teachings and his status as resurrected, but also his ascension. The last point is important because it allowed the disciples to bear eyewitness testimony to the starting point of the fulfillment of the most-quoted Old Testament prophecy in the entire New Testament (including showing up in Peter’s first sermon, in Acts 2:32-35): “The LORD says to my Lord: “Sit at My right hand Until I make [literally, “put”] Your enemies a footstool for Your feet.” (Psalm 110:1 NASB) The fact that the Apostles quoted this OT passage more than any other shows just how important it was for them to drive it home! That’s especially significant when you consider that this verse clearly places Jesus’ enemies being made “a footstool for [his] feet” at a time still future from the completion of the New Testament (per the mentions of Jesus/the lamb being on the Father’s throne beside Him in Revelation 3:21, 5:6, 12:5, & 19:5 [note that the voice in the last passage comes from God’s throne and refers to “our God” – “our” is first-person plural, but “God” is being referred to in third-person; hence, the voice must be that of Jesus]).
Amillennialists would almost certainly counter: “well, that’s referring to when the subjugation process will be finished; it’s already started”. However, the Hebrew text counters this idea very explicitly. If that idea is what was intended, the verb for “I put” (שִׁית; H7896), would be conjugated as שַׁתִּי, making it Qal Perfect Masculine Common Singular: “I have put” (e.g., Psalm 73:28). Instead, Psalm 110:1 has אָשִׁית, which is Qal Imperfect Masculine Common Singular: “I am putting/I will put”. This goes back to what is essentially (or at least should be) “Hebrew Verb Tenses 101”: The Perfect tense indicates an action that has been completed; the Imperfect tense indicates an action that isn’t yet complete. Strictly speaking, Hebrew verb tenses focus on what stage of the process an action is in, with context dictating whether the time perspective is past, present, or future. So, for instance, a perfect-tense verb can be used for a future action (e.g., “I will have gone tomorrow”), and an imperfect-tense verb can be used for a past action (e.g., “I was walking home, when…”). One contextual detail that can decide whether it’s past or future is if the verb is used with a preposition or conjunction pertaining to timing; such a word is indeed used in Psalm 110:1, namely “until” (עַד; H5704). With H7896 in the imperfect tense (as it is in the Masoretic Text), the phrase עַד־אָשִׁית would properly mean “until I am in the process of putting” – that is, Jesus is to sit at His Father’s right side until the process is underway (i.e., begins)! By the same token, if the amillennialists are correct that God has already started the process of putting Jesus’ enemies under his feet, David could’ve been inspired to indicate that by making the verb perfect-tense in the same phrase: עַד־שַׁתִּי, properly meaning “until I have finished putting”. The fact that amillennialists have so consistently ignored this oft-repeated teaching of David and the Apostles for so many centuries ought to be considered a scandal, if you ask me.
Second, note that Luke emphasized that Jesus had chosen the Apostles himself (which is reinforced by the fact that the Greek word for “Apostle”, ἀπόστολος, G652, literally means “emissary”), appeared to them for 40 days after his resurrection, and spent that time not only proving he really was resurrected, but also teaching them “the things concerning the Kingdom of God”. After all that, Luke tells us that they “were questioning” Jesus about when he’d restore the kingdom to Israel. The verb for “were questioning” is in the imperfect tense, indicating that they’d already been asking this for an extended period of time. This referred not only to the 40 days leading up to the events of verses 7-11, but all the way back to the first time they asked him about this, prompting him to give the Olivet Discourse: “Tell us, when will these things happen, and what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?” (Matthew 24:3c NASB, boldface and underlining added) The word for “coming” in this question is the first NT occurrence (even chronologically; Matthew’s Gospel was written after several of the other occurrences in the NT, but the conversation Matthew recorded here was spoken before all of those other occurrences) of the Greek word παρουσία (parousia, G3952), which originally meant (in the earlier secular Greek literature that would’ve been the disciples’ only source for understanding how to use it – this word never appears in the Septuagint) a visit from a ruler, complete with pomp, celebration, and addressing of requests and/or grievances (per the TDNT); most subsequent NT uses of this word also refer to Jesus’ parousia, in which case they’d have the same connotations as the instance in Matthew 24:3. The use of this word in this question indicates that those asking it (the 12 original disciples) were asking about when Jesus would show up as King.
This tells us that from before the first time up through the last time they asked Jesus about the arrival of his Kingdom (from 3 nights before his crucifixion to 40 days after his resurrection), they consistently retained the same interpretation of the Old Testament prophecies about the Kingdom that Israelites in general had accepted for centuries prior: that Israel would be restored, not only to a self-ruling nation on Earth, but with the Messiah as their King for the rest of eternity. So if amillennialists are correct that this understanding is totally wrong, then either Jesus was an incredibly lousy teacher, or his disciples were incredibly lousy students (which would also imply that Jesus was incredibly idiotic to trust them as his emissaries)! Either way, amillennialists are implicitly blaspheming (slandering) Jesus with their handling of this passage — something they should be thankful Jesus explicitly said was forgiveable (Matthew 12:32, Luke 12:10). As for the “on Earth” part, Jesus himself reinforced this from the very beginning of the Sermon on the Mount: “Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.… Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth.” (Matthew 5:3,5 KJV, boldface added) How can both of these promises come true unless “the kingdom of heaven” will be on “the earth”?!
Finally, how did Jesus respond to this question? “It is not from you to know times or seasons that the Father did appoint in His own authority”. In contrast to how amillennialists try to frame this passage, the phrase in the Apostles’ question that Jesus’ response addressed wasn’t “to Israel”, but “at this time”. Nothing in his response indicated that the Apostles misunderstood the nature of the Kingdom of God (after all, how can they after Jesus had just spent 40 days incessantly talking about it?!), or that they were mistaken that the kingdom would be restored to Israel; rather, the only thing that Jesus indicated they failed to understand (and in fact, weren’t meant to understand) was the date of the Kingdom’s arrival. The phrasing of Jesus’ response indicates that this also goes for Christians who would be taught within the Apostles’ lifetimes. We can gather this from the fact that the word for “you” is in the genitive case (“from you”), rather than the dative case (“for you”), as most English versions translate it; the sense of the sentence with “you” in the genitive case would be that the “times or seasons that the Father did appoint in His own authority” weren’t meant to be learned from the Apostles; that is, learning and teaching those dates wasn’t a part of their ministry. But that wouldn’t remain the case all the way until the Kingdom’s arrival: Paul said in his penultimate letter (more specifically, in 1 Timothy 6:13-16) that God would privately disclose (all other NT occurrences of this word are used in contexts where something is “shown” to a select person or group of people, so why should the instance in 1 Timothy 6:15 be the exception?) the date of Jesus’ return (something that can be disclosed privately, in contrast to the return itself, which “every eye will see” — Revelation 1:7b) “in His own times” (1 Timothy 6:15b YLT) {HIDMF p. 753-754}. Quite simply, the point that the Apostles still didn’t understand after all of Jesus’ personal instruction to them regarding the Kingdom of God wasn’t if Israel would be restored to an independent nation ruled by the Messiah forevermore, but when.
Also note that verse 11 tells us that Jesus will return in a physical body, just as he left in one (contradicting the idea that a “glorified body”, whether of Jesus or a redeemed person, won’t be physical). This shows that claims about Christians (and for that matter, the rest of the redeemed throughout history) inheriting an immaterial eternity are simply Gnostic false teachings (see 1 John 4:1-3 for an especially powerful condemnation of the idea of Jesus’ current body — and by implication, the resurrection bodies of the faithful, per Philippians 3:20-21 — not being made of physical flesh).
Where Did the Heavenly Destiny Idea Come From? Not the Bible!
You see, it’s important to understand that, historically, most Christians who’ve objected to a future restoration of Israel have done so under the presumption that our eternal inheritance won’t be a physical one (including physical land). For example, Bob Pulliam claimed that “No passages implying a future kingdom even hint at that kingdom being on earth.” {“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 108.} We just saw that Matthew 5:3,5 is a direct counterexample to this claim (as is Hebrews 2:5, where the Greek phrasing for “the world to come” literally refers to “the inhabited land, the coming one”). But in fact, I can flip this statement around with much greater validity: No passages talking about our eternal destiny (or anything else, for that matter) state or even imply that Christians will go to heaven!
I know most Christians will find that claim astonishing, but the fact is that every time people point to some Biblical passage(s) that they think show(s) otherwise, they’re making at least one of three basic mistakes:
They read more into the text than is warranted (e.g., They cite passages about Jesus’ return to Earth, and merely assume a return trip to heaven afterward; or cite passages talking about our treasures in heaven, and merely assume we’ll be going there to get them, instead of Jesus bringing them here, as clearly stated in Revelation 22:12; or they cite Philippians 3:20-21 and merely assume “citizenship” refers to location, when it actually refers to rights and privileges granted by the dominion one is “citizen” of, as seen in Acts 22:25-29.)
They overlook key prepositions (e.g., They cite “For indeed, in this tent we groan, longing to be clothed with our dwelling from heaven,” — 2 Corinthians 5:2 NASB — overlooking the fact that the dwelling is said to be “from” heaven, not “in” heaven; this verse is talking about a believer’s resurrection body, as a margin note in the 2020 NASB acknowledges.)
They otherwise neglect to check the Greek phrasing (e.g., Quoting “looking for the blessed hope and the appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior, Christ Jesus,” — Titus 2:13 NASB — as if “the blessed hope” refers to a heavenly destiny; this ignores the fact that Sharp’s 1st Rule shows that “the blessed hope” is the “appearing” of Jesus at his return, not heaven — in the Greek text, “appearing” doesn’t have a definite article, so “the blessed hope and appearing” is being portrayed as a unit. Another example is the citation of 2 Peter 3:10-12 as saying the “elements” will be melted to annihilate the physical creation, leaving heaven and hell as the only places remaining; all other NT occurrences of the word for “elements” — Galatians 4:3,9 & Colossians 2:8,20 — show that it actually refers to the foundational components of human civilization, which are abstract entities, not physical ones.)
See pages 15-19 of this PDF to get a better feel for how these mistakes are made with various passages.
How, then, has the “heavenly destiny” idea become so engrained in Christendom since the NT was written? The answer can be summarized in two words: “Gnosticism” and “Antisemitism” (but predominantly the former). Note that I’m here using the term “Gnosticism” in the looser sense of “syncretism between Christianity and pagan Greek philosophical ideas”. The fact is that every church father taught that OT prophecies regarding the Kingdom would be fulfilled literally (just like the Israelites did for centuries beforehand and as Orthodox Jews still do today), and in fact condemned those who taught against resurrection of the material body and that Christians go to heaven, even if just during death {e.g., see Justin Martyr. “Dialogue with Trypho”. Chapter 80.}–until circa A.D. 200, when Clement of Alexandria entered the fray. Clement of Alexandria was interested in making Christianity not just respectable, but palatable to pagan Greek intelligentsia, most of whom were enthralled by allegorical interpretation methods. So in his multi-volume work “Stromata”, he accepts a premise that was foreign to the Bible, but that his academic Greek audience took for granted: the status of Greek philosophy (especially Platonism) as an ultimate authority.
Accordingly, before the advent of the Lord, philosophy was necessary to the Greeks for righteousness. And now it becomes conducive to piety; being a kind of preparatory training to those who attain to faith through demonstration. For your foot, it is said, will not stumble, if you refer what is good, whether belonging to the Greeks or to us, to Providence. Proverbs 3:23 [however, note that the portion of this quote that actually was taken from Proverbs 3 actually ends with the word “stumble”] For God is the cause of all good things; but of some primarily, as of the Old and the New Testament; and of others by consequence, as philosophy. Perchance, too, philosophy was given to the Greeks directly and primarily, till the Lord should call the Greeks. For this was a schoolmaster to bring the Hellenic mind, as the law, the Hebrews, to Christ. Galatians 3:24 Philosophy, therefore, was a preparation, paving the way for him who is perfected in Christ.
Among the pagan Greek ideas (espoused by Plato, among others) that Clement syncretized with Christianity in his efforts was the “heavenly destiny” concept, including an immaterial existence for the rest of eternity.
For there are with the Lord both rewards and many mansions, corresponding to men’s lives. Whosoever shall receive, says He, a prophet in the name of a prophet, shall receive a prophet’s reward; and whosoever shall receive a righteous man in the name of a righteous man, shall receive a righteous man’s reward; and whoever shall receive one of the least of these my disciples, shall not lose his reward. Matthew 10:41-42 And again, the differences of virtue according to merit, and the noble rewards, He indicated by the hours unequal in number; and in addition, by the equal reward given to each of the labourers — that is, salvation, which is meant by the penny — He indicated the equality of justice; and the difference of those called He intimated, by those who worked for unequal portions of time. They shall work, therefore, in accordance with the appropriate mansions of which they have been deemed worthy as rewards, being fellow-workers in the ineffable administration and service. Those, then,says Plato, who seem called to a holy life, are those who, freed and released from those earthly localities as from prisons, have reached the pure dwelling-place on high.In clearer terms again he expresses the same thing: Those who by philosophy have been sufficiently purged from those things, live without bodies entirely for all time. Although they are enveloped in certain shapes; in the case of some, of air, and others, of fire.He adds further: And they reach abodes fairer than those [i.e., ascend the heavenly spheres], which it is not easy, nor is there sufficient time now to describe. Whence with reason, blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted; Matthew 5:4 for they who have repented of their former evil life shall attain to the calling (κλῆσιν), for this is the meaning of being comforted (παρακληθῆναι).
{Clement of Alexandria. “Stromata”. Book 4, Chapter 6. Scroll to about 2/3 of the way through the 2nd paragraph. Italics, verse citations, and contents in parentheses by Knight. Boldface, underlining, and content in brackets mine.}
Note well Plato’s contention that those who live a holy life are “freed and released from those earthly localities as from prisons”; Plato (among other ancient Greek philosophers) taught that matter was inherently evil, in which case “true” salvation would involve an escape from the material universe. This is why the Biblical teaching of bodily resurrection of the dead was such a huge pill for Greek converts to Christianity to swallow (Acts 17:32), and why Clement was willing to redefine the believer’s eternal destiny for his Greek academic audience in a way that avoids that notion–to the pagan Greek mindset, being resurrected to live in a material body for the rest of eternity sounded like the ultimate hell!
After Clement, his pupil and successor, Origen, furthered the cause of interpreting the Bible through a Platonic lens. And once the Roman emperor Constantine established the Roman Catholic Church in A.D. 325 and needed to determine which view of eternity would be the State Religion’s official view, he sided with Clement & Origen against all the apologists and martyrs who came before them; he went on to brand anyone who disagreed a “heretic” and “schismatic”, all but shutting down debate on this question for centuries to come. This is all documented here. And that’s before we even get into Augustine of Hippo a century later, whose mystical interpretive methods became Christendom’s “gold standard” for centuries. In light of all these facts about how history has played out, it’s no wonder most people today (Christian or otherwise) merely assume that the Bible itself teaches these things somewhere in its pages!
It’s worth adding that the late second century was a time when Christendom at large had started becoming more anti-Semitic (just like the Gentile nations that the bulk of its converts were members of) and reinterpreting Biblical passages in attempts to justify that antisemitism. Some of that reinterpretation led to allegorizing away all the OT passages I’m discussing in this post that teach Israel’s restoration when taken at face value–I suspect all the centuries of these allegorizations being the only interpretations given a fair hearing (see previous paragraph) is why even those in congregations that grew out of the Stone-Campbell Restoration Movement (e.g., Church of Christ ministers) are mostly unwilling to apply the Berean spirit (Acts 17:11) to this sacred cow. And I suspect all this reinforced the divide that arose between Christianity and its Jewish roots in the early centuries after the Apostles, and (dare I say) may have even been part of the mechanism God used to keep most ethnic Israelites calloused to the Good Message (see the discussion on Romans 11 below) for all these centuries. Think about it: what crueler way to demoralize late-2nd-century ethnic Israelites (whose immediate parents or grandparents were altogether banished from Judea only decades prior and were desperately looking forward to God restoring their nation) and make them resistant to Christianity (especially as Christianity started being imposed on the societies they migrated to, thanks to the influence of the Roman Catholic Church) than to convince everyone around them that their hope for eternity, rooted in their own Scriptures, is actually a false hope?
Did the Holy Spirit Correct the Apostles’ Understanding in Acts 2?
In response to the observation that Jesus didn’t correct the Apostles’ understanding of the Kingdom’s nature in Acts 1, it is often claimed that the Apostles’ understanding on this point was corrected by the Holy Spirit in Acts 2. Hence, when Peter supposedly said that the prophecy of Joel 2 was fulfilled on the Day of Pentecost (as that guy discussed earlier admitted in a later sermon — paraphrased — “None of those people standing there that day had probably ever thought of understanding Joel 2 in this way, until Peter told them at Pentecost, ‘this is what Joel was talking about’”), Peter supposedly acquired this understanding through the Holy Spirit right before giving his sermon.
But aside from the points brought to bear in that blog post I just linked to, this doesn’t actually solve the problem at all; in fact, it creates an insurmountable historical problem! The reason is that Peter’s audience would’ve still had the “old” understanding of Joel 2:28-32a based on its OT context {I’ll link to an exposition based on the fuller context of Joel once that post is ready}. After all, Peter himself made it clear in Acts 2:38 (after he’d already given this sermon) that his audience wouldn’t receive the Holy Spirit until they got baptized! So even if, for the sake of argument, Peter could understand the “real” meaning of Joel’s prophecy thanks to the Holy Spirit, his audience couldn’t have, because they didn’t have the Holy Spirit at the time they heard it! Instead, they would’ve totally rejected Peter’s message on the grounds that he was taking Joel’s prophecy out of context! So if, in reality, Jesus had left it to the Holy Spirit to “correct” his followers’ understanding of the Kingdom on the day of Pentecost, then the Apostles would’ve effectively “had an end-term abortion” with their own movement–killing Christianity as it was being born!
The same goes for all the other OT prophecies Peter quoted throughout his first sermon: there is simply no way that these Jews could’ve had their hearts pricked by Peter’s message (as verse 37 tells us they did) unless Peter was quoting all these OT prophecies in a manner that was consistent with the understanding Jews had already had of these passages for centuries. So even by the end of Pentecost A.D. 30, the Apostles, their 108 pre-Pentecost converts, and Peter’s Israelite listeners (both the 3,000 who got baptized that day and the millions who didn’t!) still believed (as noted above) that Israel would be restored, not only to a self-ruling nation on Earth, but with the Messiah as their King for the rest of eternity (remember, Peter quoted Psalm 110:1 during this same sermon!); the only detail in that boldfaced phrase where any of the people present for Peter’s first sermon disagreed at the end of Pentecost of A.D. 30 was whether the Messiah who’d rule them was Jesus of Nazareth, or someone else.
The Last 3 Verses of Malachi
Befittingly, the book of Malachi (and by implication, the Twelve Minor Prophets, which constitute a single scroll in Hebrew manuscripts) ends with a reminder to Israel to remember the Law of Moses in anticipation of Elijah returning before the Day of the Lord (bear in mind that the solitary letter פ appears at the end of Malachi 4:3 in the Masoretic Text — 3:21 by the Hebrew numbering — indicating that verse 3 closes out a major train of thought; this implies that the final 3 verses of Malachi constitute a major train of thought on their own):
Remember ye the law of Moses my servant, which I commanded unto him in Horeb for [literally, “upon”] all Israel, even statutes and ordinances. 5 Behold, I will send [literally, “Behold Me sending”] you Elijah the prophet before the great and terrible day of Jehovah come [literally, “before the coming Day of YHWH, the great and the astonishing”]. 6 And [literally, “And so”] he shall turn the heart of the fathers to [literally, “upon”] the children, and the heart of the children to [literally, “upon”] their fathers; lest I come and [literally, “and then”; waw-consecutive] smite the earth [or “land”] with a curse [or “with utter destruction”; LXX “utterly”]. (Malachi 4:4-6 ASV)
Of course, many Christians have understood this to mean that Elijah will be one of the two witnesses of Revelation 11 — as do I. But some (such as the guy who brought up the idea discussed at the beginning of this post) have tried to counter “That passage was fulfilled in John the Baptist.” Their proof-text is as follows: “But I say unto you, That Elias is come already, and they knew him not, but have done unto him whatsoever they listed. Likewise shall also the Son of man suffer of them. Then the disciples understood that he spake unto them of John the Baptist.” (Matthew 17:12-13 KJV, boldface added) However, the verses immediately beforehand show that Jesus was linking John the Baptist to Malachi 4 in a different way. Bear in mind that this conversation immediately followed what happened on the Mount of Transfiguration, which Luke 9:9,28-36 shows occurred after John the Baptist had already been beheaded (recall that Luke’s Gospel is the only one that explicitly says it presents the events in chronological order — Luke 1:3).
And as they are coming down [literally, “And they coming down”] from the mount, Jesus charged them, saying, ‘Say to no one [literally, “To no one may you speak”] the vision, till the Son of Man out of the dead may rise.’ And his disciples questioned him, saying, ‘Why then do the scribes say that Elijah it behoveth to come first?‘ And Jesus answering said to them, ‘Elijah doth indeed come first, and shall restore all things, and I say to you — Elijah did already come, and they did not know him, but did with him whatever they would, so also the Son of Man is about to suffer by them.’ Then understood the disciples that concerning John the Baptist he spake to them. (Matthew 17:10-13 YLT, boldface and underlining added)
Jesus made a future-tense statement about Malachi 4:5, and followed it up with a past-tense statement about John the Baptist; this shows that he was referring to future events as well as past ones. In short, Jesus was saying that John the Baptist’s already-completed ministry was a type of the ministry Elijah would have “before the coming Day of the Lord”, a ministry which itself was still future from when Jesus said this. So no, John the Baptist didn’t fulfill Malachi 4:5-6.
Other OT Passages
I plan on covering Isaiah 9:4-7; 11:1-16, 32:1-20, 35:1-10, 60:1-22; Jeremiah 33:1-26; Ezekiel 37:1-28; & Zechariah 14:6-21 in a future blog post dedicated to Lesson 15 of “In the Days of Those Kings”, where Bob Pulliam gives his understanding of these passages in an effort to refute how Dispensationalists use these passages to show a still-future Kingdom of Christ on Earth. Sorry to make you wait, but I will link it here once it’s available.
On the other hand, I find it particularly telling that at no point in his entire book does Pulliam tell us how he interprets Isaiah 65-66 or Ezekiel 40-48. I’m confident that this is because he knows any attempt at allegorizing away these passages is a lost cause, and so would rather avoid bringing them to his readers’ attention (also note that his book is meant for use in Bible Study classes — it’s understandable that he, as a teacher, wouldn’t want to embarrass himself by floundering about trying to give a coherent exegesis of these passages if a student asks about them!). If anyone wants to try offering an allegorical interpretation for these passages, I challenge them to take what Tim Warner did for the story of the Rich Man & Lazarus, and do the same thing with these chapters: explain the allegorical significance of every last detail.Unless and until someone does this, I see no reason to entertain the idea that they weren’t meant to be fulfilled literally, because I’d have no viable alternative interpretation to consider.
Romans 11:1-32
This passage is the fullest exposition in the entire Bible about the destiny of national Israel and native Israelites as compared to Gentile nations and individuals, so I’ll go out of my way to ensure the passage is rendered as precisely as possible. And then, in light of the fact that Romans is second only to Hebrews in terms of how often the Rabbinical Teaching Style is employed within a New Testament epistle, we’ll consider the contexts of all the OT quotes used in this passage, to more fully understand what Paul was bringing to bear on the discussion. This is the single longest section of this entire post, so I’ve split it into sub-headers to help you find good stopping points.
First, the Passage Itself
1 I am saying therefore, whether possibly {scroll to entry III.2. under “Thayer’s Greek Lexicon”} God thrusted away the people group of His. Far be it! {μὴ γένοιτο; scroll to entry I.6.f. under “Thayer’s Greek Lexicon”} For I also, an Israelite, am out from seed of Abraham, out from thetribeof Benjamin. 2 God thrusted away not [absolute negation, not conditional; note that the object of the verb “thrusted away” is a singular group rather than a plural of individuals, consistent with the unconditionality being meant on the collective level, not the individual level] the people group of His which He knew previously [misleadingly rendered “foreknew”, “chose from the beginning”, “chose before they were born”, etc. in most English translations, giving cover to Calvinistic predestination; “the people group of His which He knew previously” actually refers to the nation of Israel, which God had known personally before Paul’s time]. Or have you not perceived in Elijah what the Scripture says? How he entreats God against Israel [TR adds “, saying”; NA28 omits it]: 3 “Lord, the prophets of Yours they killed, [TR adds “and”; NA28 omits it] the altars of Yours they destroyed [literally, “they undermined”], and I’ve been left behind alone and they seek the life of mine.” 4 But what does He say to him? The divine response: “I left to Myself seven thousand men, any who bowed not a knee to Baal.” [agreeing with the MT of 1 Kings 19:18, albeit with “to Myself” instead of “in Israel”; the LXX has “you will leave” instead of “I left”] 5 In this manner, therefore, also in the present appointed time {scroll to entry 2.a. under “Thayer’s Greek Lexicon”}, a remnant on account of {scroll to entry II.3.c.γ under “Thayer’s Greek Lexicon”} election of grace there has been. 6 (But if in grace, then no longer is it from works; otherwise the grace no longer is grace. [NA28 ends the verse here. TR adds: “But if from works, no longer is it grace; otherwise the work no longer is work.”]) 7 What therefore am I saying? What Israel seeks, that [following NA28; TR has “seeks of that,”] it encountered not. But the election encountered it, and the remaining ones were calloused, 8 just as it has been written, “God gave to them a breath of stupor [the Greek word refers to the sensation caused by a limb falling asleep], eyes of that not [particle of qualified negation, not absolute negation] to see, and ears of that not [qualified negation, not absolute] to hear, till the ‘today’ day.” 9 And David says “Let the table of theirs be made unto a snare, and unto a hunt, and unto a trap-trigger [G4625, usually rendered “stumbling block”; if you remember an old cartoon of one character trying to catch another in a box held up by a stick with a string attached for the former character to pull, this Greek word would properly refer to the stick], and unto a payback for them. 10 Let the eyes of theirs be made dark, not seeing {scroll to entry “II.6.b.δ” under “Thayer’s Greek Lexicon” for an explanation of the linguistic construction used here, bearing in mind what a “pleonasm” is}, and the back [singular] of theirs [plural] You should bend together {scroll to entry “II.” under “Outline of Biblical Usage” for an explanation of this figure of speech} constantly.” [Quoting Psalm 69:22-23 LXX, 68:23-24 by the LXX verse numbering; note that the Masoretic Text substantially differs for the second half of each verse] 11 I am saying therefore, whether possibly {same situation in verse 1} they [the “calloused” portion of Israel mentioned back in verse 7 and described with OT prophecy in verses 8-10] tripped so that they may fall. Far be it! {same phrase in verse 1, μὴ γένοιτο} But through the lapse [literally, “side-slip”] of theirs, the deliverance comes to the nations [or “Gentiles”], unto the provocation {click here and scroll to entry II.6.a. under “Thayer’s Greek Lexicon”} ofthem {“of theirs” and “them” are both plural masculine, but “to the nations” is plural neuter; also notice that “the deliverance (or “salvation”)” is nominative and “them” is accusative, meaning “the deliverance” (not the Gentiles themselves) is what’s provoking “them” to jealousy}. 12 Now, if the lapse of themis abundance of the world order, and the decrease of them abundance of the nations, how much more the completion [or “fulfillment”] of them? [Note that all 3 instances of “of them” in this verse are the exact same word, αὐτῶν; hence, all three instances of “them” must be referring to the “calloused” portion of Israel discussed in verses 7-11)] 13 But [following NA28; TR has “For”] to you I am speaking, to the nations, inasmuch as {ἐφ᾽ ὅσον; scroll to entry C.I.2.d. under “Thayer’s Greek Lexicon”} truly [NA28 adds “therefore” here; TR omits it] I am of nations an emissary [i.e., apostle]; the ministry of mine I glorify, 14 if somehow I might provoke those of the flesh of mine [i.e., fellow Israelites] and I might save some out from among them. 15 For if the throwing away of themisreconciliation [the Greek word was properly used of money-changers exchanging equivalent values; consider the modern phrase “budget reconciliation”] of the world order, what isthe admission of them, if not [conditional negation] life out from among dead ones? 16 Yet if the firstfruit is holy, also the dough; And if the root is holy, also the branches. 17 Moreover, if some of the branches were broken off, but you [singular], being a wild olive, were grafted in with them, and of the root and of the oiliness [following TR; NA28 has “and of the root of the oiliness”; olives were a major source of oil in both Israel and Rome] of the olive tree you [singular] became co-partaker [an adjective, not a noun or verb], 18 think not of {see the opening sentence under Thayer’s Greek Lexicon, explaining the technical difference between μή & οὐ} flaunting yourself [imperative] as if you’re of the branches. Yet if you flaunt yourself–you don’t [absolute negation] carry the root; rather, the root carries you [singular]! 19 You [singular] will utter, therefore, “Branches [following NA28; TR has “The branches”] were broken off so that I might be grafted in.” 20 Rightly! For disbelief they were broken off. Yet you [singular], in belief, have stood. Be not high minded [imperative], but fear [imperative]: 21 for if God spared not [absolute negation] of the branches according to nature, fear lest perhaps He may spare not even of you [following TR, with “spare” being aorist subjunctive, implying a mere possibility; NA28 has “nature, neither will He spare of you”, with “spare” being future indicative, implying a guarantee; “you” is singular in both manuscript bases]! 22 Behold [imperative] therefore integrity and sharpness of God. Indeed upon the ones who fell, sharpness; but upon you [singular], integrity [NA28 adds “of God” here; TR omits it], provided you are staying [2nd-person present subjunctive, following NA28; TR has “provided he may stay” (3rd-person aorist subjunctive)] in the integrity; otherwise {scroll to entry 2 under “Thayer’s Greek Lexicon”}, you [singular] also will be cut off. 23 Yet they likewise [following NA28, which has a single compound word meaning “likewise they”; TR has “they also” as two distinct words], provided they are staying [plural present subjunctive, following NA28; TR has “provided they may stay” (plural aorist subjunctive)] not [conditional negation] in the disbelief, will be grafted in. For capable is God to graft them in again. 24 For if you [singular] out from the wild olive according to nature were cut out, and in opposition to nature were grafted in unto a domesticated olive, how much more [πόσῳ μᾶλλον; same phrase from verse 12] these, the ones according to nature, will be grafted into the olive, into their own? 25 For I am wishing not [absolute negation] for you to be ignorant [present infinitive] brothers, of this, the mystery (so that you may not [conditional negation] among yourselves be deemed wise): that callousness separating a part has come into being for Israel until [ἄχρις, emphasizing the period of time intervening before what’s mentioned afterward] when the fullnessof the nations might enter [aorist subjunctive], 26 and in this way all Israel will be delivered, as it has been written: “There will come out from Sion the one delivering; [TR adds “and” here, NA28 omits it] he will turn back impiety away from Jacob; 27 And this to them from the covenant of mine [Quoting Isaiah 59:20-21 LXX], whenever I may remove the sins of theirs” [Paraphrasing Isaiah 27:9b LXX]. 28 Indeed, with respect to the good news [i.e., the gospel message], they are hostile for the sake of you [plural]; yet with respect to the choosing, they are beloved for the sake of the fathers. 29 For irrevocable are the gifts and the calling of God. 30 For exactly as [TR adds “also” here, NA28 omits it] you [plural] at some time disbelieved in God, yet now were shown compassion through the obstinacy of these ones, 31 in this way also these ones now disbelieved through the mercy of yours, so that also they [NA28 adds “now” here, TR omits it] may be shown compassion. 32 For God enclosed together the wholes [masculine plural form of the word for “all” with a definite article; i.e., Israelites on the collective level along with Gentiles on the collective level] unto obstinacy, so that unto the wholes He might show compassion.
(Romans 11:1-32, my word-for-word translation, boldface and underlining added)
The Romans 11:8 Triad
Paul’s exposition of the quotes from 1 Kings 19 pretty much speaks for itself. But verse 8 is a fusion of three OT quotes: Isaiah 29:10, Deuteronomy 29:4, and Psalm 95:7. Let’s consider the background for each.
The prior chapter has the solitary letter ס at the end, indicating that Isaiah 29 opens a new minor train of thought. This letter then appears on its own again at the end of verses 8, 12, 14, & 21, with the remainder of the chapter kicking off the minor train of thought that continues through 30:5. Verses 1-4 of Isaiah 29 mention God bringing distress and an army to humble the “Lion of God” (the literal meaning of “Ariel”), which verse 1 identifies as the city of Jerusalem. Verses 5-8 then describe how “the multitude of all the nations who wage war against Ariel” (verse 7b 1995 NASB, boldface added) will “become like fine dust, And … like the chaff which blows [literally, “passes”] away” (verse 5b 1995 NASB). This detail wasn’t fulfilled in either destruction of Jerusalem: Babylonia was the only nation that attacked Jerusalem on the first occasion, even though it kind of met this fate 70 years later (it still has descendants among modern-day Iraqis, so it didn’t actually “pass away”); and it took even longer for the same thing to happen to the Romans, who also have living descendants (not to mention the Syrians, Turks, and Arabs who were in Titus’ army that destroyed Jerusalem the second time, whose nations definitely haven’t passed away!). Hence, this must be referring to a still-future time when the remnant populations of every nation that ever waged war with Jerusalem will all be judged–a time that the OT repeatedly calls “the Day of the Lord” (and this identification will be reinforced as this discussion goes on). Then, verses 9-12 discuss what will happen for now:
Be delayed and wait, Blind yourselves and be blind; They become drunk, but not with wine, They stagger, but not with strong drink. For the Lord has poured over you a spirit of deep sleep, He has shut your eyes, the prophets; And He has covered your heads, the seers. The entire vision will be to you like the words of a sealed book, which when they give it to the one who is literate [literally, “who knows a book”], saying, “Please read this,” he will say, “I cannot, for it is sealed.” Then the book will be given to the one who is illiterate [literally, “who knows not a book”], saying, “Please read this.” And he will say, “I cannot read [literally, “I know not a book”].”
(1995 NASB, underlining added)
Next, Deuteronomy 29 occurs between God’s laying out the curses on Israel for not obeying the Law (Deuteronomy 28:15-68), and His laying out the terms for the nation to be restored to the land after being banished among the nations for disobedience (30:1-14). The solitary letter פ occurs at the end of 29:1, then again at the end of verse 9; this indicates that verses 2-9 constitute a complete major train of thought on their own, so let’s read it:
And Moses called unto all Israel, and said unto them, Ye have seen all that Jehovah did before your eyes in the land of Egypt unto Pharaoh, and unto all his servants, and unto all his land; 3 the great trials which thine eyes saw, the signs, and those great wonders: 4 but Jehovah hath not given you a heart to know, and eyes to see, and ears to hear, unto this day [literally, “till the day, the this one”]. 5 And I have led you forty years in the wilderness: your clothes are not waxed old upon you, and thy shoe is not waxed old upon thy foot. 6 Ye have not eaten bread, neither have ye drunk wine or strong drink; that ye may know that I am Jehovah your God. 7 And when ye came unto this place, Sihon the king of Heshbon, and Og the king of Bashan, came out against us unto battle, and we smote them: 8 and we took their land, and gave it for an inheritance unto the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, and to the half-tribe of the Manassites. 9 Keep therefore the words of this covenant, and do them, that ye may prosper in all that ye do. (Deuteronomy 29:2-9 ASV, underlining and boldface added)
Note the awkward Hebrew phrase עַד הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה at the end of verse 4; the 70 elders who translated the Pentateuch into Greek circa 250 B.C. saw fit to preserve this awkwardness with the rendering ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης (“till the this day”), implying that they didn’t understand the phrase as simply meaning “till today” (represented in Hebrew as עַד הַיּוֹם and in Greek as ἕως σήμερον) or “till this day” (Hebrew עַד יּוֹם זֶה, Greek ἕως ἡμέρας ταύτης). They apparently felt that God had Moses use this awkward phrasing for a reason, and the New Testament vindicated their judgment. Paul’s awkward phrasing ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας (“till the today day”) seems to follow suit, giving us some Apostolic insight into what was meant, yet not quite telling us which day this phrase was supposed to refer to. However, a handful of years later, the author of Hebrews uses a similarly awkward phrase (but, thanks to his more sophisticated vocabulary1, the least cryptic) while expounding on Psalm 95:7-11 LXX in Hebrews 3:13b: ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἄχρις οὗ τὸ σήμερον καλεῖται (“each and every day until that which is called ‘today’”). I show in Appendix D of my upcoming book that in the context of Hebrews 3 & 4, there was a particular day, still future from when the epistle was being written, that was being called ‘today’ (Greek σήμερον): the one in which Psalm 95 LXX would be quoted to everyone on earth. “[F]or partakers we have become of the Christ, if the beginning of the confidence unto the end we may hold fast, in its being said, ‘To-day, if His voice ye may hear, ye may not harden your hearts, as in the provocation’” (Hebrews 3:14-15 YLT, boldface and underlining added). I further show in that discussion that the day in question will be the day Jesus returns (note the term “the end” in Hebrews 3:14, which refers to the consummation of history); this lines up perfectly with what I said above about Isaiah 29:5-8. It’s worth adding here that the generation of Israelites that Moses originally spoke Deuteronomy 29:4 to were the immediate children of the Israelites that Psalm 95:8b’s mention of “the provocation” (BLXX) was harking back to–the Israelite adults who rebelled at Kadesh Barnea and were sentenced to 40 years of wandering in the wilderness, during which they’d die off:
for certain having heard did provoke, but not all who did come out of Egypt through Moses; but with whom was He grieved forty years? was it not with those who did sin, whose carcasses fell in the wilderness? and to whom did He swear that they shall not enter into His rest, except to those who did not believe? — and we see that they were not able to enter in because of unbelief [properly, “disbelief”, same Greek word as in Romans 11:20,23; I’ll explain the significance of this word below]. (Hebrews 3:16-19 YLT)
So the fact that Paul links all of these passages together in Romans 11:8 tells us that Isaiah 29:9-12 & Deuteronomy 29:4 are fulfilled in the “callousness separating a part” mentioned in Romans 11:25, and further requires that this callousness only last “till the day, the This one” (Deuteronomy 29:4 MT), “till the This day” (ibid. LXX), “till the ‘Today’ day” (Romans 11:8), and “until that day which is called ‘Today’” (Hebrews 3:13)–implying that all these phrases are temporally synonymous with “until when the fullness of the nations might enter” in Romans 11:25c (which is especially reinforced by the fact that the word for “until” is ἄχρις in both Romans 11:25 and Hebrews 3:13). These phrases (after the word “till”/”until”) are all referring to the same ending point in time.
And lest preterists object that “the end” in Hebrews 3:14 refers to the end of Israel’s national existence (which they presume happened in A.D. 135, if not 70), Hebrews 4:1-11 piggybacks off this exposition to give the fullest (though still incomplete) exposition of the doctrine of chiliasm within Scripture. In fact, it places the entry of the faithful from throughout history — per Hebrews 4:2 — into God’s rest (verses 3-11) at the transition between the six periods of “toil” (verses 3-4) and the one period of “sabbatic rest” (verse 9) that follows them, the latter of which is referred to in Revelation 20:2-7 as lasting 1,000 years (after all, both these passages are talking about Christ’s Kingdom following his return, so connecting them in this way is a necessary inference). That is, “the end” of Hebrews 3:14 will occur in the 6,000th year after Adam’s first sin brought the Curse on creation (the Greek phrase in Hebrews 4:3c, καίτοι τῶν ἔργων ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου γενηθέντων, literally reads “and yet the works from the casting down of the world order were brought into being”). By the chronological information in the Septuagint (which would maximize the number of years between creation and when Hebrews was written), the 6,000th year would’ve still been about 450 years after A.D. 70, so any attempt to link “the end” with A.D. 70 (or even 135, or for that matter, any year before the early 500s A.D.) still clashes with this passage!
NT Quotations from Psalm 69
Next, let’s consider the original context of the quotation from Psalm 69. For those familiar with the events surrounding Jesus’ crucifixion, this passage will ring a few bells (after all, the Septuagint tends to be more accurate than the Masoretic Text for passages overtly talking about Christ, which is a major reason Judaism stopped utilizing the LXX within a couple centuries of Jesus’ earthly ministry!):
For thou knowest my reproach, and my shame, and my confusion; all that afflict me are before thee.
My soul has waited for reproach and misery; and I waited for one to grieve with me, but there was none; and for one to comfort me, but I found none.
They gave me also gall for my food, and made me drink vinegar for my thirst.
Let their table before them be for a snare, and for a recompence, and for a stumbling-block.
Let their eyes be darkened that they should not see; and bow down their back continually.
Pour out thy wrath upon them, and let the fury of thine anger take hold on them.
Let their habitation be made desolate; and let there be no inhabitant in their tents:
because they persecuted him whom thou hast smitten; and they have added to the grief of my wounds.
Add iniquity to their iniquity; and let them not come into thy righteousness.
Let them be blotted out of the book of the living, and let them not be written with the righteous.
(Psalm 69:19-28 BLXX, boldface and underlining added)
Obviously, verse 21 was fulfilled in Matthew 27:34,48; Mark 15:36; Luke 23:36; & John 19:29-30. Peter applied verse 25 to Judas Iscariot in Acts 1:15-20, along with Psalm 109:8c. (Of course, Peter was using the latter to justify choosing a replacement for Judas Iscariot then and there, which was done in Acts 1:21-26. Yet he expressed regret over doing so in 1 Peter 5:3a, where the Greek phrase, μηδ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων, literally exhorts church elders to be “not even as having dominion over the lots” — LGV {scroll to p. 11 in the PDF}. In light of Jesus’ personal calling and training of Paul in the mists of Acts 9 — see Galatians 1:15-17, and note that the events of verse 17 can be placed chronologically between verses 19 & 20 of Acts 9; the word usually rendered “straightway” or “immediately” in verse 20 can also merely mean “soon” — Peter was evidently correct in his application of Psalm 109:8 to Judas Iscariot, but incorrect on when his replacement was to be chosen.) So Paul’s application of this passage (which was clearly prophetic of the people involved with Jesus’ crucifixion) to the “calloused” portion of Israel likely reinforced “those who pierced Christ” as an early Christian epithet for ethnic Israelites (e.g., Revelation 1:7); after all, the Romans may have been “officially” responsible for Jesus’ crucifixion, but Pilate only gave the go-ahead in response to Israelite instigation (see also Acts 2:23,36)!
No Such Thing As “Partially Fulfilled Prophecy”?
Regarding verse 12, I find it particularly ironic that Bob Pulliam denies that the Bible prophesies any still-future plans for national Israel, yet the noun for “completion” or “fulfillment” in this verse, πλήρωμα (plērōma; G4138), is derived from the verb πληρόω (plēroō; G4137). This is significant because Pulliam argues in Lesson 16 of his book that this verb being the ordinary NT word for “fulfill” implies that there’s no such thing as partially-fulfilled prophecy:
Inspired apostles and prophets in the New Testament never spoke of prophecy being “partially” fulfilled. Prophecy coming to its accomplishment is a powerful evidence of God’s work in the affairs of men. For this reason, they spoke of Scripture being “made full” (pleroo), or “filled to their fulness” (ekpleroo). Never does the New Testament leave Old Testament prophecy partially fulfilled. Old Testament prophecies found the fulness of their conclusion in the first century. Therefore, there is nothing left of Old Testament prophecy for modern fulfillment. [Convictions regarding a final resurrection were not “prophecies” (e.g. Job 19:25-27).] Now, the future belongs to prophecies made in the New Testament (studied in lesson 14). {“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 174. Italics in original. Boldface mine. Content in brackets is Pulliam’s footnote indicated at that point in the text. Click here for a discussion of the Job passage.}
So, Pulliam builds his argument on the premise that the verb plēroōalways refers to something being “made full”, yet effectively denies that the corresponding noun plērōma connotes a “making full” of Israel after their “lapse” in the rhetorical question of Romans 11:12! He can’t have it both ways! Of course, Ezekiel 26:3-14 singlehandedly disproves his claim that every OT prophecy was fulfilled by the end of the first century, since its fulfillment started in the 6th century B.C. and ended in the 13th century A.D.! Hence, this prophecy was only partially fulfilled by the end of the 1st century (i.e., verses 3-12 were fulfilled by then, but verses 13-14 weren’t)! To put that in perspective: the only country on Earth whose land was never inhabited by humans until after A.D. 1000 is New Zealand,
and at the time humans first reached it, this prophecy was stillonly partially fulfilled (A.D. 1280 versus 1291)! Moreover, the word ekplēroō (G1603), which certainly would demand this connotation, occurs only once in the entire Bible: Acts 13:33, where it’s used with reference to Jesus’ coming from David’s loins in fulfillment of the “seed of Abraham” promise made to the Genesis patriarchs (look back in the context to verse 23, where the oldest Greek manuscripts have “brought forth” instead of “raised up”–indeed, Pulliam’s preferred translation, the 1995 NASB, has “has brought” in verse 23; of course, both Jesus’ birth and resurrection were completely in the past when Paul said this!).
Life Out From Among Dead Ones
Verse 15 is noteworthy not just for the parallel to the rhetorical question of verse 12, but for linking “the admission of them” with “life out from among dead ones”. As I explain in Appendix E of my upcoming book, Philippians 3:11 refers to “the first resurrection” (Revelation 20:5c KJV) as “the out-from-among resurrection, the one out from among dead ones” (my word-for-word translation of the phrase in NA28, τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν) — that is, a resurrection of some of the dead that leaves the rest of the dead behind (again, compare with Revelation 20:5). Likewise, the phrase “life out from among dead ones” in Romans 11:15 is referring to an event where some dead ones are given life, while the rest of the dead ones stay dead. Hence, this verse is linking “the first resurrection” with “the admission of” the “calloused” portion of Israel. Hence, these phrases are all temporally synonymous with Jesus’ return, his parousia (per 1 Corinthians 15:20-23 & 1 Thessalonians 4:15-16; these passages use the Greek word parousia in verses 23 & 15, respectively)!
The Olive Tree Parable
In verse 16, Paul relates the “firstfruits” to the “dough”, and the “root” to the “branches”. The former entity in each relationship refers to God’s Son, in light of chronological Biblical precedent (“firstfruits” is used for Jesus in 1 Corinthians 15:20,23 — which was written before Romans — and “root” in Isaiah 11:1,10 LXX; Paul even quotes the latter verse in Romans 15:12!2). You may read more about these allegories here.
The olive tree parable also gives us a detail that may help explain how the conversion versus rejection of Israelites upon Jesus’ return will work. Note that the condition for broken off branches to be grafted back in is that “they are staying not in the disbelief”. Most English translations render the boldfaced word as “unbelief”, which would include both people who willfully reject Jesus and people who haven’t heard enough about him to make up their mind either way. But the word properly refers to “disbelief”, which would include only the former category. Also note that a couple chapters earlier, Paul said that “not all who are of [literally, “all those out from”] Israel are these Israel” (Romans 9:6c YLT); the first instance of “Israel” in this verse refers to those who descended from the loins of Jacob (per the use of the preposition ἐξ), while the second instance refers to those who are reckoned as heirs of the promises to Abraham and his seed (per verses 3-5 & 7-8). This affords us a way to reconcile the claim in Romans 11:26 that “all Israel will be delivered” with the fact that Amos 5:18-20 implies that some Israelites will die along with the wicked of other nations on the Day of the Lord, despite both being prophesied to occur on the same day. Romans 11:26 is referring to “Israel” in the latter sense of 9:6; Amos was referring to Israelites who are in the former category, but not the latter. Neither would any children of Amos’ Israelites who hadn’t yet been taught to reject Jesus be classed among those “staying in the disbelief”, because they had yet to enter “the disbelief” in the first place.
“When the fullness of the nations might enter”
Warner points out {scroll to the footnote for “fullness” on p. 28 in the PDF} that the word for “fullness” in verse 25 introduces a slight ambiguity. The “fullness of the Gentiles” could refer to the fullness of the time allotted (look back at verse 5) for the nations before Christ takes charge of them (see Luke 21:24, Galatians 4:4, Ephesians 1:10), the fullness of the number of wild branches (Gentiles) to be added to the olive tree of verses 16-24 (see also Ephesians 2:11-19, which I’ll discuss below), or both. Since the word for “mystery” earlier in the verse referred to something that was previously heard/known, but not fully understood (e.g., see Mark 4:1-20, especially verses 10-12), Paul must have been using this statement to clarify the mystery, so which of these possibilities was intended must have been obvious to his original readers. In light of the immediate context, the second possibility was most likely the one intended (especially since the verb for “might enter” doesn’t work very well with a time period as its subject); but that alone doesn’t rule out the first from occurring at the same time as the second (indeed, we just saw that it will, since Christ takes charge of the nations on the Day of the Lord!). But in all cases, this would place the ending condition at a time still future from our own.
Now, when I directed the guy mentioned at the beginning of this post to verses 11-32 of this passage, he started by saying “that’s a bit long…”, so I told him to skip to verses 25-32. He read verse 25 out loud, stopped right there, and said “that happened when the Romans destroyed Jerusalem.” If your initial reaction was “How in the world do you get that as the most likely meaning of the phrase ‘the fullness of the Gentiles come in’?”, join the club. My first reply in the moment was “Where did you get that definition?” (And by the way, I had to ask the question a second time to get him to answer it; never let an opponent dodge these kinds of foundational questions!) His attempt at an answer made it clear that he was simply imposing that meaning on the phrase to force-fit the passage to his “semi-preterist” preconceptions. This is circular reasoning and eisegesis, plain and simple (I was tempted to say “eisegesis of the worst kind”, but the reality is that I’ve seen much, much worse {the video in this tweet is the single worst example to come to my attention by the time I first uploaded this post; if you’re aware of an even worse example of eisegesis, feel free to link to it in the comments!}).
Isaiah 59 & 27 LXX
Note that verses 26 & 27 are a fusion of two quotes from the Septuagint version of Isaiah. Let’s consider each of their original contexts:
Has the hand of the Lord no power to save? or has he made his ear heavy, so that he should not hear? 2 Nay, your iniquities separate between you and God, and because of your sins has he turned away his face from you, so as not to have mercy upon you. 3 For your hands are defiled with blood, and your fingers with sins; your lips also have spoken iniquity, and your tongue meditates unrighteousness. 4 None speaks justly, neither is there true judgment: they trust in vanities, and speak empty words; for they conceive trouble, and bring forth iniquity. 5 They have hatched asps’ eggs, and weave a spider’s web: and he that is going to eat of their eggs, having crushed an addled egg, has found also in it a basilisk [transliterated from βασιλίσκος, which occurs only here in the entire Greek Bible; the Hebrew word, אֶפְעֶה, refers to some kind of venomous serpent]. 6 Their web shall not become a garment, nor shall they at all clothe themselves with their works; for their works are works of iniquity. 7 And their feet run to wickedness, swift to shed blood; their thoughts also are thoughts of murder; destruction and misery are in their ways; 8 and the way of peace they know not, neither is there judgment in their ways; for their paths by which they go are crooked, and they know not peace. 9 Therefore has judgment departed from them, and righteousness shall not overtake them: while they waited for light, darkness came upon them; while they waited for brightness, they walked in perplexity. 10 They shall feel for the wall as blind men, and shall feel for it as if they had no eyes: and they shall feel at noon-day as at midnight; they shall groan as dying men. 11 They shall proceed together as a bear and as a dove: we have waited for judgment, and there is no salvation, it is gone far from us. 12 For our iniquity is great before thee, and our sins have risen up against us: for our iniquities are in us, and we know our unrighteous deeds. 13 We have sinned, and dealt falsely, and revolted from our God: we have spoken unrighteous words, and have been disobedient; we have conceived and uttered from our heart unrighteous words. 14 And we have turned judgment back, and righteousness has departed afar off: for truth is consumed in their ways, and they could not pass by a straight path. 15 And truth has been taken away, and they have turned aside their mind from understanding. And the Lord saw it, and it pleased him not that there was no judgment. 16 And he looked, and there was no man, and he observed, and there was none to help: so he defended them with his arm, and stablished them with his mercy. 17 And he put on righteousness as a breast-plate, and placed the helmet of salvation on his head; and he clothed himself with the garment of vengeance, and with his cloak, 18 as one about to render a recompence, even reproach to his adversaries. 19 So shall they of the west fear the name of the Lord, and they that come from the rising of the sun his glorious name: for the wrath of the Lord shall come as a mighty river, it shall come with fury. 20 And the deliverer shall come for Sion’s sake, and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob. 21 And this shall be my covenant with them, said the Lord; My Spirit which is upon thee, and the words which I have put in thy mouth, shall never fail from thy mouth, nor from the mouth of thy seed, for the Lord has spoken it, henceforth and for ever.
(Isaiah 59:1-21 BLXX, boldface and underlining added)
Verses 1-15 speak of Israel’s sins, which separate them from YHWH. Verse 16 says that since no man helps the situation, He’d do it Himself. Verses 17-19 then refer to “the Lord” arming himself as a warrior to give his enemies what they deserve, so that his name will be feared by people of the west and the east. This must be referring to Jesus showing up as the all-conquering King on the Day of the Lord (compare Revelation 19:11-21); remember, the Father and His Son both go by the name YHWH (“the Lord”) in the OT. This understanding is confirmed in verse 20, and verse 21 mentions that God’s Breath and words will never cease from the mouths of Israelites, nor those of their children (further implying that some Israelites will be having children after this time, consistent with the point made above about the difference between unbelief and disbelief).
In that day God shall bring his holy and great and strong sword upon the dragon, even the serpent that flees, upon the dragon, the crooked serpent: he shall destroy the dragon. 2 In that day there shall be a fair vineyard, and a desire to commence a song concerning it. 3 I am a strong city, a city in a siege: in vain shall I water it; for it shall be taken by night, and by day the wall shall fall. 4 There is no woman that has not taken hold of it; who will set me to watch stubble in the field? because of this enemy I have set her aside; therefore on this account the Lord has done all that he appointed. 5 I am burnt up; they that dwell in her shall cry, Let us make peace with him, let us make peace, 6 they that are coming are the children of Jacob. Israel shall bud and blossom, and the world shall be filled with his fruit. 7 Shall he himself be thus smitten, even as he smote? and as he slew, shall he be thus slain? 8 Fighting and reproaching he will dismiss them; didst thou not meditate with a harsh spirit, to slay them with a wrathful spirit? 9 Therefore shall the iniquity of Jacob be taken away; and this is his blessing, when I shall have taken away his sin; when they shall have broken to pieces all the stones of the altars as fine dust, and their trees [the MT has אֲשֵׁרִ֖ים (H842), which is the plural form of both a common noun for “grove” and the proper name “Asherah”, a pagan goddess associated with the Tree of Life, and thus often worshipped with sacred trees; hence, this is probably referring to Asherah poles] shall not remain, and their idols shall be cut off, as a thicket afar off. 10 The flock that dwelt there shall be left, as a deserted flock; and the ground shall be for a long time for pasture, and there shall flocks lie down to rest. 11 And after a time there shall be in it no green thing because of the grass being parched. Come hither, ye women that come from a sight [literally, “come away from a goddess”];for it is a people of no understanding; therefore he that made them shall have no pity upon them, and he that formed them shall have no mercy upon them. 12 And it shall come to pass in that day thatGod shall fence men off from the channel of the river as far as Rhinocorura; but do ye gather one by one the children of Israel. 13 And it shall come to pass in that day, that they shall blow the great trumpet, and the lost ones in the land of the Assyrians shall come, and the lost ones in Egypt, and shall worship the Lord on the holy mountain in Jerusalem.
(Isaiah 27:1-13 BLXX, boldface and underlining added)
Verse 1 is clearly referring to Satan being bound (Revelation 20:1-3); note that the verb Brenton rendered “destroy” properly means “to take up”, and can mean “to abolish” or “to put out of the way” {scroll to entry II. under “Outline of Biblical Usage”}. Verses 3-5 refer to city dwellers being in fear, and verse 6 reveals that it’s because Israelites are coming to conquer them. Then, verse 9 links God taking away the sins of Israel with all idolatrous devices being destroyed and removed; this lines up with Isaiah’s first discussion of the Day of the Lord, where he twice mentions that “the LORD alone will be exalted in that day” (Isaiah 2:11c,17c 1995 NASB). Also note the mention in verses 10-11 of God laying waste to pagan territory, yet sparing any citizens thereof who are willing to reject their idols and turn to Him. Finally, the mention of “the lost ones” from Assyria and Egypt “worship[ping] the Lord on the holy mountain in Jerusalem” lines up with the prophecy in Isaiah 19:19-25 about Egypt and Assyria (alongside Israel) worshiping YHWH on the national level. Overall, the fact that Paul applied this passage alongside Isaiah 59 shows that these events will all come to pass (or at least commence) at the same time Romans 11:25c-26a is fulfilled: the Day of the Lord.
Stubbornness and Compassion
Finally, not only does Romans 11:28a agree with verse 11c that the “calloused” portion of ethnic Israel has been provoked to jealously and hostility by salvation and the good news reaching the Gentiles, but it goes on to mention that ethnic Israelites who’ve been “calloused” in the present age are nonetheless, “with respect to the choosing, … beloved for the sake of the fathers”, who are, of course, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Now, why is that a good enough reason for them to remain “beloved” despite their hostility toward the gospel? Because “irrevocable are the gifts and the calling of God.” (verse 29c) This also includes the promise that God would give the land in which Abraham lived as a foreigner “to [Abraham] and to [his] seed [singular] after [him]” as an age-enduring {HIDMF, p. 87, Fn. 87.} possession (Genesis 17:8b YLT), since Stephen (Acts 7:5) and the author of Hebrews (11:8-10, 13-16) clearly stated that Abraham never possessed the land within his lifetime; hence, the fulfillment of that promise must occur when Abraham is resurrected to live in the land for the rest of eternity. This, of course, demands that the land of Israel still be around at that time for Abraham to possess. This also explains why God has permitted Judaism to stick around for all these centuries, despite its inefficacy for salvation: to preserve enough members of His ancient nation across time to bring about its restoration when the time is right (and have Jewish converts to Christianity from every generation in the meantime).
It’s worth adding that verses 30-32 show that Israel rejecting the gospel was part of God’s plan to put Israel and Gentile nations in the same boat–both being in a state of rebellion against God so that both can experience God’s love, having compassion extended to them in a state of being where they don’t deserve it. Between this and all the OT prophecies quoted in verses 8-10, I think it’s clear that we should reject the idea (which Pulliam attributes to Dispensationalism) that God intended to restore Israel to a self-ruling nation in the first century, yet didn’t “because things just didn’t work out right” {“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. 174.}. God knew from the beginning (Isaiah 46:9-10) that national Israel would (at least initially) reject His Son, and so brilliantly incorporated that rejection into His plan to redeem it along with the rest of the human race. (And before anyone accuses me of being a universalist: all my statements in this paragraph were meant on the collective level, not the individual level.)
Trying To Explain Away The Obvious
On the whole, this passage and the other passages connected with it clearly teach in multiple ways that Israel will indeed be restored someday in the future! As I’d heard the guy I quoted at the beginning of this post say in response to my laying out Gary Habermas’ response to when Lee Strobel asked him to “Convince me [1 Corinthians 15:3-7]’s a creed” {“The Case for Christ: A Journalist’s Personal Investigation of the Evidence for Jesus”. Strobel, Lee. 1998. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan. 309.}3: “Would you like any more redundancy?”
Due to how devastating this passage is for the idea that national Israel has no Biblically-significant future, I decided to see if Pulliam quotes from Romans 11 at all in his book to try explaining it away. Let’s look over what I found:
Dispensationalists try to counter any view that would make the church, in some way, a fulfillment of the new covenant. To do this, an appeal is made to the unchangeable nature of the covenant. Arguments are made from passages depicting the beloved nature of the Jews. For example, Paul wrote:
“2 God has not rejected His people whom He foreknew. Or do you not know what the Scripture says in the passage about Elijah, how he pleads with God against Israel?”
(Romans 11:2 [1995 NASB])
The assumption here is that God’s initial purpose for the Jews had to last until the end of the world. That assumption is based on a flawed view of the covenant to Abraham (studied in lesson 6). If God determined to save the Jews in a way other than through a continued possession of the land, He would still count them as beloved. They are beloved in Christ where all spiritual blessings are found (Eph 1:3, 7, 12; 2:10; 3:6). They were not left out.
{“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 130-131. Italics, indentation, and contents in parentheses in original. Content in brackets mine.}
Of course Pulliam would quote a single verse from the one paragraph in the entire passage that makes the point the least forcefully! Nonetheless, even this verse does indeed refer to Israel as a nation (not as individuals, as his explanation requires). Let’s look again at my more precise translation of this verse, originally given above (albeit with even more formatting than used above, since the details are more relevant here):
God thrusted away not [absolute negation, not conditional; note that the object of the verb “thrusted away” is a singular group rather than a plural of individuals, consistent with the unconditionality being meant on the collective level, not the individual level] the people group [singular] of His which He knew previously [misleadingly rendered “foreknew”, “chose from the beginning”, “chose before they were born”, etc. in most English translations, giving cover to Calvinistic predestination; “the people group of His which He knew previously” actually refers to the nation of Israel, which God had known personally before Paul’s time]. Or have you not perceived in Elijah what the Scripture says? How he entreats God against Israel [TR adds “, saying”; NA28 omits it]:
At first, I understood “the people group of His which He knew previously” to refer to all the faithful from throughout history before Paul’s time, because I was already familiar with the phrase “whom He foreknew” (NKJV) being used with that meaning (including the same verb for “knew previously”, προέγνω, the aorist active indicative 3rd-person singular form of G4267) earlier in this same epistle–in perhaps the best-known proof-text for Calvinistic predestination, Romans 8:29 (note that the verbs rendered “predestined”, “called”, “justified”, and “glorified” in the NKJV of verses 29-30 are all aorist-tense–Paul was talking about past actions of God here, not ongoing ones!). But then I remembered that the Greek word for “people group” (λαός; laos, G2992) doesn’t occur in that passage; moreover, laos is singular in Romans 11:2, implying a single ethnic group: the Israelites (and this word is only used in verses 1-2 in this entire passage, meaning there’s no later instance to suggest an understanding other than an ethnic group; indeed, this word has this meaning all 6 of the other times it occurs in Romans).
As for Pulliam’s point that “God determined to save the Jews in a way other than through a continued possession of the land”, this confuses national restoration with individual salvation (a distinction I’ll discuss more fully later). A person can be genealogically part of Israel, but they won’t get to enjoy the perks of being an Israelite in the New Heavens & New Earth if their heart is still rejecting God’s will. Instead, they’ll get killed by Jesus himself at his return if they live to see it (Isaiah 63:1-6), and thrown in the Lake of Fire if they don’t live to see it (Revelation 20:11-15, cf. verse 5)–and both these outcomes are equally true for wicked Gentiles.
Finally, his claim that Paul meant that “They are beloved in Christ where all spiritual blessings are found” overlooks the fact that the reason why they are still beloved is spelled out further into the same passage: God promised possession of the land to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob (Genesis 13:15, 17:8, 24:7, 26:3, 28:4,13, 35:12, 48:4), and He still needs to make good on that promise (Acts 7:5; Hebrews 11:8-10,13-16).
28 Indeed, with respect to the good news [i.e., the gospel], they are hostile for the sake of you [plural]; yet with respect to the choosing, THEY ARE BELOVED FOR THE SAKE OF THE FATHERS. 29 FOR IRREVOCABLE ARE THE GIFTS AND THE CALLING OF GOD. (All-caps added compared to above.)
Pulliam has analyzed Romans 11:2 in isolation from its context, in order to deny something that’s affirmed in the context!
But to his credit, he did also try in Appendix One to attack the most direct statements in this entire passage:
The huge difference in this doctrinal system [dispensationalism, compared to amillennialism] is not really so much that it makes the church distinct from Israel, as is sometimes claimed [Pulliam indicates a footnote here explaining that Amillennialism also holds the church to be distinct from Israel; as you’ve probably gathered, so do I]. The main difference is actually found in the fact that they have a dual purpose in God’s plan, where Israel is still awaiting the fulfillment of past promises. While Paul uses the word “Israel” in a way that seems to validate a dual purpose (e.g. Acts 28:20, Rom 11:25-26), context and other passages force us to understand that these are an accommodative use to speak of being God’s chosen people (e.g. Rom 2:28f). This should be no surprise, since Israel was God’s chosen people (as a nation) for 1,400 years before the events of the New Testament. Additionally, the gospel went to the Jew first, and the concept was very natural, but it does not mean that the terminology is teaching a further purpose for the nation of Israel in the future.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 270-271. Italics and boldface in original. Underlining and content in brackets mine.}
Oh? Pulliam thinks Romans 2:28 shows that God wasn’t teaching any future purpose for the nation of Israel in 11:25-26? Why don’t we look at that verse in its context and see if it bears out what Pulliam’s saying?
25 For indeed circumcision is of value if you practice the Law [literally, “practice a law”; no definite article]; but if you are a transgressor of the Law [literally, “of a law”], your circumcision has become uncircumcision. 26 So if the uncircumcised man [literally, “the uncircumcision”] keeps the requirements of the Law, will not his uncircumcision be regarded as circumcision? 27 And he who is physically uncircumcised, if he keeps the Law, will he not judge you who though having the letter [literally, “who through the letter”] of the Law and circumcision are a transgressor of the Law [literally, “of a law”]? 28 For he is not a Jew who is one outwardly, nor is circumcision that which is outward in the flesh. 29 But he is a Jew who is one inwardly; and circumcision is that which is of the heart, by the Spirit, not by the letter; and his praise is not from men, but from God. (Romans 2:25-29 1995 NASB, underlining and boldface added)
Note well the mention of “circumcision … of the heart”. This phrase is synonymous with repentance, as indicated in the opening verses of Jeremiah 4:
1 “If you will return, O Israel,” declares the LORD, “Then you should return to Me. And if you will put away your detested things from My presence, And will not waver, 2 And you will swear, ‘As the LORD lives,’ In truth, in justice and in righteousness; Then the nations will bless themselves in Him, And in Him they will glory.”
3 For thus says the LORD to the men of Judah and to Jerusalem,
“Break up your fallow ground, And do not sow among thorns. 4 “Circumcise yourselves to the LORD And remove the foreskins of your heart, Men of Judah and inhabitants of Jerusalem, Or else My wrath will go forth like fire And burn with none to quench it, Because of the evil of your deeds.” (Jeremiah 4:1-4 1995 NASB, boldface and underlining added)
However, there’s an even earlier reference to “circumcision of the heart” in Deuteronomy 30:
1 And it shall come to pass, when all these things are come upon thee [2nd-person singular; and so on throughout the passage], the blessing and the curse, which I have set before thee, and thou shalt call them to mind among all the nations, whither Jehovah thy God hath driven thee, 2 and shalt return unto Jehovah thy God, and shalt obey his voice according to all that I command thee this day, thou and thy children, with all thy heart, and with all thy soul; 3 that then Jehovah thy God will turn thy captivity, and have compassion upon thee, and will return and gather thee from all the peoples, whither Jehovah thy God hath scattered thee. 4 If any of thine outcasts be in the uttermost parts of heaven, from thence will Jehovah thy God gather thee, and from thence will he fetch thee: 5 and Jehovah thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed, and thou shalt possess it; and he will do thee good, and multiply thee above thy fathers. 6 And Jehovah thy God will circumcise thy heart, and the heart of thy seed, to love Jehovah thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, that thou mayest live. 7 And Jehovah thy God will put all these curses upon thine enemies, and on them that hate thee, that persecuted thee. 8 And thou shalt return and obey the voice of Jehovah, and do all his commandments which I command thee this day. 9 And Jehovah thy God will make thee plenteous in all the work of thy hand, in the fruit of thy body, and in the fruit of thy cattle, and in the fruit of thy ground, for good: for Jehovah will again rejoice over thee for good, as he rejoiced over thy fathers; 10 if thou shalt obey the voice of Jehovah thy God, to keep his commandments and his statutes which are written in this book of the law; if thou turn unto Jehovah thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul. (Deuteronomy 30:1-10 ASV, boldface and underlining added)
While all the 2nd-person terms are singular, implying a single entity, a single person can’t be driven among and brought back from multiple nations. This shows that the singular entity of these verses is the nation of Israel, not any particular person within it. Bear in mind that Moses laid out these restoration terms at a time when no Israelites had yet possessed the land (after all, Genesis, Stephen, & Hebrews 11 are crystal-clear that Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and his early descendants didn’t own any of the land they lived on while in the land of Canaan!), nor had the Israelites ever yet been driven among multiple nations from the land (at best, you could count Egypt, but no other nation). Moreover, the Israelites were only driven among two nations the first time around: Assyria and Babylonia. Plus, the promise for God to circumcise the singular entity’s (national Israel’s) heart and that of its seed hasn’t been fulfilled a single time so far (after all, while the generation that was restored repented, their descendants always went on to eventually rebel against God again!). Hence, this entire passage must be referring to a restoration that hasn’t happened yet, and verse 10 lays out the conditions that modern-day Israel must meet to make it happen and have their divine right to the land and their status as an independent nation restored for the rest of eternity.
Pulliam’s attempts to explain away passages are starting to remind me of a quote by the late Ravi Zacharias (remember, what we’ve since learned about him doesn’t compromise the legitimacy of this statement): “The more you try to hammer the law of non-contradiction, the more it hammers you.” {“Can Man Live Without God?”. Zacharias, Ravi. 1994. Dallas, TX: Word Publishing. 129. Quoted in “The New Evidence That Demands a Verdict”. McDowell, Josh. 1999. Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson. 607.} It seems that also goes for passages prophesying that God still has a future for national Israel.
Millennialists argue, however, that Jerusalem was to be trodden down only “until” the times of the Gentiles is fulfilled. After that time, they contend, Jerusalem will be exalted to her former glory.
The key word in their argument is “until” (Greek, achri). Premillennialists assume the term has a temporal implication in Luke 21:24, thus implying a reversal of events after the time specified.
But the assumption is unwarranted. The term achri frequently has a terminal thrust in the New Testament.
Consider, for example, Revelation 2:25, where Christ sought to encourage the saints at Thyatira:
“[T]hat which ye have, hold fast till I come.”
Does this suggest that these Christians will relinquish their blessings when he comes? Of course not.
Similarly, just because the Lord declared that Jerusalem would be trodden down until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled, that does not imply that, following “the times of the Gentiles,” the city would be restored to some sort of divine glory. Proof for such a theory will have to be found somewhere other than in the word “until.”
Achri “frequently” has a terminal thrust? Try ALWAYS. And not even Revelation 2:25 is an exception: Ongaro’s mistake is assuming that “that which ye have” refers to the blessings promised to Christians, which will continue into eternity and become ever greater. But this statement is actually referring to the faith of the Christians in ancient Thyatira and their hope for the rest of eternity. Christians will indeed cease to “hold fast” these things when Jesus returns, as Paul implied in 1 Corinthians 13:13: “And now these three remain: faith, hope and love. But the greatest of these is love.” (NIV) It’s well known that Paul meant that on the other side of eternity, love will still have a role to play, but faith and hope will be unnecessary, because the objects of our faith and hope will be fully realized. Ongaro’s claim that “such a theory will have to be found somewhere other than in the word ‘until’” denies the very meaning of the word “until”! (Seriously, can you think of a sentence where “until” doesn’t imply an endpoint for something?) Really, this argument just shows the mental gymnastics some people are willing to perform to deny that God’s words mean what they clearly say.
In his letter to the Romans, Paul contends that “a hardening in part hath befallen Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in” (Rom. 11:25).
There are several important matters that need to be noted here.
First, the “hardening” was the Jewish disbelief in Christ.
Second, the “in part” suggests that this lack of faith was characteristic of only a portion of the nation; there was a remnant that did believe (cf. Rom. 9:27; 11:5, 14).
Third, the verb “hath befallen” is a perfect tense form, stressing the abiding nature of that hardness—until the fulness of the Gentiles comes in.
Fourth, “fulness of the Gentiles” simply denotes the accomplishment of Jehovah’s purpose among the Gentiles (or the “nations”). In other words, Israel’s hardness will remain until the end of the present dispensation. This partial hardening will continue throughout the time of the Gentiles, i.e., until Christ’s return.
Since the hardening of Israel was not total, but only “in part,” there is still hope that many Jews may be saved.
Okay, but again, the “hardening in part” is said to occur “until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in”. Since we’ve established that the word “until” does indeed have a terminal thrust, what would Ongaro’s takeaway from that be: that the “hardening” will no longer be in part at that time (i.e., all Israelites will be hardened, and therefore lost), or that the “hardening” will cease to exist entirely (i.e., no living Israelites will be hardened)? I hold to the latter, on a technicality: once all those Israelites who are hardened are killed by Jesus on the Day of the Lord, only unhardened Israelites will remain!
But how will the Jews be saved? They will be saved by their acceptance of the gospel (Rom. 10:12-16), and their surrender to the Deliverer from Zion (Rom. 11:26).
This provides the correct meaning of “so all Israel shall be saved.” The word “so” is an adverb of manner, meaning, “in this way.” Hence, it is in this way (the way of obeying Christ) that all Israel (who are saved) shall be saved. This passage does not affirm a nation-wide conversion of the people of Israel.
The theory that Paul expected a mass conversion of Israel is flawed on several accounts:
It contradicts his entire line of argument in Romans 9-11.
It leaves as inexplicable the throbbing anguish for his brethren in the flesh, which saturates this entire section.
For instance, Paul writes: “For I could wish [potential imperfect—”I kept being on point of wishing”] that I myself were anathema from Christ for my brethren’s sake, my kinsmen according to the flesh” (Rom. 9:3).
Why—if he knew that a national conversion of Israel was an ultimate reality?
I agree that individual Israelites will be saved in the present age by embracing Jesus as their Messiah and obeying him accordingly, but why should that rule out a restoration of Israel on the national level? Also, his claim that the understanding of Romans 11 laid out here “contradicts [Paul’s] entire line of argument in Romans 9-11” is unsupported except by the argument that follows–which itself isn’t as airtight as Ongaro seems to think. Why would Paul grieve his “kinsmen according to the flesh” — even to the point of wanting to give up his place in the Kingdom if it meant they could get in — if he knew Israel would be restored in the future? For the same reason Christians who are looking forward to their eternal inheritance would grieve their own family members who refuse to obey the gospel. Our knowledge of a future reality doesn’t diminish our heartache for those among our own who forfeit it in the meantime! Paul’s sentiments would’ve been common among Israelite Christians in the 1st century–grief for their own family members who’d been looking forward to the Kingdom, but were now forfeiting it out of sheer callousness!
I often point out that those who are ignorant of the gospel (i.e., have never had a chance to accept or reject it) will have potential to be spared on the Day of the Lord. But that assumes that they live to see it! So in the meantime, we should continue spreading the gospel so such people can be guaranteed to participate in the first resurrection. The same goes for Israelites–aside from Israelite Christians (who are guaranteed to be spared), the only Israelites who will have potential for Jesus to spare them on the Day of the Lord are those alive on that day who are ignorant of the gospel and/or give aid to those who are God’s people “of the promise” (Romans 9:8 KJV) during the Tribulation (Matthew 25:31-46). Israelites who die in rebellion against Christ between Pentecost and Jesus’ return have forfeited their lot in the Kingdom of God; these Israelites “according to the flesh” (at least, such Israelites who were contemporaries of Paul) are the ones Paul was grieving in Romans 9:3 (note the distinction brought out in verses 6-8, discussed above).
The Commonwealth Of Israel, Bride of Christ, & Jerusalem Above
Perhaps the next-most-direct statement in Scripture in this regard is Ephesians 2:12. Here’s the context:
11 Wherefore, remember, that ye were once the nations in the flesh, who are called Uncircumcision by that called Circumcision in the flesh made by hands, 12 that ye were at that time apart from Christ, having been alienated from the commonwealth of Israel, and strangers to the covenants of the promise, having no hope, and without God, in the world; 13 and now, in Christ Jesus, ye being once afar off became nigh in the blood of the Christ,
14 for he is our peace, who did make both one, and the middle wall of the enclosure did break down, 15 the enmity in his flesh, the law of the commands in ordinances having done away, that the two he might create in himself into one new [properly, “renewed”; the Greek word, G2537, connotes freshness, rather than youth] man, making peace, 16 and might reconcile both in one body [Jesus’ body on the cross] to God through the cross, having slain the enmity in it, 17 and having come, he did proclaim good news — peace to you — the far-off and the nigh, 18 because through him we have the access — we both — in one Spirit unto the Father.
19 Then, therefore, ye areno more strangers and foreigners, but fellow-citizens of [or “among”] the saints, and of the household of God (Ephesians 2:11-19 YLT, boldface and underlining added)
Note the parallelism in verse 12 between being “alienated from the commonwealth of Israel” and being “strangers to the covenants of the promise”. This parallelism implies that the commonwealth of Israel was already understood by Paul and his readers as an heir to the covenants of promise (the Abrahamic, Davidic, & New Covenants).
Amillennialists would almost certainly counter that the statements in verses 14-19 are referring to the Church, not the nation of Israel. Fair enough, but it overlooks the fact that the relationship of both Israel and the Church with Christ are portrayed as a marriage contract in both Testaments. In a nutshell: Israel played the harlot against YHWH (here referring to God’s Son), so the Father drew up a new marriage contract for His Son (Jeremiah 31:31-34; note the phrase “though I was a husband to them” in verse 32, where the Hebrew verb is perfect-tense–a completed action), which will be consummated at Christ’s return (Revelation 19:7-9)–except the Church will be included in that contract, along with national Israel; in the meantime, Israelites who enter into the New marriage contract have been freed from their obligations under the Old marriage contract.
Don’t buy that explanation? Paul said pretty much the same thing:
1 Or do you not know, brothers—for I am speaking to those who know the law—that the law is binding on a person only as long as he lives? 2 For a married woman is bound by law to her husband while he lives, but if her husband dies she is released from the law of marriage [literally, “the law of (or “concerning”) the husband”]. 3 Accordingly, she will be called an adulteress if she lives with another man while her husband is alive. But if her husband dies, she is free from that law, and if she marries another man she is not an adulteress.
4 Likewise, my brothers, you also have died to the law through the body of Christ, so that you may belong to another, to him who has been raised from the dead, in order that we may bear fruit for God. (Romans 7:1-4 ESV)
In other words, the Son Himself died so that the one pledged to be married to him under the Old contract (Israel) — yet who played the harlot, necessitating a New contract — could be legitimately married to Him under the New contract. This is what Paul was alluding to in Ephesians 2:14-18 (note especially verses 15-16). Hence, the fact that these statements are talking about the Church doesn’t imply that national Israel won’t be included as well. On the contrary, Biblical precedent demands that Gentile believers are the children of this family! (Isaiah 8:18, quoted in Hebrews 2:13; Isaiah 54:1-13, partially quoted in Galatians 4:26-27)
As a bonus, that last reference refutes the use of a proof-text for the idea that the Jerusalem we’ll inherit won’t be on Earth: Galatians 4:26.
26 But the Jerusalem that is above is free, which is our mother. 27 For it is written,
Rejoice, thou barren that bearest not;
Break forth and cry, thou that travailest not:
For more are the children of the desolate than of her that hath the husband. [Quoting Isaiah 54:1] (Galatians 4:26-27 ASV, underlining and boldface added)
Looking back at Isaiah 54 (the fuller context the quotation of verse 27 was taken from) tells us who “the Jerusalem that is above” actually is, and why Paul here reckons himself and his original readers as being among her “children”, rather than directly identifying them with her as the “wife” (as normally seen in “bride of Christ” passages).
Some Standing Here Will Not Taste Death…
Having addressed the phrase “this generation” in the Great Temple and Olivet Discourses earlier in this post, this is a good time to address the other main proof-texts many amillennialists (and especially preterists) use to support their claims that Jesus’ kingdom arrived in its full form within the disciples’ lifetimes:
“Truly, I say to you, there are some standing here who will not taste death until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom.” (Matthew 16:28 ESV)
“And he said to them, “Truly, I say to you, there are some standing here who will not taste death until they see the kingdom of God after it has come [literally, “God, having come”] with power.”” (Mark 9:1 ESV)
“But I tell you truly, there are some standing here who will not taste death until they see the kingdom of God.” (Luke 9:27 ESV)
The use of the word “see” (which, in all three passages, is ἴδωσιν, the Aorist, Active, Subjunctive, 3rd-Person Plural form — i.e., “they may see” — of ὁράω, G3708, a verb properly meaning “to stare at”) is more critical than you might think. Many think this prediction of Jesus was fulfilled at Pentecost (despite the fact that 11 of the 12 people he was speaking to living to see that would suggest “most” or “many” would be more appropriate than “some”), and so deride anyone who says his Kingdom won’t arrive until the future. Ironically, this prediction wasn’t to be fulfilled after Pentecost, but before! For that matter, it was fulfilled before Jesus’ resurrection, crucifixion, or even his passion week! In fact, it was fulfilled within 8 days of being spoken (Luke 9:28).4 Peter, one of the ones who got to “see the kingdom of God, having come with power” (recall that Mark’s account in particular was based on Peter’s recollections), reminded Gentile Christians about it shortly before he did “taste death” about three-and-a-half decades later:
For we did not follow cleverly devised myths when we made known to you the power [Mark 9:1c] and coming [parousia] of our Lord Jesus Christ, but we were eyewitnesses of his majesty. For when he received honor and glory from God the Father, and the voice was borne to him by the Majestic Glory, “This is my beloved Son, with whom I am well pleased,” [Matthew 17:5]we ourselves heard this very voice borne from heaven, for we were with him on the holy mountain. (2 Peter 1:16-18 ESV, boldface and underlining added)
This promise was fulfilled on the Mount of Transfiguration, where Peter, John, and John’s older brother James got to see a vision of Jesus talking with Moses and Elijah in his future kingdom. Therefore, those “standing here who [would] not taste death until they [saw]” Christ’s kingdom were Peter, James, and John. Nothing in the phrasing of Jesus’ prediction required that the Kingdom would arrive before all of those he was speaking to “taste[d] death”; all he promised was that some of them would see the Kingdom before “tast[ing] death”.
A Proof-Text For Preterism?
Peter’s mention of “the voice [that] was borne to him by the Majestic Glory” makes for a surprisingly appropriate segue to another passage that preterists have jumped on to support the idea that all the Kingdom prophecies in the Bible have already been fulfilled:
See that ye refuse not him that speaketh. For if they escaped not when they refused him that warned them on earth [Moses at Mount Sinai, per the preceding context], much more shall not we escape who turn away from him that warneth from heaven [see Matthew 3:17, 17:5, & John 12:27-30]: whose voice then shook the earth [cf. Exodus 19:16-19]: but now he hath promised, saying, Yet once more will I make to tremble not the earth only, but also the heaven [loosely quoting Haggai 2:6 LXX]. And this word, Yet once more, signifieth the removing [literally, “the transposition”; i.e., “the replacing”] of those things that are shaken, as of things that have been made [literally, “of those which have been constructed”; the participle is masculine, not neuter], [so] that those things which are not shaken may remain. Wherefore, receiving a kingdom that cannot be shaken, let us have grace, whereby we may offer service well-pleasing to God with reverence and awe: for our God is a consuming fire. [Quoting Deuteronomy 4:24 LXX, but with the pronoun in 1st-person plural rather than 2nd-person singular] (Hebrews 12:25-29 ASV, boldface and underlining added)
Preterists fixate on the fact that the participle for “receiving” in verse 28 is present tense, and insist that this shows that the kingdom that Jews (including the Christians this letter was originally written to) had been looking forward to for centuries was already present in its fullest form when the letter to the Hebrews was written. As you’re probably guessing from how much I quoted beyond verse 28, this argument is refuted by more careful consideration of the context. But first, let’s address the present tense of the participle. The timing of a present tense verb is actually more flexible in Greek than in English. Dan Wallace spent some 26 pages of his now-standard Greek Grammar textbook covering different uses of the present tense {“Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics: An Exegetical Syntax of the New Testament”. Wallace, Daniel B. 1996. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan Academic. 513-539.}, and one of those uses is the “Futuristic Present”, which
typically adds the connotations of immediacy and certainty. Most instances involve verbs whose lexical meaning involves anticipation… This usage is relatively common.… Only an examination of the context will help one see whether this use of the present stresses immediacy or certainty. In this respect, the ambiguity of the semantic nuance of the completely futuristic present is akin to the ambiguity of the lexical nuance of μέλλω (which usually means either “I am about to” [immediacy] or “I will inevitably” [certainty]). … The present tense may describe an event begun in the present time, but completed in the future. Especially is this used with verbs of coming, going, etc., though it is rarer than the wholly futuristic present.
{Ibid. 535-537. Italics and brackets in original.}
Wallace offers Luke 3:16, John 4:25, 11:11, Romans 6:9, 1 Corinthians 16:5, 2 Corinthians 13:1, & Revelation 22:20 as examples of “Completely Futuristic”, and Matthew 26:45, Mark 10:33, John 4:23, & Acts 20:22 as examples of “Mostly Futuristic”. Hence, the use of παραλαμβάνοντες, the nominative plural masculine present-tense active participle of G3880 (a compound word properly meaning “receive near” {Scroll to “Strong’s Definitions”}) could just as easily have been intended to emphasize the certainty of the faithful receiving the Kingdom, rather than the timing. Only an examination of the context can tell us which sense was intended, so let’s move on to that.
The use of the phrase “now he hath promised” leading into a future-tense statement in verse 26 tells us that the author of Hebrews was saying the fulfillment of the “promise” was still future from his own time–or it would, if the verb for “shake” was future-tense; it’s actually present-tense, meaning we’re back to square one regarding the timing (present or future) of the fulfillment of the “promise” relative to “now” (G3568, which actually is in the Greek text). But note the last part of verse 27: “so that those things which are not shaken may remain.” The verb for “may remain” is in the subjunctive mood, indicating that “remaining” is only a potential thing for “those things”–which would suggest that the “shaking” action was still future.
So now let’s consider which “promise” is being referred to here, to see whether it can shed any additional light on this. Nearly all commentators on Hebrews drop the ball by the time they reach this step: at most, they acknowledge that verse 26c is paraphrasing Haggai 2:6–and then neglect to discuss the fuller context the Haggai quote was taken from! In fact, while the phrase “Yet once more” only appears in verse 6, the earth and heaven shaking is mentioned in verses 6 and 21. So let’s consider the contexts of both verses; since the author of Hebrews quoted just about exclusively from the Septuagint, that’s the version of the OT we should consult for cross-references with Hebrews.
In the seventh month, on the twenty-first day of the month, the Lord spoke by Aggæus the prophet, saying, Speak now to Zorobabel the son of Salathiel, of the tribe of Juda, and to Jesus the son of Josedec, the high priest, and to all the remnant of the people, saying,
Who is there of you that saw this house in her former glory? and how do ye now look upon it, as it were nothing [literally, “as if existing not”] before your eyes? Yet now be strong, O Zorobabel, saith the Lord; and strengthen thyself, O Jesus the high priest, the son of Josedec; and let all the people of the land strengthen themselves, saith the Lord, and work, for I am with you, saith the Lord Almighty; and my Spirit remains in the midst of you; be of good courage.
For thus saith the Lord Almighty; Yet once I will shake [future indicative] the heaven, and the earth, and the sea, and the dry land; and I will shake [future indicative] all nations, and the choice portions [or, “the favorites”; note that this phrase is neuter in the Greek, while “chosen ones” would require it to be masculine] of all the nations shall come [future indicative]: and I will fill [future indicative] this house with glory, saith the Lord Almighty. Mine is the silver, and mine the gold, saith the Lord Almighty. For the glory of this house shall be [future indicative] great, the latter more than the former [literally, “the last beyond the first”; the Greek wordsare superlatives, notcomparatives], saith the Lord Almighty: and in this place will I give [future indicative] peace, saith the Lord Almighty, even peace of soul for a possession [literally, “soul unto preservation”] to every one that builds, to raise up this temple. …
And the word of the Lord came the second time to Aggæus the prophet, on the four and twentieth day of the month, saying, Speak to Zorobabel the son of Salathiel, of the tribe of Juda, saying, I shake [present indicative] the heaven, and the earth, and the sea, and the dry land; and I will overthrow [future indicative] the thrones of kings, and I will destroy [future indicative] the power of the kings of the nations; and I will overthrow [future indicative] chariots and riders; and the horses and their riders shall come down [future indicative], every one by the sword striving against his brother. In that day [literally, “In the day, that very one”; Brenton didn’t do justice to G1565, about which Thayer says the following for this situation: “equivalent to the forcibly uttered German der (that one etc.), in which sense it serves to recall and lay stress upon nouns just before used” {Scroll to entry 1.c. under “Thayer’s Greek Lexicon”. Italics and boldface in original.}], saith the Lord Almighty, I will take [future indicative] thee, O Zorobabel, the son of Salathiel, my servant, saith the Lord, and will make [literally, “and I will set”; future indicative] thee as a seal [or “a signet ring”]: for I have chosen thee, saith the Lord Almighty. (Haggai 2:1-9, 20-23 BLXX, underlining and boldface added)
God saw that the people who’d seen the first temple when it was standing were disappointed that the second one would be nowhere near as glorious (having a smaller foundation, for starters). In fact, while Herod’s expansions to the second temple were massive, the end result evidently wasn’t as elaborate or glorious as Solomon’s temple had been in its original state (see 1 Kings 14:25-27): when the Byzantine emperor Justinian I walked into his Hagia Sophia for the first time upon its completion in A.D. 537, he expressed his awe at its magnificence by saying “Νενίκηκά σε Σολομών” (“Solomon [not Herod!], I have surpassed thee”)! So feel free to look up photos of the Hagia Sophia online to get a feel for the level of beauty we’re talking about here!
This should give you some insight into just how big a deal it was when God said that sometime after the construction of the second temple (per the future tense of all the verbs involved and the fact that the second temple was currently under construction at the time this prophecy was given), once God shakes the heaven (or sky), earth, sea, dry places, and all the nations (the first instance of “nations” in verse 7 has a definite article attached to it, just like the second), everyone who helped raise up Jerusalem’s second temple would get to enjoy peace at a “last” temple that was even more glorious than the “first” — the “first” obviously being Solomon’s temple. God went on to tell Zerubbabel that He would set him as a seal or signet ring (metaphorically, of course) in the same day that the “shaking” would occur. All of these people were long dead by the time Hebrews was written (and by the time Herod’s expansions to the second temple even began, ruling out the idea that Herod’s temple was the “last” one that they would get to enjoy peace at), so the only way God can make good on His promises to these people is if they’ll get to enjoy these promises upon being resurrected. Since these people weren’t yet resurrected at the time the letter to the Hebrews was written, this conclusively tells us that the faithful “receiving a kingdom that cannot be shaken” is something still future from when Hebrews was written!
Lest preterists claim these passages were (or amillennialists claim they will be) fulfilled allegorically in the second destruction of Jerusalem (or the supposed annihilation of the physical universe), not only is this interpretation ruled out by the statement in verse 9 that “in this place [which must refer to a physical temple on the physical land where Jerusalem’s second temple sat, per the historical context of Haggai’s ministry] will I give peace [a statement blatantly incompatible with Jerusalem’s second destruction!]”, and the claims in verse 7 that the “chosen things” of all the nations will come to the temple, and in verse 8 that the “silver” and “gold” will belong to God (implying that material substances will still exist at the time of this prophecy’s fulfillment), but also note that Hebrews 12:27 mentions that “this word, ‘Yet once more’, signifieth the transposition of those things that are shaken, as of those which have been constructed, so that those things which are not shaken may remain.” (As normally translated with “removing”, this verse is consistent with the “heavenly destiny” concept held to by amillennialists and dispensationalists; but the literal rendering I give here clearly speaks of a swap or exchange, rather than an annihilation.) Also note the phrase “those which have been constructed”, which harks back to a statement even earlier in the background context of Haggai’s prophecy:
And the Lord stirred up the spirit of Zorobabel the son of Salathiel, of the tribe of Juda, and the spirit of Jesus the son of Josedec, the high priest, and the spirit of the remnant of all the people; and they went in, and wrought [literally, “and were making works”; the boldfaced phrase was translated from the imperfect active indicative 3rd-person plural form of G4160, the same verb for “of those which have been constructed” in Hebrews 12:27] in the house of the Lord Almighty their God (Haggai 1:14 BLXX, boldface and underlining added)
However, there’s one clarification I should make here: these promises in Haggai and Hebrews are referring to the temple described by Ezekiel, and not the one mentioned in Revelation 11. The most straightforward giveaway is the fact that Revelation 11:2 implies that the temple being referred to there exists at a time when only a small fraction of the Temple Mount is under Israelite control, and the rest is under Gentile control; a temple that occupies only a small fraction of the site where Solomon’s Temple used to stand can’t possibly compete with it in terms of splendor! However, the Temple Mount was also entirely under Israelite control when Herod’s Temple was still standing, so the temple mentioned in Revelation 11 can’t be identified with that one, either. Likewise, the temple in Heaven that the earthly ones are supposed to be copies of (Hebrews 8:5, 9:24) obviously isn’t mostly under Israelite or Gentile control, but totally under divine control. Hence, the temple mentioned in Revelation 11 is a totally distinct temple from all others mentioned in Scripture! I hold that it’s an interim tabernacle/temple (remember, both were referred to with the same Hebrew and Greek words) that Israelites will worship at during the first half of the apocalypse, that the Antichrist will occupy (and possibly expand) during the second half of the apocalypse, and that will ultimately be replaced with Ezekiel’s Temple (the “last” referred to in Haggai 2:9 LXX) when Christ’s Kingdom arrives in its fullest form.
Ironically, then, a passage that preterists use to claim there will never be another physical tabernacle/temple of YHWH standing in Jerusalem actually leads to the conclusion that there will be two more!
Would Sacrifices At A Future Temple Be Pointless?
Another argument that amillennialists (preterist or otherwise) offer against any future temple(s) in Jerusalem is, to quote the guy whose discussion with me was quoted and paraphrased at the beginning of this post, “What purpose could that possibly serve?” The idea is that if Jesus’ sacrifice atones for all sins, past, present, and future (which it does), then offering animal sacrifices would serve no purpose because they wouldn’t be atoning for anything. However, this argument hinges on a misunderstanding of the purpose of animal sacrifices. I remember being taught (and even teaching others) that the blood sacrifices that were offered before Jesus came were meant to “cover” sins until he came, and that’s why sacrifices aren’t needed anymore. And while I still teach that such sacrifices aren’t necessary for Christians (who’ve accepted the atonement that was brought about by Jesus’ sacrifice), the idea that such sacrifices were meant to “cover sins” isn’t the whole truth. They were also intended to remind those offering them of how serious sin is and the sacrifice that could atone for sins. Hence, while such sacrifices offered before Jesus came, going all the way back to the Adamic Covenant (Genesis 3:21; 4:3-4), were meant to prophetically point forward to Jesus’ crucifixion, such sacrifices offered after Jesus came (e.g., Acts 21:20-27, cf. Numbers 6:1-21 & Acts 18:18; note that this shows Paul had no problem with offering sacrifices at the temple even after Jesus had already atoned for his sins!) are meant to memorially point back to Jesus’ crucifixion. Warner summarized the main rebuttal to this idea when debating Samuel Frost (who was a full preterist at the time) regarding the prophecies in Ezekiel 40-48:
His opposition to future sacrifices being “memorial” is based solely on the fact that Ezekiel did not say they would be “memorial.” Frost writes, “Let it be known that I will not accept a statement that they are ‘memorial’ without full and scriptural warrant to that effect. Second, I want to hear how Warner deals with why they must be ‘memorial.’ Obviously, if these sacrifices are NOT memorials, then we have blood-atoning sacrifices being offered AFTER the one time sacrifice of Christ. Hopefully, Warner realizes that this is a massive contradiction of Scripture.” {Italics by Warner. All caps by Frost.}
The representative proof-text for the idea that Ezekiel 40-48 has already been fulfilled allegorically is Ezekiel 45:17:
“Then it shall be the prince’s part to give burnt offerings, grain offerings, and drink offerings, at the feasts, the New Moons, the Sabbaths, and at all the appointed seasons of the house of Israel. He shall prepare the sin offering, the grain offering, the burnt offering, and the peace offerings to make atonement for the house of Israel.” (NKJV, underlining added)
The underlined phrase sure seems to be implying that the offerings are for atonement purposes, doesn’t it? Indeed, the word “atonement” occurs 4 more times in the NKJV of these 9 chapters (Ezekiel 43:20,26, 45:15,20). Perhaps you can now see why Frost said he “will not accept a statement that they are ‘memorial’ without full and scriptural warrant to that effect.” Well, if he insists…
It’s instructive in this regard to consider two other passages germane to this topic. First up:
Moses then said to Aaron, “Come near to the altar and offer [literally, “and make”] your sin offering and your burnt offering, so that you may make atonement for yourself and for the people; then make the offering for [literally, “offering of”; no preposition on “the people”] the people, so that you may [literally, “people; you should”; the verb for “make atonement” is imperative] make atonement for [or “on behalf of”] them, just as the LORD has commanded.” (Leviticus 9:7 2020 NASB, underlining added)
Note that YHWH commanded Aaron to “make atonement on behalf of” the people of Israel by means of “offering”. This command (and similar ones throughout the Pentateuch) sets the Biblical precedent for how the Exilic Jews who Ezekiel originally prophesied to would’ve understood “mak[ing] atonement” in Ezekiel 43 & 45. At first glance, this suggests that the Levitical sacrificial system (and by implication, the sacrificial system laid out in the closing chapters of Ezekiel) was intended to “atone” for the sins of Israelites in the same way that Jesus’ crucifixion has “atoned” for the sins of those who choose to accept it. Frost certainly seemed to think so at the time of his debate with Warner, and as far as I’m aware, this is the understanding most of Christendom has regarding the Levitical sacrifices:
Atonement was needed. The Law provided for it. The blood of bulls and goats took away sins. But, guess what. The sins came back. And they would have to offer more bulls and goats. Then sins were forgiven and atoned for. Then, guess what, sins came back. They would have to offer more bulls and goats. Sins were forgiven. Then, guess what? Sins cam [sic] back….and on and on and on it went. Such a system could not “perfect” the sinner. Such a system showed them that for sins to be forgiven under it, then this system must go on forever. This is clearly contrasted with the “once and for all” sacrifice of Jesus Himself. {Underlining and content in brackets mine.}
However, the opening section of Hebrews 10 gives us Apostolic revelation that directly contradicts this understanding, and then some:
1 For the law having a shadow of the coming good things — not the very image of the matters, every year, [literally, “of the deeds according to a year”; a reference to the annual Levitical feasts, some of which the closing chapters of Ezekiel mention being celebrated, although the Day of Atonement is significantly absent] by the same [or “with those very”] sacrifices that they offer continually [literally, “that they are offering unto the carry-through”], is never able [literally, “has power in itself not even at one time”] to make perfect those coming near, 2 since, would they not have ceased to be offered [literally, “ceased being offered”], because of those serving having no more conscience of sins, having once been purified [literally, “offered, since not even one serving, once having been cleansed, would still possess conscience of sins”]? 3 but in those sacrifices is a remembrance [literally, “But in those isa recollection”] of sins every [literally, “according to a”] year [on the Day of Atonement], 4 for it is impossible for [literally, “for incapable is”] blood of bulls and goats to take away [literally, “to be taking away”; the verb is present active infinitive] sins.
5 Wherefore, coming into the world [order/system; kosmos], he saith [in Psalm 40:6-8 LXX], ‘Sacrifice and offering Thou didst not will [or “wish”, or “prefer”; G2309], and [literally, “but”] a body Thou didst prepare for me [literally, “body You fit to me”; note the substantial disagreement with the Masoretic Text, which has “ears You have opened/pierced (literally, “dug”) for me” instead of “but a body You fit to me”–even many Septuagint manuscripts have “ears” instead of “a body”!], 6 in burnt-offerings [literally, “whole burnt offerings” with no preposition; ὁλοκαύτωμα (holokautōma, G3646), as opposed to offerings where only parts are burnt; the alternate form holokauston (properly meaning “a thing wholly burnt”) gave rise to the English word “holocaust”], and concerning sin-offerings [or “and on behalf of sin”], Thou didst not delight [or, “You did not favor”; the verb is G2106], 7 then [literally, “at that time”] I said, Lo [or “Behold”], I come, (in [literally, “I have arrived; in”; the Greek sentence structure suggests that the parentheses aren’t necessary] a volume [or “roll”] of the [literally, “of a”; no definite article] book it hath been written concerning me,) to do, O God, Thy will [literally, “concerning me, concerning the one to do, O God, the will (or “wish”, or “pleasure”) of Yours.”];’ 8 saying [literally, “That saying”] above — ‘Sacrifice, and offering, and burnt-offerings [literally, “and whole burnt offerings”], and concerning sin-offering [literally, “concerning sin”] Thou didst not will [or “wish”, or “prefer”], nor delight in [literally, “nor did you favor”],’ — which [or “such things as”] according to the law [NA28 has “according to law”, without a definite article] are offered [literally, “are being offered”; the verb is present passive indicative 3rd-person plural] — 9 then he said [literally, “at that time he has said”], ‘Lo, I come to do, O God, Thy will [literally, “Behold, I have arrived… concerningthe one to do, O God, (NA28 omits “O God,”) the will (or “wish” or “pleasure”) of Yours”];’ he doth take away [literally, “he abolishes”; present tense] the first that [literally, “so that”] the second he may establish [or “he may make firm”; G2476]; 10 in [or “by”] the which [literally, “which”; no definite article] will we are [TR adds “the ones” here; NA28 omits it] having been sanctified [or “havingbeen set apart”; perfect passive participle] through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once [literally, “upon one occasion” {Scroll to “Strong’s Definitions”}],
11 and every priest, indeed, hath stood daily [literally, “has stood according to the Day (of Atonement and the instructions associated with it; cf. verses 1 & 3)”] serving, and the same sacrifices [“the same” refers to the sacrifices, not the priest; “priest” is nominative masculine singular, but “the same” and “sacrifices” are both accusative feminine plural] many times offering [literally, “bearing towards”; this participle is nominative singular masculine, referring to the priest again], that [literally, “which”; nominative plural feminine, referring to the sacrifices again while making them the subject of the following phrase] are never able [literally, “not even at one time have power in themselves”] to take away [literally, “to remove from all around”] sins. 12 And [literally, “But”] He, for sin one sacrifice having offered [literally, “he offered one sacrifice over sins”] — to the end, [literally, “unto the carry-through”] did sit down on [better, “at”] the right hand of God, — 13 as to the rest [literally, “the remainder”], expecting [or “awaiting”] till He may place his enemies as his footstool [literally, “till the enemies of his may be made a footstool of the feet of his”], 14 for by one offering he hath perfected to the end [literally, “completed unto the carry-through”] those sanctified [or “the ones being set apart”; present passive participle]; (Hebrews 10:1-14 YLT, boldface and underlining added)
While I’ve rendered the Greek phrase εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς (wrongly rendered “for all time”, “continually”, or “forever” in most English translations) in a wooden-literal fashion as “unto the carry-through”, the LGV of Hebrews 10 {scroll to page 23 in the PDF} offers the thought-for-thought rendering “for the duration”. In light of verses 12 & 13, this phrase in Hebrews 10 should be understood as “until the time when God carries out the remainder of the promises He made to His son in Psalm 110”. Note that Christ being “High Priest for the age according to the Melchizedek arrangement” (Hebrews 5:6c LGV, boldface added; see also YLT) in fulfillment of Psalm 110:4 is something that’s going on at present, while Christ’s “throne, O God, is for the age of the age” (Hebrews 1:8b LGV, boldface added; see also YLT), referring to a future time when Psalm 110:2-3,5-7 will all be fulfilled. In the meantime, Christ is at His Father’s right side, as stated in Psalm 110:1. It’s also significant that the only other occurrence of the word διηνεκὲς in the entire Bible is in the same book’s description of Melchizedek, when it mentions that he “doth remain a priest continually [εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς]” (Hebrews 7:3c YLT, boldface added); remember, the full passage makes it clear that Melchizedek was a theophany–a pre-incarnate appearance of the Son of God!
Many of the underlined phrases make it blatantly clear that animal sacrifices never have been and never will be able to take away sins! Hence, not a single sacrifice made in the OT (under the Mosaic Law or otherwise) was actually for the purpose of taking away sins (so, the same would go for any sacrifices made in Christ’s Kingdom)! So what’s the deal with the way God talks about such sacrifices to “make atonement” in the OT passages mentioned above? I suspect that a large part of the problem lies in the fact that theologians refer to Jesus’ crucifixion as “the substitutionary atonement”, yet continue to accept translations that use the word “atone” with reference to OT sacrifices. This creates a situation that’s ripe for equivocation fallacies.
In that vein, you undoubtedly noticed while reading my remarks in brackets on Hebrews 10:1-14 that several key Greek words in this passage, like G2309, G2106, & G2476, have more than one possible meaning depending on the context. In each case, I’ve underlined the potential sense that creates the fewest apparent conflicts with the rest of Scripture (e.g., I chose “favor” as the most likely intended meaning for G2106, on the grounds that the OT often speaks of God taking pleasure in sacrifices, but it’s clear from contrasting the Edenic & Adamic Covenants that God never wanted to institute such sacrifices for humanity in the first place — rather, His preference was for the sacrifice of His son because it actually could take away sins — as it’s well been said, “The cross wasn’t God’s ‘Plan B’”; hence, rendering these instances of G2106 as “favor” instead of “delight” makes the overall statements more consistent with the rest of Scripture).
At the core of the overarching issue here is כָּפַר (kaphar; H3722), the Hebrew word for “make atonement” in all of the OT passages mentioned above. It turns out that this word, like many other key terms throughout the Bible, is defined on the first occasion it’s used: “Make yourself an ark of gopherwood; make rooms in the ark, and cover it [וְכָפַרְתָּ; vᵊkhāphartā] inside and outside with pitch [בַּכֹּפֶר; bakōpher].” (Genesis 6:14 NKJV, boldface added) The word kaphar was originally a verb meaning to “cover” or “cover over”. The word for “pitch” here, כֹּפֶר (kōpher; H3724), is the noun form of kaphar, and came to be used in the post-Flood world for bitumen specifically (although, contrary to the claims of critics who think it’s problematic that most if not all petroleum would’ve been formed during the Flood, the pitch Noah used was more likely resin-based). Hence, kaphar carries the connotation of coating over something else, especially to the point where what’s underneath is no longer exposed. Remember how I said at the start of this section that the sacrifices were meant to cover sins until Jesus came? Now you know that that understanding comes straight from Biblical precedent!
Furthermore, we just saw in Hebrews 10:1-4 that, while those sacrifices never were (and never will be) meant to perfect those offering them, they were meant to remind those offering them of their sins. And since the Pentateuch required one to offer the very best lamb, bull, etc. of their stock, this trade-off would hurt, underscoring the seriousness of the situation. While the sacrifices laid out in the closing chapters of Ezekiel won’t be made according to the Mosaic Law, this requirement will carry over to those (e.g., just look at how many times the phrase “without blemish” appears in these chapters). Between the facts that some people will still be in mortal bodies after Jesus’ return (Matthew 22:1-14; Luke 14:15-24; Isaiah 11:8 cf. Matthew 22:30, Mark 12:25, & 1 Corinthians 15:51-54) and capable of rebelling against him (Psalm 2:9 LXX; Matthew 22:11-13; Revelation 2:27, 12:5, & 19:15), yet the Curse due to the Fall of Man will be removed once Jesus returns (per 2 Peter 3:10-13, cf. 1 Corinthians 3:10-15 & Romans 8:18-23; see Appendix D of my upcoming book for a fuller explanation) — meaning the tangible, long-term, cumulative effects of sin will be a thing of the past — those still-mortal people who haven’t yet been perfected are going to need some frequent, tangible reminders of just how serious sin is! I hold that the sacrifices mentioned in Ezekiel will serve this role–and that many Christians will be among those (I suspect they’ll even take turns, similar to what we see in 1 Chronicles 24:1-195) in all the nations throughout Christ’s Kingdom offering the sacrifices on behalf of their still-mortal brethren (Peter alluded to this in 1 Peter 2:9 when he called his readers “a royal priesthood” — KJV, boldface added).
It should surprise no one that Ezekiel’s vision used similar terminology [to the Pentateuch] for the future sacrifices, particularly since the “mystery” of the Gospel had not yet been revealed, and the symbolic nature of all animal sacrifices was not yet clearly understood (1 Pet. 1:10-12). If we are to be consistent, and allow the New Testament to interpret the Old, then all of the sacrifices in the Old Testament, whether found in historical narrative or prophecy, should be seen as symbolic in significance but literally carried out by the worshippers.… Therefore, any future sacrifices must be understood in light of the fact that all such sacrifices are signs [pointing to Christ] (symbolic) even though they are literally offered by spilling real blood. {Scroll to “Wrong Presupposition #1 – Animal Sacrifices Atoned for Sin”. Boldface and content in parentheses in original. Content in brackets mine.}
So there you have it: literal offering of the sacrifices mentioned in Ezekiel wouldn’t be pointless.
Individual Salvation Versus National Restoration
As for the sacrifices offered at the temple mentioned in Revelation 11 (which would be included under the phrase “those very sacrifices that they are offering unto the carry-through” in Hebrews 10:1b, since “the carry-through” will begin at Jesus’ return), it’s also important to distinguish God’s plan for people’s salvation on the individual level from His plan for Israel’s restoration on the national level. Please don’t confuse this with the dispensationalist dichotomy between God’s supposed plan for Israel and His supposed plan for “the Church”. Warner’s summary of the presuppositions that cause amillenialists and dispensationalists to misinterpret Hebrews is helpful in explaining the difference:
While Dispensationalists admit the truth of a future Messianic Kingdom, their theology severs Jewish Christians of this dispensation from the hope of Israel and the Patriarchs. Dispensationalists look at Hebrews through a colored lens that blocks out any connection between the Jewish believer and his Jewish heritage. In their thinking, Jewish believers have been severed from their connection to “Israel” and are now part of the “Church.” The Jewish Christian, in dispensational theology, has the same “heavenly hope” as the Gentile believer is alleged to have. In seeking to maintain their dichotomy between God’s plan for Israel and His plan for the Church, they have effectively turned the Jewish Christian into a Gentile, and severed him from the hope of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and David. Those who embrace Covenant Theology (Amillennialists, including Roman Catholic, Eastern Orthodox, and Protestant), have completely dismissed the Jewish hope of a Messianic Kingdom on earth as a false hope. They think the Jews wrongly took the Old Testament prophecies literally. Like Dispensationalists, they think the hope of the Jewish Christian is the same celestial hope they allege for Gentile Christians. Neither Dispensationalists nor Amillennialists can afford to admit that the Jewish Christian’s hope is the literal fulfillment of Israel’s covenants, and the promised Messianic Kingdom on earth, without fatally undermining their entire systems. {Scroll to “The Failure of Modern Theological Systems” near the bottom of p. 1 in the PDF.}
In contrast to the false dichotomy presented in the first paragraph quoted here, I hold that Israelite Christians can (once the opportunity arises) participate in Israel’s national restoration (under the terms laid out in Deuteronomy 30, as pointed out earlier), while understanding that the sacrifices they’re offering at that time aren’t for the purpose of their individual salvation (just as we saw above with the sacrifices Paul and his companions offered at the completion of their Nazirite vows in Acts 21). It’s just that most Israelites during the apocalypse won’t understand this (at least initially; I suspect that the Two Witnesses will explain this to them at some point) because they’ll reject the NT explanation of what blood sacrifices are actually for (given in the Hebrews 10 passage discussed above). Until they understand this (on the individual level), their offering sacrifices at a third temple to break the curse of the Law under the provisions in Deuteronomy 30 will be purely a matter of displaying obedience to what they DO understand about God and His ways. As an apologist who puts great emphasis on knowing the “why” behind the “what”, I must admit that I often fail to appreciate the fact that, compared to me, most people throughout history have obeyed God with hardly any understanding of the “why”s! Essentially, the Israelites who start worshiping at the third temple at the start of Daniel’s 70th “seven” will be the last great example of people who have to do so before Jesus returns.
Incidentally, this brings out a powerful way to counter those who deny that the OT Law is still in effect at all. Ask them “Are Israelites who haven’t entered into the New Covenant still under the curse of the Old Law?” If they say “no”, direct them to Galatians 3:10 (“For as many as are of the works of the Law are under a curse; for it is written, “CURSED IS EVERYONE WHO DOES NOT ABIDE BY ALL THINGS WRITTEN IN THE BOOK OF THE LAW, TO PERFORM THEM.”” — 1995 NASB) before making the next point. If they say “yes”, then they’ve just admitted that the Law itself is still in effect; otherwise, its curses would be powerless! And if the curses for breaking the Law are still in effect, then so are the blessings for starting to keep it again! (Also notice that a careful reading of the blessings, curses, and restoration terms laid out in Deuteronomy 28 & 30 shows that they were all intended on the national level, not the individual level; this is consistent with obedience to these terms not being for the purpose of individual salvation.)
It’s worth adding that this kind of distinction isn’t unique to the issue of sacrifices. The New Testament writers often maintained a similar distinction between individual Christians and the collective of all believers, even if English translations have a track record of hiding it to some degree. For instance, John 3:16 has been subject to so much translational inertia (undoubtedly due to how famous the verse is) that it becomes almost unrecognizable when we translate it more accurately. For instance, the rendering in the 2020 NASB is pretty typical of English translations: “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only Son, so that everyone who believes in Him will not perish, but have eternal life.” (boldface added) But the LGV {scroll to p. 11 in the PDF} bypasses all the translational inertia with the following rendering: “For this is how God loved the world, inasmuch as He gave His Only-Begotten Son so that the whole [entity] believing unto Him should not be destroyed, but may have age-enduring life.” (boldface added) Note well that this promise, which way too many evangelists throw out wantonly as if it applies on the individual level for those who believe at any point in time, was actually meant on the collective level for those who possess ongoing belief. I think it goes without saying that this has severe implications for how evangelists should operate!
Pragmatic Concerns Regarding a Future Temple
Necessary Implements Missing?
That pastor also said in more than one subsequent gathering that the gold and silver vessels that were brought back from Babylon for the construction of the second temple and were originally used in the first temple (Ezra 1:7-11) were plundered when Titus destroyed Jerusalem. The Arch of Titus even lists them, and nobody knows what happened to them after that. He then stated that Jerusalem can’t have a third temple without them, and concluded that “this whole idea about a third temple in Jerusalem is a myth” (emphasis his).
However, this is simply a non-sequitur conclusion: nowhere does the Bible say that the same vessels must be used in all iterations of the temple! The same vessels from the first temple being used in the second was simply a matter of convenience: why expend effort making new ones when the old ones were still available and in working order (as Belshazzar demonstrated to his own regret in Daniel 5:2-4,22-28,30–just a few months earlier {HIDMF, p. 659-661})? In fact, 1 Kings 7:48-8:4 makes it clear that only a fraction of the vessels used in the first temple had also been used in the tabernacle it replaced! Clearly, God didn’t have a problem with Solomon making new vessels even while using the old ones–meaning that, if the vessels Titus plundered ever do turn up in working order, they and the new ones that have already been producedcould be used alongside each other. How cool would that be: to have vessels from all eras of Israelite tabernacle/temple worship in use simultaneously?!
Now that I think about it, that pastor’s emphatic claim that any possibility of a third temple is a “myth” is making me start to wonder why he so desperately wants to deprive the nation of Israel of what God has promised them multiple times throughout the OT and reaffirmed in the NT–as I’ve shown throughout this article. Come to think of it, during our initial discussion on this topic (the one referred to at the start of this post) he did seem like he was trying to hold back an angry response when I pointed out that antisemitism has historically been baked into and/or justified with amillennialist arguments. But I’ll refrain from suggesting a concrete reason and let God judge his heart on this one, since I prefer to get sufficient evidence before making accusations about someone.
No Records, No Priesthood?
That pastor also insists that because all written records of Jewish genealogies perished when the Second Temple was destroyed, there’s no possibility of modern Levites being able to prove that they’re Levites, so there’s no possibility of a third temple. Ezra 2:62 sure seems to imply that on the surface, but the overall argument overlooks the fact that we now have an alternative method to establish ancestry: genetics.
Mainstream genetics has produced confusion by trying to link Jews (especially Cohanim, who claim descent from Aaron) with the Y-chromosome haplogroup J-P58, which shows up in over 98% of Cohanim, but revealed multiple patriarchal lines under closer examination. Nathaniel Jeanson of Answers in Genesis has pointed out that not only is this an Indo-European haplotype, not a Semitic one, but the studies in question assumed the old-earth timescale; when the results are re-analyzed according to a 4,500-year timescale, this haplogroup doesn’t show up until the A.D. era. After analyzing the overall Y-chromosome evidence further, Jeanson concluded that haplogroup T is the most likely candidate, with haplogroup L (which would’ve branched off from T sometime between 2200 & 1900 B.C., according to the timescale Jeanson uses) possibly representing the 10 northern tribes or descendants of Esau. {“Traced: Human DNA’s Big Surprise”. Jeanson, Nathaniel T. 2021. Green Forest, AR: Master Books. 162-181.}
However, my chronology implies that Jeanson didn’t compress the timescale quite enough (I hold that Abraham was born in 1965/4 B.C.), and even scaling his timeline would place the endpoint of the T-L split’s date range at 1842 B.C.6, when Isaac would’ve been 23 years old–at which point Sarah would’ve still been alive (Genesis 23:1 tells us she died at age 127, at which point Isaac would’ve been 37); since the waw-consecutive verbs in Genesis 24:67-25:2 imply that Abraham married his second wife Keturah and had children with her after Isaac married Rebekah, which occurred after Sarah’s death, this would rule out Abraham’s descendants through Keturah (or anyone later in Abraham’s line!) from representing the haplogroup L branch-off. As such, I personally find it more likely that a subclade of haplogroup T would represent the Israelites, and that the split represents an event slightly earlier in the Biblical narrative. (Terah’s family leaving Ur, perhaps? This would explain why the geographic spread of L is predominantly southern, central, and southwest Asia. Indeed, modern Iraq, where Ur was, features decent concentrations of T and L.) Jeanson does the math to determine how many generations down from Noah these splits occurred with the assumption of 3 Y-chromosome mutations per generation, but admits that published estimates range from 3 to 5; taking a rate closer to 4 or 5 per generation would line the results up better with what I’ve brought to bear in this paragraph–in fact, it places the T-L branch-off (i.e., the branch-off from other major Semitic haplogroups) in the time of Salah or Eber, and the T-L split around the time of Nahor or Terah (also note how much older Terah was than his ancestors when begetting the children named–in fact, cross-referencing Genesis 11:32 & 12:4 implies that Terah was 130 when he begat Abraham; this situation is ripe for more Y-chromosome mutations in a single generation than usual, perhaps explaining how the split from L happened in the first place)!
Regardless, even that explanation puts a little too much weight on the human side of the equation. God knows who’s a legitimate Israelite, even if we don’t. The 12,000 Israelites from each tribe being sealed in Revelation 7 make it clear that He’s keeping track. Besides, we saw at the start of this post that modern Israelis who aren’t descended from ancient Israelites are the exception, not the rule; so there will certainly be enough legitimate Israelites present in the land of Israel for God to scrounge together 12,000 from each tribe, regardless of whether we’ll be able to tell them apart (heck, there’s probably already enough for God to do so)!
Worst-case scenario, there will still be a couple of “old-fashioned ways” for us humans to determine who is legitimate for temple service even if you reject oral tradition and genetics. If someone they thought was eligible for High Priest dies when entering the Holy of Holies in the third temple on its first Day of Atonement, then they’ll know he wasn’t legit; they could just keep letting candidates go through the process (Leviticus 16) until one of them lives, and then they’ll know he’s eligible to be High Priest! Likewise, Revelation 11:19 tells us the Ark of the Covenant will be in heaven when Jesus returns, suggesting it will have been found sometime beforehand. Since only legitimate Levites can carry the Ark and live (1 Chronicles 15:2-15), we can just have purported Levites try to carry it out of wherever it’s discovered; any who don’t die when touching it are legit (indeed, if a non-Levite archaeologist dies just by touching it while discovering it, that should be our first clue that it really is the Ark of the Covenant)!
Stay Tuned!
Remember, I plan on updating this post as more passages and counterarguments come to my attention. But I already spent over 86 hours of my life working on this post before even uploading it in early March of 2025 (and then spent another week or two of my free time importing it into WordPress and formatting it to enhance your reading experience, plus adding a couple points I hadn’t thought of beforehand), so I think this is a good place to call it quits for now.
This is a major reason why I personally think Luke was acting as a scribe for Paul when writing Hebrews. The theology is distinctly that of Paul, but the vocabulary is on par with what we see in Luke & Acts. A similar phenomenon can be seen between 1 & 2 Peter: 1 Peter 5:12 identifies Silvanus as the scribe who wrote the epistle for Peter, while no scribe is named in 2 Peter. Skeptics have tried to claim that the poorer writing style of 2 Peter compared to 1 Peter shows that it was a forgery written long after 1 Peter, but the more likely explanation {scroll to Footnote 10} is that Silvanus was a professional scribe who knew how to word things well, while Peter (who was apparently one of those people who’s much better at speaking than at writing) wrote 2 Peter himself to make his farewell address more personal and heartfelt. ↩︎
In verse 1, the word for “root” is plural in the MT, but singular in the LXX, just like it is in verse 10. Also, where Paul uses ἐλπιοῦσιν (“they will hope”) in Romans 15:12c (exactly the same inflection used in Isaiah 11:10b LXX), the MT has יִדְרֹ֑שׁוּ (“they will seek with inquiry”). This tells us the Septuagint should be given priority over the Masoretic Text here; this will be important in that exposition I write on Isaiah 11:1-16. ↩︎
Habermas’ answer went as follows: “Well, I can give you several solid reasons. First, Paul introduces it with the words received and delivered, which are technical rabbinic terms indicating he’s passing along holy tradition.… Second, the text’s parallelism and stylized content indicate it’s a creed. Third, the original text uses Cephas for Peter, which is his Aramaic name. In fact, the Aramaic itself could indicate a very early origin. Fourth, the creed uses several other primitive phrases that Paul would not customarily use, like ‘the Twelve,’ ‘the third day,’ ‘he was raised,’ and others. Fifth, the use of certain words is similar to Aramaic and Mishnaic Hebrew means of narration.… Should I go on?” {Ibid.} ↩︎
The phrase “after six days” in Matthew 17:1 & Mark 9:2 is probably referring to days of the week, implying that this vision occurred on the Sabbath. Most expositors explain the difference as inclusive versus exclusive reckoning, which would actually make less sense here because each author uses the opposite numbers you’d expect from this scenario! Jews (like Matthew & Mark) used inclusive reckoning, while Gentiles (like Luke) tended to use exclusive reckoning; so with this explanation, you’d expect Matthew & Mark to say “eight days” (including the day of Jesus’ prediction and the day of its fulfillment) and Luke to say “six days” (including only the full days between the prediction and its fulfillment). ↩︎
Also compare Luke 1:5 with 1 Chronicles 24:10, which tells us that John the Baptist’s father Zacharias was part of the eighth course. Each course served a week at a time, from one Sabbath to the next, twice a year. With the first course serving for the first full week of Nisan and the second one serving up to Nisan 14, at which point all courses would serve together during Passover and the Feast of Unleavened Bread, with the third course serving the first full week after that (the second week of the countdown to Pentecost), the eighth course would be serving during the seventh and final week of the countdown to Pentecost. This tells us the events of Luke 1:8-23a occurred during the week just before Pentecost of 5 B.C., which also coincides nicely with Elizabeth becoming pregnant about a month later (in June on the Gregorian Calendar; note the phrase “After these days his wife Elizabeth conceived” in verse 24a ESV, implying a decent amount of time elapsed between Zacharias’ return and John’s conception), Mary becoming pregnant with Jesus during the Hanukkah season (late December) of 5 B.C. when Elizabeth was six months along (verse 36), and Jesus being born on Tishri 1 of 4 B.C. (September 22, 4 B.C. on the Julian Calendar; Revelation 12:1 gives astronomical data that fits Tishri 1: the sun being in the same part of the sky as the constellation Virgo – implying the month is September – and the moon being beneath Virgo – and thus in the same part of the sky as the sun, implying a new moon, the first day of a Hebrew month; note that verses 2 & 5 make it clear that this is referring to Jesus’ birth from the virgin Mary, and the dragon of verses 3-4 hoping to devour her child lines up with the constellation Hydra, which is right alongside Virgo; a diagram is available here). ↩︎
Jeanson assumes 4,500 years between when Noah had his 3 sons and when he wrote “Traced” (2021); this would place the birth of Japheth in 2480 B.C. However, my chronology has the Flood lasting from autumn 2314 B.C. to autumn 2313 B.C., Japheth being born in 2414 B.C. (Genesis 10:21 tells us Japheth was the eldest), Shem being born in 2411 B.C. (Genesis 11:10 tells us Shem turned 100 two years after the Flood), and Ham within a handful of years after that (Genesis 9:24 tells us Ham was Noah’s youngest son). This would place Japheth’s birth 4,434 years before 2021, not 4,500. This means that counting backward from A.D. 2021, each year by Jeanson’s scale would actually be 4434÷4500=0.9853333… years. So when Jeanson mentions “2200 B.C.”, my timescale would convert that to 2414-((2480-2200)×(4434÷4500))=2138.106666…, or 2138 B.C. Likewise, the “1900 B.C.” Jeanson gives for the latter end of the range in which T & L branched off from each other would correspond to 2414-((2480-1900)×(4434÷4500))=1842.506666…, or 1842 B.C. ↩︎
The titular question may sound trivial at first glance. Of course he’s capable (i.e., not incapable) of ruling over anyone or anything, from anywhere, as long as his Father wills it, right? Yet Pulliam insists that it’s impossible for Jesus to reign on Earth: “there are reasons why He actually cannot rule upon the earth” {“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 93. Italics and boldface in original.}. His two proof-texts are Zechariah 6:12-13 & Jeremiah 22:28-30. My responses to each of these proof-texts are somewhat involved, so I’ll focus on them one at a time.
Zechariah 6:12-13
“12Then say to him, ‘Thus says the Lord of hosts, “Behold, a man whose name is Branch, for He will branch out from where He is; and He will build the temple of the Lord. 13Yes, it is He who will build the temple of the Lord, and He who will bear the honor and sit and rule on His throne. Thus, He will be a priest on His throne, and the counsel of peace will be between the two offices.”’”
(Zechariah 6:12f)
In this prophecy, the Messiah (who is the Branch of David – see Jer 23:5) will “build the temple of the Lord.” Not only that, he will “sit and rule on his throne.” The Lord then draws the two offices of priest and king together by saying that “He will be a priest on His throne.” Obviously, the Messiah will be priest and king at the same time.
These offices (king and priest) are held concurrently, therefore we can draw this simple conclusion: Since Jesus is presently our great High Priest, then He also must presently be our king. Fulfillment of Zechariah 6:12-13 may be found in the current priesthood and reign of Jesus. And this truly agrees with what we discovered in lesson 8. Namely, that Jesus is presently seated on the throne of David.
Dispensationalists acknowledge that this passage teaches a concurrent reign and priesthood of Jesus; however, they tell us that it will not take place until the future Millennium.…
Hebrews 8:4 says, “Now if He were on earth, He would not be a priest at all, since there are those who offer the gifts according to the Law”. This is based on a previous argument concerning Jesus being from the tribe of Judah (Heb 7:13f). Since Jesus was not from the tribe of Levi, He cannot be a priest on earth. So let’s briefly revisit the theory that Jesus will be a king and priest in a future earthly Millennium. The inspired author of Hebrews tells us that it cannot happen. Jesus cannot be a priest on earth so long as Levites offer their gifts. According to Dispensationalism, Levites will be offering sacrifices in the Millennial temple.
The heavenly ministry of Jesus was God’s intention from the beginning. This is evident from the design of the tabernacle. The author of Hebrews tells us that it and its service was patterned after the heavenly places (Heb 9:1-8, 23-24). The earthly tabernacle and temple were just a shadow of good things to come (Heb 8:5 & 10:1). Jesus has now fulfilled that heavenly design by entering into the very presence of God. This is one aspect of His high priesthood that makes Him far superior to the Old priesthood. Dispensationalists want us to abandon the substance of our heavenly priest, and return to a shadow (a priest on earth). According to the Dispensational view of the kingdom, Jesus will leave heaven, returning to the weak and worthless elemental things (Gal 4:9f). This certainly is not the step forward that they would present it as being.
Why would the tabernacle foreshadow a current condition (Jesus in heaven) if the Millennial temple on earth is supposed to be the true substance? The Dispensationalist says the Millennium will be the prophesied time of great peace. However, Zechariah’s “counsel of peace” resting upon two concurrent offices cannot exist with Jesus on earth, according to the author of Hebrews. This conflict with Dispensationalism is extremely revealing. Jesus’ present position in the Holy of Holies, which is heaven, speaks volumes regarding His throne and God’s purpose (Heb 9:23f; 10:1). The message of Hebrews clearly reveals that we have the good things foreshadowed in the Old Testament (cf. Heb 10:1).
The author of Hebrews also defined the function of a high priest when he said that “every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God, that he may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins” (Heb 5:1). Jesus is in heaven interceding for us through His blood (Rom 8:34; Heb 10:19). In other words, He has made peace through His blood (Eph 2:13f; Col 1:20). And it is in the office of His priesthood that this peace is provided, but it can only be provided by His presence in heaven, not on earth.If He does come back to earth, He cannot be a priest (Heb 8:4), and the prophecy of Zechariah 6 would be broken. Remember, the counsel of peace shall be between both offices. He must be a king and priest at the same time. Zechariah does not give us the luxury of splitting off an office (high priest) for a few thousand years, and then adding the Messiah’s rule. The “counsel of peace” is now, or never.
…[In Lesson 12:] Let’s begin with the great hope held out for all families of the earth: “And in you all the families of the earth shall be blessed.” (Gen 12:3) This is part of the covenant God made with Abraham. … Peter clearly announced the fulfillment in his own day. [See his discussion on Acts 3, quoted early on in and debunked further into this post] Jesus fulfilled the blessing promise as the great Messianic King. Nowhere is this connection between blessing and king better seen than Zechariah 6:12-13. We studied this passage in lesson 9. It prophesied a Messiah who would be a priest at the same time that He ruled. The blessing of forgiveness came through Christ’s present priesthood. But He also rules upon His Messianic throne.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 93-96, 127-128. Italics and boldface in original. Underlining and contents in brackets mine.}
Let’s set aside the observations that the word usually rendered “elements” in Galatians 4:9 refers to the foundations of human civilization, not the building blocks of the universe (i.e., the material universe won’t be “weak and worthless” in the New Heavens & New Earth!); and that the epistle to the Galatians dealt with Judaizers who were trying to turn Christians back to observance of the Mosaic Covenant, which will be done away with in the New Heavens & New Earth (comparing the sacrifices laid out in Leviticus with those of Ezekiel 40-48 shows that the sacrifices prophesied in the latter passage won’t be made according to the Mosaic Law — the “Law” being referred to in Hebrews 8:4).
On that note, Pulliam’s remark that “Jesus cannot be a priest on earth so long as Levites offer their gifts” creates a problem for his own view that the Mosaic Law has been permanently done away with and will never be revived: Levites haven’t offered their gifts since A.D. 70. So if Pulliam is correct that the Law those gifts are offered in accordance with will never be revived, then how does this argument from the author of Hebrews that Jesus can’t be a priest on earth because he’s from the tribe of Judah instead of Levi not go out the window for the period of time since A.D. 70?!
My answer is as follows: The Mosaic Law is still in effect at present, but it’s only binding on ethnic Israelites who haven’t entered into the New Covenant. The Mosaic system, offerings and all, will be revived during the apocalypse (Daniel 9:27a, Revelation 11:1), but the Ark of the Covenant will have been taken out when the Abomination of Desolation shows up (Revelation 11:19), preventing the high priest from visiting it on Yom Kippur for the second half of the apocalypse. The Holy of Holies housing the Ark of the Covenant being replaced with Jesus’ throne (i.e., the throne of David) in the Kingdom temple (Revelation 21:22, cf. Jeremiah 3:16-17; see also Ezekiel 43:1-7) tells us that the Mosaic regulations regarding the Ark and the Holy of Holies will be done away with, once and for all, upon Jesus’ return.
Anyway, let’s refocus on the point at issue here. Notice the sheer number of arguments Pulliam makes that hinge on the premise that Zechariah taught that the Messiah would be a king and priest concurrently. This makes it all the more interesting that he appeals to the author of Hebrews, who consistently talked about Jesus’ priesthood as present, but his kingship as future! In fact, he went so far as to distinguish (quoting OT prophecy to do so, no less!) the periods of time when Jesus would have these roles. Have you ever noticed how some passages in most English Bibles use the term “forever” or “for ever”, but then you come across other passages in the same translation with “forever and ever” or “for ever and ever”? The latter phrasing isn’t superfluous, nor is it simply a dramatic flourish on the part of the writer/translator; rather, the underlying Greek phrasing actually features a repeated term. Consider these two verses from Young’s Literal Translation of Hebrews that are germane to the subject we’re considering in this blog post: “and unto the Son: ‘Thy throne, O God, isto the age of the age; a scepter of righteousness is the scepter of thy reign;” (1:8, boldface and underlining added; quoting Psalm 45:6 LXX) “and he with an oath through Him who is saying unto him, ‘The Lord sware, and will not repent, Thou art a priest — to the age, according to the order of Melchisedek;’” (7:21, boldface added; quoting Psalm 110:4 LXX). The Greek phrase in the latter case (referring to Christ’s priesthood) is εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα (“unto/for the age”), but the Greek phrase in the former (referring to Christ’s being seated on David’s throne) is εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος (“unto/for the age of the age”).1 It’s certainly feasible to take “for the age” as meaning “during the Christian era”, and “for the age of the age” as meaning “during Christ’s 1,000-year reign on Earth”. But can Pulliam offer an alternative explanation for this distinction within Hebrews (which is borne out in the OT phrasing of the verses the author was quoting)?
Evidently, the author of Hebrews himself didn’t see Zechariah as prophesying Jesus holding these roles concurrently!
The Author of Hebrews’ Track Record Comes In Clutch
But how can that be, in light of the clear phrasing Pulliam brings out from the 1995 NASB? Well, bear in mind that the NASB is following the Masoretic Text here (which, incidentally, doesn’t include the word “offices”; the end of the Hebrew sentence — בֵּין שְׁנֵיהֶם — literally reads “between both” or “among two”, and we’ll see below that the Septuagint substantially agrees with either or even both of these renderings), and that Zechariah 6:12-13 hasn’t been found among the Dead Sea Scrolls. One thing the author of Hebrews seems to have had an amazing knack for (in hindsight) was using the Septuagint version of the OT to make points to his 1st-century Jewish Christian audience that couldn’t have been made with the Hebrew text we have today. Examples include the quotation “And let all the angels of God worship him” (Hebrews 1:6c KJV), which appears nowhere in the Masoretic Text, but does occur in Deuteronomy 32:43 LXX (and the Dead Sea Scrolls have further corroborated the LXX reading here); and the rhetorical question “For unto which of the angels said he at any time, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee?” (Hebrews 1:5a KJV), where his audience evidently couldn’t respond by pointing to Job 1:6, 2:1, or 38:7, where the Masoretic Text refers to angels in general as “the sons of God” — because the 1st-century Hebrew text of the Job passages had “angels” instead of “sons”, just like the LXX does {scroll to p. 33-37 in the PDF}!
So is it possible that the author of Hebrews emphatically contradicting Pulliam’s conclusion from Zechariah 6:12-13 is another example of the former making a point (Jesus being high priest and king during two separate periods of time) that can’t be made with the modern Hebrew text? Is it possible that none of the original readers of Hebrews could raise the point Pulliam does, simply because the phrase Pulliam’s relying on wasn’t in the text until after their time? In a word: yes.
Here’s the Greek text for these 2 verses; the boldfaced phrase reads וְהָיָה כֹהֵן עַל־כִּסְאוֹ (“and sohe will be / a priest / on–his throne” — my right-to-left translation) in the Masoretic Text:
Now here’s my word-by-word translation, with slashes to indicate the spaces between the Greek words:
And / you will say / toward / him, / “These things / says / the Lord, / Sovereign Over All: / Behold! / A man, / Dayspring / is the name / for him. / And / from beneath / Him / will he rise, / and / he will build / the / house / of the Lord. / And / he / will take to himself / virtue, / and / certainly seat himself, / and / will make reconciliation / upon / the / throne / of his. / And /there will be / the / priest / out from / the right / of him, / and / counsel / which is peaceable / will be / amidst / the middle / of both.” (boldface added)
You see the difference this makes regarding the priest and the man on the throne, right? They’re not the same person! You can’t be to the right of yourself! Don’t think my translation’s legit? Compare it with Brenton’s:
and thou shalt say to him, Thus saith the Lord Almighty;
Behold the man whose name is The Branch; and he shall spring up from his stem [Gr. from beneath him.], and build the house of the Lord. And he shall receive power[lit. virtue.], and shall sit and rule upon his throne; andthere shall be a priest on his right hand, and a peaceable counsel shall be between them both. (BLXX, boldface added; contents in brackets are from Brenton’s footnotes indicated at those points in the text)
Think Brenton was wrong too? Check out the more modern NETS (New English Translation of the Septuagint) rendering, published online in 2009 {scroll to p. 40 in the PDF}:
And you shall say to him: This is what the Lord Almighty says: Behold, a man, Shoot [Or Dawn] is his name, and he shall sprout from below him and shall build the house of the Lord. And it is he that shall receive virtue and shall sit and rule on his throne. Andthe priest shall be on his right, and peaceful counsel shall be between the two of them. (NETS, boldface added; content in brackets are from the footnote indicated at that point in the text)
And as long as the church I currently attend, the Archdale Church of Christ, happens to have a copy of the Lexham English Septuagint (arguably the one official English translation of the Septuagint that’s most independent of all the others), why not include its rendering for good measure?
And you will say to him, ‘This is what the Lord Almighty says: “Behold, a man; Anatole [Meaning “east” or “dawn”; Heb. “Branch”] is his name, and from beneath him he will rise up and build the house of the Lord. And he will receive virtue, and he will sit and rule upon his throne, and the priest will be out of his right, and there will be a peaceful plan between both. (LES, boldface added; content in brackets are from the footnote indicated at that point in the text)
The main reason for this overwhelming consistency is that the Greek word we’re all rendering “right” is δεξιῶν, the genitive plural form of δεξιός (dexios, G1188), an adjective meaning “right” (as opposed to “left”, not “wrong”). The root word behind dexios is very common in Indo-European languages. In fact, two Octobers ago, I got new glasses, and when looking over the prescription I noticed the initials O.D. & O.S.; these are abbreviations for the Latin phrases “oculus dexter” and “oculus sinister“, respectively meaning “right eye” and “left eye”.
The Septuagint version of this passage clearly says that at the time of its fulfillment, the two offices of king and priest would be occupied by two different people! When Jesus is to be king, someone else will be the priest at Jesus’ right side! Suddenly, all the statements throughout Hebrews implying that Jesus isn’t to be a high priest and king of kings concurrently make perfect sense! The author of Hebrews was able to conclude that Jesus would be high priest and king at two separate times because, at the time he wrote, no available reading of any Biblical passage taught otherwise!
With this, all of Pulliam’s arguments based on his interpretation of Zechariah 6:12-13 fall apart. (And by accepting the Masoretic reading of Zechariah 6:12-13 along with its implications, dispensationalists have forced a contradiction into their theological system.) It’s worth adding that the Septuagint version of Jeremiah 23:5 (which Pulliam cited as a cross-reference to the Zechariah passage) also has “Dayspring” instead of “Branch”, so that cross-reference remains valid, despite the different connotations associated with the two titles (which are themselves brought out in the Masoretic and Septuagint versions of Zechariah 6:12b). Indeed, the title used in the Septuagint version of these passages is invoked by Zacharias near the end of the prophecy he gave at the circumcision of his son, John the Baptist:
Yea and thou, child, shalt be called the prophet of the Most High: For thou shalt go before the face of the Lord to make ready his ways; To give knowledge of salvation unto his people In the remission of their sins, Because of the tender mercy of our God, Whereby the dayspring from on high shall visit us, To shine upon them that sit in darkness and the shadow of death; To guide our feet into the way of peace. (Luke 1:76-79 ASV, boldface added)
So now let’s move on to Pulliam’s other proof-text.
Jeremiah 22:28-30
28 “‘Is this man Coniah a despised, shattered jar? Or is he an undesirable vessel? Why have he and his descendants been hurled out And cast into a land that they had not known? 29 O land, land, land, Hear the word of the Lord!’ 30 Thus says the Lord, ‘Write this man down childless, A man who will not prosper in his days; for no man of his descendants will prosper sitting on the throne of David or ruling again in Judah.’”
(Jeremiah 22:28-30)
Coniah was a king in the genealogy of Jesus. He was also known as Jeconiah (Jer 24:1; 27:20). This passage is of great importance because of the curse that it places upon Jeconiah’s descendants. It begins with “Write this man down childless…” (v30). The point is not that he would have no children, because he actually did (I Chr 3:17). The point was that no descendant of Jeconiah would be able to prosper while ruling in Judah. And bear in mind that this includes Jesus (Mt 1:11-12).
So how can Jesus be the highly anticipated King of Glory, if a curse was placed upon His bloodline? The curse itself only affects Jesus if He is reigning in Judah. The significance, in Jesus’ case, is that He can rule in heaven, but He cannot rule on earth. …
The Dispensationalist has a clever way of trying to answer Jeremiah 22. They contend that the genealogy in Matthew and Luke both descend from David, but one is through Solomon (Matthew), and the other is through Nathan (Luke). The line that descends from Solomon contains the name Jeconiah, but the line descending from Nathan does not. The argument attempts to make the “blood line” of Luke exclude the curse on Coniah. Since Joseph was only the “legal” father, the curse of Coniah in his line (Matthew’s account) would not affect Jesus.
Without the slightest thought to what the genealogy of Luke really tells us, the Dispensationalist has missed the incredible significance of the post-captivity portion of the genealogy (see chart on the previous page). While it is true that Luke’s genealogy does not contain Jeconiah, it does contain the descendants of Jeconiah. How can you miss the fact that Jeconiah’s son is Shealtiel, and his grandson is Zerrubabbel, [sic] and that both of these men are in both genealogies? And yet the Dispensational argument is made as proof that the curse has no bearing on this discussion. In all honesty, it must have everything to do with this discussion, because Jesus is in the blood line of Jeconiah. …
If you talk to an orthodox Jew, He will argue that Jesus couldn’t possibly have been the Messiah. That is no surprise, but his use of Coniah’s curse is interesting. You see, he understands that Jesus’ bloodline cannot be split as the Dispensationalist tries to do. The line of Solomon and the line of Nathan criss-cross at Shealtiel and Zerrubabbel. [sic]
I make the same argument to the Jew that I make to the Dispensationalist. The curse only affects a descendant who rules upon the earth in the tribal territory of Judah. Jesus does not rule upon the earth in Judah. His throne is in heaven, and it is the throne of David promised to Him by the Father. …
Jesus, being a descendant of Coniah, cannot rule in Jerusalem and prosper. This is not a problem for God’s plans, because He never intended for His Messiah to reign on Earth. As Peter clearly taught in Acts 2, Jesus is presently on the throne of David; however, it is a rule from heaven.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 96,98-99. Italics, boldface, and indentation in original. Underlining mine.}
Aside from the fact that Peter placed Jesus’ reign in the future from his own time in Acts 2 and the fact that the dispensationalists’ explanation regarding the different genealogies has been the most common one throughout the Christian era, this argument that Jesus’ reign will never be on Earth seems pretty intimidating on the surface. Yet, Pulliam includes a footnote during this discussion that considerably undermines his own arguments — and it gives me an opportunity to “make the same argument to the Jew that I [can] make to the” amillennialist!
Walvoord, Every Prophecy, pp 127f. This is a highly speculative area. Why there are differences between the genealogies of Matthew and Luke is a question never explicitly answered by scripture. There are several good reasons for these differences, and one of the most popular is to understand each genealogy as leading down to Joseph and Mary individually. But which genealogy leads to Joseph, and which to Mary? Not everyone agrees. (cf. Marshall D. Johnson, “Genealogy of Jesus,” ISBE, Vol II, p430). The Dispensationalist must assume that Matthew’s genealogy leads to Joseph, so the curse of Coniah does not fall directly upon Jesus (by blood). But as I have pointed out, both lines include Coniah. Of great interest is the Jewish view of these genealogies, which would deny that Jesus had any right to the throne of David by a “step-father.” Jews argue that blood alone did not give a descendant the Messianic right (cf. Asher Norman, 26 Reasons Why Jews Don’t Believe In Jesus, Reason 8). The father’s line had to be the blood line. That argument not only assumes which gospel offers the blood line, but also refuses to allow for the fact that Jesus was not just another man born in Israel. Jesus, being begotten of God, was a rightful heir directly from His identity as Jehovah. This same stumbling block to first century Jews remains for present day Jews who deny the validity of any evidence of Jesus’ identity. {“In the Days of Those Kings”. 98(Fn5). Italics and boldface in original. Underlining mine.}
Pulliam really doesn’t see the web he’s entangled himself in here, does he? First off, if the father’s line had to be the blood line, and the father had to be in the royal line, then wouldn’t the curse on Jehoiachin (whose male descendants would include the royal line) disqualify anyone from ever being the Messiah? Jews who reject Jesus as the Messiah undercut their own belief in the “real” Messiah’s eventually coming by using this argument! Second, Pulliam acknowledges that many of the arguments orthodox Jews have presented against Jesus’ messiahship were originally formulated using circular reasoning — that is, they assumed from the outset that Jesus wasn’t the Messiah {p. 99}, and then they tried to construct arguments that would specifically disqualify Jesus from being the Messiah! But how does Pulliam know that the argument that “The father’s line had to be the blood line” wasn’t in that category? Third, note his statement that “Jesus, being begotten of God, was a rightful heir directly from His identity as Jehovah.” How does this point alone not render the question of which line is the blood line (Joseph or Mary’s; the one in Matthew or the one in Luke) totally moot?! Finally, note that he claims that “both lines include Coniah”, despite the fact that he admitted that the name “Jeconiah” occurs in Matthew’s genealogy, but not Luke’s. He tries to explain this more thoroughly in the following diagram on p. 97:
(If you’re using a browser that can have music playing in a different tab while you read this post, I recommend clicking here before you read the next section!)
Okay Pulliam, SEVERAL Things…
Notice that he totally ignored the fact that Luke’s account says that Shealtiel was the son of (literally, was “from”) Neri, not Jeconiah! Would Pulliam explain this the same way he explains the relationship presented between Shealtiel and Zerubbabel in 1 Chronicles 3:17-20? If so, then he has to assume that Matthew is giving the “bloodline” and Luke isn’t (so much for his attempt to use Occam’s Razor by claiming he’s making the fewest assumptions — which he repeatedly tries to drive home with terms like “highly speculative area”, “[n]ot everyone agrees”, “must assume”, “assumes which gospel offers the blood line”, and “is believed to“)! But contrary to Pulliam’s insistence that all such explanations for which is the bloodline are “speculative”, we can actually tell that’s not the case because checking Kings and Chronicles reveals that the genealogy in Matthew has gaps between David and Jeconiah (Matthew 1 lists 14 generations from David to Jeconiah, but Kings and 2 Chronicles present 18 generations between them; hence, Matthew’s list is selective, and Matthew 1:17 shows that this selectiveness was intentionally done as a memory device)! Actually, the 1 Chronicles passage gives us enough Biblical information to justify a better explanation for the evidence Pulliam has brought forward in this diagram:
The sons of Yekhonyah, the captive: She’alti’el his son, and Malkiram, and Pedayahu, and Shenazzar, Yekamyah, Hoshama, and Nedavyah. The sons of Pedayahu: Zerubbavel, and Shim`i. The sons of Zerubbavel: Meshullam, and Hananyah; and Shelomit was their sister; and Hashuvah, and Ohel, and Berekhyah, and Hasadyah, Yushav-Hesed, five. The sons of Hananyah: Pelatyah, and Yesha`yah; the sons of Refayah, the sons of Arnan, the sons of `Ovadyah, the sons of Shekhanyahu. The sons of Shekhanyahu: Shemayah. The sons of Shemayah: Hattush, and Yig’al, and Bariach, and Ne`aryah, and Shafat, six.2 The sons of Ne`aryah: Elyo`enai, and Hizkiah, and `Azrikam, three. The sons of Elyo`enai: Hodavyah, and Elyashiv, and Pelayah, and `Akkuv, and Yochanan, and Delayah, and `Anani, seven. (1 Chronicles 3:17-24 HNV, boldface and underlining added)
I specifically quoted the Hebrew Names Version because the Hebrew names are the important information. But before we get to that, note that the family line follows Yekhonyah (Jeconiah), Pedayahu (Pedaiah), Zerubbavel (Zerubbabel), Hananyah, Shekhanyahu, Shemayah, Ne`aryah, Elyo`enai, and ends with Elyo`enai’s children — giving us the first 8 generations after Jeconiah. This tells us that by the time the book of Chronicles was completed, Jeconiah already had 8 generations of descendants. Of course, this is possible by the chronology I lay out in Appendix D of my upcoming book: I hold that Jeconiah was taken captive to Babylon around the beginning of autumn in 545 B.C. (which was the 8th year of Nebuchadnezzar II’s reign — 2 Kings 24:12 — by my chronology, which has Nebuchadnezzar’s first year starting in 552 B.C. {HIDMF p. ###}; note that 2 Chronicles 36:10 says Nebuchadnezzar took Jehoiachin captive to Babylon and put his uncle Zedekiah on Judah’s throne “At the turn [or “expiration”] of the year” — NKJV), and was apparently childless at the time, since he’s mentioned as having a mother and wives, but not any children in 2 Kings 24:12-16. I also hold that Nehemiah died within the first year or so of the reign of Darius II (Nehemiah 12:22c) around the end of 356 or beginning of 355 B.C. {HIDMF, p. ###} — 189.5 years later, which is certainly enough time for 8 generations of people to be born (it works out to a new generation starting every 189.5/8=23.6875 years on average)! Indeed, this is my main reason for thinking the book of Chronicles was finished by Nehemiah (though most likely started by Ezra, who tradition names as the author). Moreover, given this rate of new generations being started, how many generations would we expect between 545 B.C. and 3 B.C.? 8÷189.5×(545-3)=22.881266… nearly 23 generations, lining up very well with the 20 generations Heli was down from Neri (and by implication, the 22 Jesus was down from Neri) in Luke’s genealogy!
However, note that Pulliam made no effort to compare the line given in 1 Chronicles to the ones in Matthew & Luke. Showing the generations side-by-side reveals a major problem with the argument he’s making for the Zerubbabel in Matthew & Luke’s lists being Pedaiah’s son, rather than Shealtiel’s (the Greek spellings given are in NA28, the translation base for the 2020 NASB; alternate spellings are indicated afterward):
Clearly, the two lists here that are the closest matches are Matthew 1 & the Septuagint version of 1 Chronicles 3; and even then, only the first 3 names match: Jechoniah, Shealtiel, & Zerubbabel. Every generation after Zerubbabel is different in all 3 lists!
Also, that entry Pulliam cited from the International Standard Bible Encyclopedia, while acknowledging that “The authorities have been divided as to whether Luke’s genealogy is Joseph’s, as appears, or Mary’s”, nonetheless sided with me that the evidence favored the idea that Luke’s account gives Mary’s line as the blood line; in fact, it presents no argument in favor of Luke giving Joseph’s line without subsequently saying that said argument has been put to rest! Indeed, the article failed to point out that Matthew’s Gospel was intended to present Jesus as King to the Jews (and so traced his right to the Davidic throne and his identity as the “seed” of Abraham), while Luke’s Gospel was intended to present Jesus as Ideal Man to the Greeks (and so traced his biological descent all the way back to Adam, the progenitor of all humanity and the original “Ideal Man”; see also 1 Corinthians 15:45); Matthew and Luke used the lines that were best-suited to their respective purposes — meaning Luke’s account must be giving the biological line through Mary! (Likewise, the nativity accounts in Matthew & Luke respectively give us Joseph and Mary’s sides of the story, so why wouldn’t the genealogies be respectively theirs, as well? I could go on about the evidence that the genealogy in Luke gives the line of Mary’s father Heli, but that ISBE entry and this article {scroll to “b) The genealogies:”} do a good enough job of it for me.) As for 1 Chronicles 3, that was clearly following the line of whichever son made their father a grandfather first — which wasn’t necessarily the firstborn (after all, my younger sister has a two-year-old son and just might have given birth to her second son by the time you read this, but I’m childless as of this writing!); apparently this portion of the book of Chronicles was being updated as each new generation started, because the children of only one son are named per generation. Since the royal line follows the firstborn of the firstborn of the firstborn, etc., simply assuming that Pedaiah had his son Zerubbabel before Shealtiel had his son Zerubbabel completely resolves the difficulties the lists in Matthew & 1 Chronicles otherwise present for each other.
You read that right: I believe there were 2 Zerubbabels in the same family; in fact, I believe that these 3 passages are referring to 3 different men named Zerubbabel (and 2 different men named Shealtiel)! You may think that’s ridiculous, but it’s perfectly reasonable once you consider what these names mean in Hebrew. Remember, Israelite children were generally named for their parents’ sentiments around the time of their birth. The name Shealtiel (H7597) means “I have asked God”, and the name Zerubbabel (H2216) means “sown (i.e., begotten) in Babylon”. There would’ve been a lot of Jewish parents with these sentiments during the Babylonian exile, so these would’ve been very common names during that period! “Zerubbabel ben Shealtiel” may have been the Exilic Jewish equivalent of “John Smith” {and those are just the ones mentioned on Wikipedia}! More practically, the Shealtiels (er, Shealtielim?) could’ve been distinguished from each other during their lifetimes as “Shealtiel ben Jehoiachin” (the one in Matthew & 1 Chronicles) and “Shealtiel ben Neri” (the one in Luke). Likewise, the Zerubbabels (Zerubavelim?) referred to in 1 Chronicles, Matthew, & Luke could’ve been respectively called “Zerubbabel ben Pedaiah” (assuming the Masoretic Text correctly identifies this Zerubbabel’s father; indeed, if the Septuagint version of 1 Chronicles 3:18-20 had the correct reading, it’s hard to believe that no names remotely similar to “Abioud” or “Rhesa” would be in that reading’s list of this Zerubbabel’s children {see the first 3 lines in the first column on p. 9}!), “Zerubbabel ben Jehoiachin” (after his grandfather; note that this Zerubbabel was in the royal line, and so naturally would’ve been called after his last ancestor to sit on the throne), and “Zerubbabel ben Neri” (after his grandfather) during their lifetimes.
In short, Pulliam’s argument that the Shealtiel and Zerubbabel in Matthew and Luke’s lists were the same father-son pair is nowhere near airtight.
But, for the sake of argument, let’s suppose that they were, and that Mary was a descendant of Jeconiah, just like Joseph. Jesus would still be exempt from the curse on Jeconiah in this scenario because of his virgin birth. Why? Because Jewish law and tradition reckoned generational curses as following fathers, but not mothers. Remember how Solomon was allowed in the temple he built, despite being only 4 generations down from a native of Moab (his great-great-grandmother Ruth)? Why was that the case if neither a Moabite nor the first 9 generations of their descendants was allowed in the temple/tabernacle (Deuteronomy 23:3-4)? Because Ruth was a Moabitess (note that the words for “Ammonite” and “Moabite” in verse 3 are both masculine, whereas the term for “Moabitess” in Ruth 1:22 is feminine), and so was allowed in immediately — and the Talmud affirms this understanding of Deuteronomy 23:3-4! Likewise, remember how God cursed the priestly line of Eli in 1 Samuel 2:31-36 so that “an old man will not be in your house forever” (verse 32c 1995 NASB)? I thought for the longest time that this punishment was too harsh, since it affected people who were far removed from Hophni & Phinehas’ iniquity. But once I learned this point about generational curses within the context of Jewish tradition, I realized that since this curse was only passed down to sons of sons of sons…of Eli, the only descendants of Eli who would suffer this curse of dying young were also the only ones that were eligible to be high priest (the office that Eli’s sons Hophni and Phinehas had profaned, thereby bringing this curse on themselves and their own descendants — remember, 1 Samuel 4:15-18 tells us Eli himself lived to be 98). This meant that none of Eli’s female descendants would be under this curse, nor would any sons those female descendants bore to a man who himself wasn’t under Eli’s curse.
For the same reason, if Mary’s father Heli was indeed a descendant of a strictly male line of Jeconiah, then Mary herself would be exempt from the curse on Jeconiah — as would Jesus and Jesus’ sisters (Mark 6:3), despite the latter undoubtedly having Joseph as their biological father. On the other hand, Joseph & Jesus’ younger brothers would’ve been subject to that curse, as would any sons (but not daughters) his brothers might’ve had.
In summary, Pulliam’s argument that Jesus can’t rule on Earth because he’s stuck under the curse on Jeconiah is flawed on so many levels that the alternative hypothesis — that the Messiah, Jesus, will reign on Earth someday (which should actually be considered the null hypothesis, since it was the one Jews have always held about the Messiah, and how the earliest Christians understood prophecies about the Messiah’s Kingdom; an alternative hypothesis is one that’s seeking to replace the null hypothesis that was held earlier, so the idea of a heavenly destiny and a current rule of Jesus from heaven that will never come to Earth is technically the alternative hypothesis in this case, since it came along over a century later due to Gnostic influence) — is perfectly viable, after all.
Conclusion
That actually brings out a supreme irony in something Pulliam says when bringing this up again in Lesson 15, when trying to explain away prophecies that place Christ’s future Kingdom on Earth:
One final detail needs to be revisited before we move on. One of the major goals of the Dispensational Millennium is to get Jesus Christ on the throne of David in the city of Jerusalem. Let’s review the conflict this creates with other passages of Scripture. We learned in lesson 8 that Jesus Christ is presently on the throne of David. [I’ve already debunked Pulliam’s claims on that point here.] We also learned how New Testament authors stated that His “throne” at God’s right hand was the prophetically intended position (lesson 12). Also significant is the fact that Jesus Christ cannot reign upon the throne of David in Jerusalem and prosper (proven in lesson 9) [which I disproved in the above discussion]. All of this provides the following logic:
Major Premise: The Dispensational doctrine of a Millennium requires that Jesus Christ reign on David’s throne in Jerusalem. Minor Premise: Jesus Christ cannot reign in Jerusalem and prosper, due to the curse of Jeremiah 22. Conclusion: Therefore, the Dispensational Millennium is an error.
No matter how much a passage may look like paradise on earth, if our interpretation contradicts the remainder of Scripture, then we have misinterpreted the text. The problem is not found in God’s promise. The problem is found in details forced upon God’s promise to reformulate the overall design of God’s purpose.
{“In the Days of Those Kings”. 160-161. Italics, boldface, indentation, and contents in parentheses in original. Underlining and contents in brackets mine.}
Since Pulliam’s “Minor Premise” is false, the syllogism collapses. Dispensationalism overall may be in error, but the Millennial Kingdom being on Earth is not. And again, any claim otherwise contradicts Hebrews 2:5, the Greek text of which clearly mentions “the inhabited land, the coming one, about which we are speaking”. In reality, Pullliam is the one engaging in eisegesis — forcing details “upon God’s promise[,] to reformulate the overall design of God’s purpose”, by trying to force-fit the Scriptures to the presumption of a “heavenly destiny” for the redeemed. A Millennial Kingdom on Earth contradicts Plato, but not the Bible. At least the premises I’m using to fit all of Scripture together are Biblical, rather than pagan.
Unfortunately, not all instances of “forever and ever” in English Bibles are translated from exactly the same Greek phrase. In Ephesians 3:21 (“to Him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus to all generations, forever and ever. Amen.” – NKJV), for example, the emphasized phrase was translated from “εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς τοῦ αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων”; literally, “unto/for all the generations of the age of the ages”. Note that the latter instance of “of the age” is plural, whereas the corresponding instance in Hebrews 1:8 is singular. This implies that the time period being referred to in Ephesians 3:21 includes not only the one referred to in Hebrews 1:8, but also other time periods (namely, all other periods of history during which humans ever have had and ever will have children). Yet most English translations indiscriminately translate both as “forever and ever”. Hence, exactly which time period an instance of “forever and ever” is referring to can only be determined by checking the underlying Greek text. ↩︎
As for why only 5 sons are listed when the sentence ends by saying there were 6, I’ve seen a handful of explanations. James Burton Coffman suggested that the words וּבְנֵי שְׁמַעְיָה (“and the sons of” and “Shemayah”) were accidentally duplicated from the first part of the verse at some point, in which case Shemayah and the 5 names following him were the “six” sons of Shekhanyahu. Alternatively, Albert Barnes pointed out that the “Syriac anti Arabic” adds “Azariah” between “Ne`aryah” and “Shafat”. Not sure whether “Syriac anti Arabic” referred to the Syriac Peshitta or not, I decided to check for this Azariah’s presence in an English translation of the Syriac Peshitta of Chronicles {after clicking the “DOWNLOAD PDF ORIGINAL”, scroll to p. 468 for the Syriac text and p. 467 for the English translation.}, which has been the standard OT translation of Syriac churches since circa A.D. 200, being an Aramaic translation of a 2nd-century Hebrew text; sure enough, “Azariah” is in the English translation (although other names are different, no numbers are present, and the sons from verse 24 are included in the same sentence). However, such an omission must’ve first occurred at least 400 years earlier, since manuscripts with five names after “Shemayah” were already circulating by the time Chronicles was translated into Greek (the LXX includes “and sons of Samaia” and “six”, yet also lists only 5 names). Still others would rather retain the Hebrew text as it stands, but take the “six” as referring to sons of Shekhanyahu, with Shemayah and his five sons being counted due to Shemayah being an only child; this possibility has the added benefit of explaining why the instance of “sons” before Shekhanyahu is also plural in the Masoretic Text (albeit singular in the LXX). Now, if we redo the calculations in the paragraph following my quotation of 1 Chronicles 3:17-24, but with the average generation time implied by only 7 generations being listed, we’d expect Luke to list Jesus as being 20.021108… just about 20 generations down from Neri, rather than the 22 actually listed! Therefore, I find the latter 2 possibilities (i.e., either one of Shemayah’s sons’ names dropped out of the Hebrew text, or the text is counting all the sons of Shekhanyahu’s only son along with the only son himself) to be more likely (although I’m personally leaning toward the last one). So my table in this blog post coheres with those possibilities, in which case there were 8 generations of Jeconiah’s descendants in 1 Chronicles 3 instead of 7. Of course, comparing the names at both hyperlinks in the final row with “Achim” and “Semein” shows that the alternative doesn’t improve the fit of 1 Chronicles with either of the Gospel genealogies! ↩︎
This time, we’ll be taking a quick break from my series critiquing Bob Pulliam’s book “In the Days of Those Kings”. This issue has been weighing on my heart for at least a couple years, now, and I want to include a link to this post in my upcoming book (which I can’t do unless I know what the link will be!). I’ll give you Part 4 of the series next time (I also intend to create a list on this website linking to each Part in order for easy reference, so keep an eye out for that). In the immortal words of Charmx, “So without any further ado, let’s begin!”
If there’s one thing the Churches of Christ are more legalistic on than anything else, it’s forbidding the use of any instruments whatsoever in worship. I call them “legalistic” in this regard because whenever I hear a Church of Christ member talking about a church congregation that is using instruments in worship, they always do so in a condemnatory tone, as if the church is straight-up sinning. If you walked in on such a conversation just after they’ve already said what they were talking about, you’d think the church they were talking about was espousing some dangerous teaching like indulgences, Calvinistic predestination, or pro-LGBT theology. Does the use of instruments in worship really deserve to be lumped together with those kinds of things?
Churches of Christ have no shortage of arguments that have been offered in favor of using instruments in worship that they can easily shoot down (indeed, the ones I’ve seen them call out tend to be very weak), and they’ve even compiled long lists of authority figures in Christendom who publicly condemn the use of instruments in worship and claim that the New Testament never authorizes it, century after century after century. This easily gives the impression that any case anyone makes that the NT does allow it must be utterly hopeless. But is the case that the NT church isn’t authorized to use instruments in worship really as overwhelming as they’re making it out to be, or is it really just elephant hurling — throwing out a long list of items that seem to refute your opponent’s position, to intimidate them to the point where they don’t realize that (probably even unbeknownst to the one giving the list) the list is irrelevant?
Well, I find it intriguing that despite everything I’ve seen Church of Christ teachers say on this subject (in sermons, in writing, or in Facebook posts), I’ve come across something that I’ve never once seen them address (not even when I bring it up in the comments of said Facebook posts!). As far as I’m concerned, that alone should prompt further investigation. So let’s take a fresh look at which musical instruments, if any, the New Testament authorizes for corporate and/or individual worship; and if there are any, let’s investigate the historical record to try figuring out how the condemnation of such has come to be so near-universal throughout the Christian era — if, of course, the condemnation is near-universal.
“The Bible Never Authorizes the Use of Instruments in Christian Worship…”
A questioner at the La Vista Church of Christ’s website asked one of its elders, Jeff Hamilton, why he used the “argument from silence” differently between masturbation and instrumental music in worship, acknowledging that the Bible never says that masturbation is sinful, yet claiming music is wrong in NT worship because it’s never mentioned in the NT. (I cover the former line of reasoning in Chapter 7 of my upcoming book.) Hamilton responded using the exact proof-texts I expected him to:
there were laws that covered masturbation, but there are no laws that say that masturbation is a sin — only that it made a man unclean for a day under the Law of Moses. Since masturbation was not ignored, and it was not labeled a sin, it is wrong to declare it a sin on your own initiative. This doesn’t mean a man can’t sin while masturbating. Too many men watch pornography or imagine themselves committing fornication while masturbating. It is these lustful things that are wrong (I Thessalonians 5:3-7).
Instrumental music is different. God did specify what kind of music He wanted in Christian worship.
“Speaking to one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing and making melody with your heart to the Lord” (Ephesians 5:19).
“Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you, with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God” (Colossians 3:16).
To change what God specified becomes wrong and adding instruments would be changing what God said to do.
Notice that in both cases, I started with what God said. Masturbation was unclean under the Law of Moses and no more was stated. Vocal music was specified for worship in the New Testament and no other kind of music was stated. Consistency requires that in both cases we cannot assume more (masturbation is a sin or instruments are acceptable in worship) without adding to God’s teachings.
{Italics and indentation in original. Boldface mine.}
To my knowledge, just about any Church of Christ teacher will concede that the portion I’ve boldfaced here is fairly representative of the core argument against the use of musical instruments in Christian worship: God authorized the use of “psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs”, “singing”, and “making melody with your heart” (I’m personally surprised he didn’t use a translation that renders it “in your heart”; I’ll address that alternative rendering in item #4 in the list near the bottom of the next section), but not musical instruments. All other arguments they use on this topic are at best circumstantial in comparison, since they aren’t conclusive; so if this argument fails, none of the others are strong enough to prove the point in lieu of it.
Note that I’ve so far only considered worship as laid out in the NT. Plenty of examples of instruments being used in worship occur in the OT, but Church of Christ teachers dismiss those out of hand as being “Old Testament worship” that’s irrelevant to Christians under the NT, and even go so far as to flip around the argument: the fact that advocates of instruments in worship resort to OT passages to justify their position betrays the fact that they have no NT passages they can point to — reinforcing the notion that the NT never authorizes it!
Let’s just set aside the fact that such lines of reasoning about ignoring OT passages regarding instruments in worship stem from all-too-common misunderstandings about the connections between Biblical covenants (e.g., confusing the “Old Testament” as a whole with the “Mosaic Covenant” in particular; or buying into the idea that one should try to be a “New Testament Christian” instead of a “Whole Bible Christian”). The fact that those defending instruments in worship overwhelmingly use such equivocal arguments is certainly no help to their cause, since that makes it easier for their opponents to claim they have no unequivocal ones. In fact, some of their arguments are downright pathetic. For example, in December 2006, Rick Atchley preached a sermon at Richland Hills Church of Christ in Fort Worth where, among other things, he “assert[ed] that instrumental music in worship is acceptable since when Jesus cast out the ‘money changers’ in the temple, he did not cast out the ‘musicians’. [Russ McCullough responded to this non-sequitur by saying]… Today, there is no temple, there are no money changers and there is no instrumental music in God approved worship!” {“Emerging Towards Apostasy: A Documented Effective Analysis of Post-Modern, Evangelical & Patristic Influences Upon Departing Churches of Christ”. McCullough, Russ. 2013. Trafford Publishing. 326.} I’d like to add here that the Gospels also don’t say he “cast out the temple prostitutes”; so should we infer from that point that prostitution is allowed in Christian worship?!
However, the core argument that I boldfaced above overlooks something critical: that those who use this argument (Church of Christ or otherwise) unwittingly are changing what God specified!
…Or Does It?
You see, contrary to Rudd’s claim {scroll to “L.7.” in the outline} that there are “Nine New Testament passages to sing, [and] none to play instruments”, I’m aware of six verses in the NT epistles that do mention the use of instruments. They are as follows:
“and the nations for kindness to glorify God, according as it hath been written, ‘Because of this I will confess to Thee among nations, and to Thy name I will sing praise,’” (Romans 15:9 YLT)
“For if I pray in a tongue, my spirit prayeth, but my understanding is unfruitful. What is it then? I will pray with the spirit, and I will pray with the understanding also: I will sing with the spirit, and I will sing with the understanding also.” (1 Corinthians 14:14-15 ASV)
“What is it then, brethren? When ye come together, each one [TR adds “of you”] hath a psalm, hath a teaching, hath a revelation, hath a tongue, hath an interpretation. Let all things be done unto edifying.” (1 Corinthians 14:26 ASV)
“addressing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing and making melody to the Lord with your heart” (Ephesians 5:19 ESV)
“Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly, teaching and admonishing one another in all wisdom, singing psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, with thankfulness in your hearts to God.” (Colossians 3:16 ESV)
“Is anyone among you suffering? Let him pray. Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise.” (James 5:13 ESV)
Now, you’re probably thinking: “Wait, where are instruments mentioned in these verses? And didn’t we just see Hamilton pointing out that the 4th and 5th of these don’t mention instruments at all?” Well, this is where the phenomenon I call “translational inertia” is showing its ugly face. As I’m sure many of my readers are aware, there are quite a few common terms throughout the NT that have acquired so much significance and baggage within Christendom that English translators would rather avoid being perceived as controversial (not to mention potentially hurting their sales numbers in the process) by continuing to render them “the generally-accepted way”, rather than providing the actual English equivalent. A prime verse for demonstrating this is 2 Corinthians 1:1. Here’s how the KJV renders it: “Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, and Timothy our brother, unto the church of God which is at Corinth, with all the saints which are in all Achaia:” Now here’s how the LGV renders it: “Paul, Emissary of Jesus Anointed by the will of God, and Timothy the brother, to the assembly of God, the one in Corinth, together with all the holy ones being in the whole of Achaia.” Where the KJV transliterated the words ἀπόστολος (apostolos) and Χριστός (Christos) and gave the theological jargon corresponding to ἐκκλησία (ekklēsia) and ἅγιος (hagios), the LGV rendered all 4 words with their actual English equivalents.
Unfortunately, when one uses such transliterations and jargon, it becomes easy, with time, to impose whatever ideas you want on the terms, rather than letting the text speak for itself. Indeed, Church of Christ teachers have long pointed out some false teachings that are given cover by such renderings. A prime example is when congregations who practice sprinkling water on someone or pouring water over their head get away with calling it a “baptism”, because most English versions transliterate the Greek word βαπτίζω (baptizō) as “baptize”, a word that can mean whatever the reader wants it to mean. Such false teachers wouldn’t gain anywhere near as much traction if βαπτίζω was properly translated as “immerse” or “submerge”!
Yet ironically, Church of Christ teachers make this exact mistake with two key Greek words that show up in the 6 verses I presented at the start of this section. Watch how these verses read when every word is translated, with none of them being transliterated:
“Moreover, the nations [i.e., Gentiles] concerning [God’s, cf. verse 8] mercy, to glorify God, inasmuch as it has been written, ‘Through this I will celebrate to You with nations, and to the name of You, I will strum.’” (Romans 15:9 my word-for-word translation, boldface added)
“For if I might pray in a tongue, the breath/spirit of mine prays, but the mind of mine is fruitless [because I can’t understand the language in which I’m praying!]. Which, therefore, is it? I will pray with the breath/spirit, but I will pray also with the mind. I will strum with the breath/spirit, yet I will strum also with the mind.” (1 Corinthians 14:14-15 my word-for-word translation, boldface added)
“What, therefore, is it, brethren? Whenever you may come together, each one [TR adds “of you”] has a praise-ballad, has a teaching, has a disclosure [i.e., “revelation”], has a language, has a translation. All things toward building up should come to pass.” (1 Corinthians 14:26 my word-for-word translation, boldface added)
“Speaking to yourselves with praise-ballads and sacred odes and spiritual songs, singing and strumming with the [collective; “heart” is singular but “of yours” is plural] heart of yours to the Lord.” (Ephesians 5:19 my word-for-word translation, boldface added)
“The word of the Anointed One must dwell [imperative] in you [plural] abundantly, in all wisdom teaching and cautioning yourselves with praise-ballads, with sacred odes, with spiritual songs; with the graciousness singing in the hearts of yours to God.” (Colossians 3:16 my word-for-word translation, boldface added)
“Someone is undergoing hardship among you? He should pray [imperative]. Someone is joyful? He should strum [imperative].” (James 5:13 my word-for-word translation, boldface added)
While “strum” was easily the most concise English equivalent I’ve ever seen for psallō, coming up with an English equivalent for psalmos was considerably more difficult. At first I was thinking “harp-song”, to emphasize that strings are being plucked on a musical instrument, but then I realized that this term wouldn’t necessarily imply vocals (it also seems to limit the type of stringed instrument used). Even the LGV transliterates the word as “psalm” in 1 Corinthians 14:26 {scroll to p. 27} and “psalms” in Colossians 3:16 {scroll to p. 10}, renders the word as “play” in Romans 15:9 {scroll to p. 33}, and most descriptively translates the word as “instrumental music” in Ephesians 5:19 {scroll to p. 11}. Unfortunately, all my years of listening to instrumental metal songs has taught me that the term “instrumental music” implies a lack of vocals, so that’s not gonna work here, either! When I tried looking up an English term on Google using my phone, the AI Overview said that there’s no universally accepted term, but the closest ones would probably be “folk song” or “ballad”. Between the two, I’d go with “ballad”, since ballads are traditionally played on stringed instruments (guitar, fiddle, etc.), and they blatantly involve vocals; the only problem is that I typically think of a ballad as telling a story, which isn’t necessarily the case with a psalmos; so to clarify the song as being pious in nature or used for worship, I prefixed the adjective “praise” to it. This highlights a better reason why English translators keep transliterating psalmos instead of translating it: they’re hard-pressed to give an accurate-enough translation!
Now, the common response to this would undoubtedly be that “they were referring to responsively reading chapters from the book of Psalms”. But that assumes that psalmos was being used exclusively as a proper noun at this time, and had lost its meaning as a common noun. That might be more believable if the Greek title of the book of Psalms was simply a transliteration of the Hebrew title, but that’s not even close to the case: in what universe would Ψαλμός (Psalmos) be considered a transliteration of תְהִלִּים (Tehillim)? The Hebrew word tehillimliterally means “praises” or “praise-songs” {scroll to entry 3. Under “Brown-Driver-Briggs Lexicon”}, reinforcing my choice of “praise-ballad” as the closest English equivalent to psalmos. This is consistent with psalmos being an already-existing Greek word that meant the same thing as tehillim at the time the LXX was translated. It clearly wasn’t until later that “psalm” was being transliterated as if it was a proper noun (e.g., the book of Psalms is named Liber Psalmorum in the Latin Vulgate); even in the Quran, the book of Psalms is referred to with the Arabic word زَبُورُ (Zabūr), meaning “inscription” or “writing” (perhaps they got this term from the traditional Jewish threefold division of the OT: the Law, the Prophets, and the Writings, the book of Psalms being the first and longest book in the third section). Even setting aside all that, this argument fixates on the nounpsalmos, while ignoring the verbpsallo. Unless you’re willing to render that word as “psalming” in English bibles and expect readers to understand what that’s supposed to mean (without explaining it in a margin note), this argument won’t get you anywhere.
Having established, then, that these passages clearly show that Paul wholeheartedly approved of the use of stringed instruments in worship, I should note that they also present some caveats:
The first passage is quoting from 2 Samuel 22:50 & Psalm 18:49, which David originally spoke “on the day that the LORD delivered him from the hand of all his enemies” (Psalm 18:1b NKJV). In fact, it’s been pointed out {scroll to “New Defender’s Study Bible Notes” on verses 9-12} that this is the first of 4 seemingly obscure OT passages that Paul quotes in Romans 15:9-12, all of which mention Gentiles glorifying, rejoicing over, praising, or trusting in the God of Israel. So this mention of “strumming” seems to be less prescriptive of what Gentile believers should do, and more descriptive of David’s desire to bring the Gentiles to God in the first place, something that was ultimately fulfilled in his descendant, Jesus — note that the passages Paul was quoting from in Romans 15:9 end with a mention of God showing “mercy to His anointed, To David and his descendants forevermore.” (2 Samuel 22:51c & Psalm 18:50c NKJV)
The context of the second of these passages is discussing the misuse versus proper use of spiritual gifts in the assembly (1 Corinthians 14:12-19) — which clearly shows that the church at Corinth was dealing with the issue of tongues being misused in the assemblyeven whilesinging along tostringed instruments! This not only establishes that at least some congregations at Corinth were playing stringed instruments and singing along to them in their assemblies, but it gives us the additional instruction that such songs should only be used if the lyrics can be understood by the congregation at large (because otherwise, the congregation at large won’t benefit from those lyrics)! This tells us there’s nothing wrong with, say, English or Spanish-speaking congregations using songs that include Hebrew, Greek, or Latin words in their lyrics, so long as the meanings of those foreign words are either already known by everyone in the assembly, or somehow explained to those who don’t know in the course of the assembly (verses 9, 13 & 27-28).
The third passage tells us the song should only be accepted if it is of an edifying nature (e.g., screaming lyrics like many metal bands do should be rejected, since it makes the lyrics harder for the listeners to understand and be edified by; and as I mention in my upcoming book, singing isn’t very edifying to the hearers if the instruments are so loud that you can’t hear the singing! {HIDMF, p. 72}), and the greater context (verses 26-33) tells us that the use of such praise-ballads in the assembly should be as orderly (verse 40) as the other things mentioned in verse 26.
The fourth passage tells us that the singing needs to be done with the congregation focused on God (the Greek sentence structure suggests that the qualifier for “singing and strumming” isn’t merely “with/in your collective heart”, as some might claim in an effort to make the “strumming” figurative — which would also require the “singing” to be figurative, to be consistent! — but “with your collective heart toward the Lord”), rather than mere entertainment as seen in far too many congregations today.
The fifth passage saying basically the same thing as the fourth, but with “heart” being plural instead of singular, tells us this also applies on the individual level, lest one wind up just “going through the motions” like many of the Jews who rejected Jesus had gotten into the habit of doing in temple worship.
It’s significant that the one passage from James is the only one of these where the verb psallō is in the imperative mood — indicating a command. Yet not only is this command clearly meant on the individual (not congregational) level, but it’s obvious that James was giving prayer and strumming as examples of what Christians should do in hardship and joy (i.e., they’re not the only things permissible for Christians in such circumstances). The complete lack of any other instances of psallō in the imperative mood, combined with Paul’s obvious approval of doing this action in the assembly, would’ve yielded an unmistakable implication to the 1st-century Christians who were reading these passages in the original language: stringed instruments are allowed in worship, but not required; so whether to use them is up to each congregation within a city.
As far as I can tell, this is the Biblical position on the use of instruments in Christian worship. (But feel free to tell me if I’ve overlooked something in the text!)
A Brief History Lesson on Ancient Music
It’s important to bear in mind that for most of the world throughout history, musical instruments have been prohibitively expensive. (I’ve even found a Reddit post asking how jazz musicians of the early-to-mid 20th century were able to afford their instruments and suits — and the answers give good insight into just how many sacrifices they had to make to do so!) This meant that the majority of synagogues and local churches couldn’t have afforded instruments for use in their worship, which is probably why Paul approved of the use of stringed instruments, but didn’t command it — he was accommodating the assemblies who simply couldn’t follow such a command. This may also help us understand one of the quotes Steve Rudd offered to show that Jewish synagogues had banned the use of instruments before the temple was destroyed:
“For Me an instrument of ten strings, and for Me the psaltery (Ps. 92:4). Among the people of Israel all assemblies [synagogues], to be legally valid, require the presence of ten men, even as the harp upon which David played had ten strings. The service at [the burial of] the dead requires the presence of ten men; the service at a circumcision requires the presence of ten men; the blessing of the Lord requires the presence of ten men; Chalishah requires the presence of ten men; the marriage service requires the presence of ten men, for it is said And he took ten men of the elders of the city (Ruth 4:2). The Holy One, blessed be He, said: I desire from Israel not music of the harp but the solemn utterance of their mouth, as is said For Me a solemn sound, more than a harp (Ps. 92:4).” (The Midrash on Psalms, Tehillim, Psalm 92)
{Red text, content in brackets, and citations in original. Boldface mine.}
Notice that the website I lifted this quote from fixates on the final statement in red (which is nowhere to be found in the Bible, by the way; note that “(Ps. 92:4)” is cited in two places in this quote, but only the first one actually matches the corresponding quote, by the Masoretic Text’s verse numbering — we’ll see later that this isn’t an isolated incident, by the way!) to justify banning instruments in worship, while totally ignoring the sentences leading up to it that explain the justification for giving that statement at all. As far as the Rabbis quoted in the Talmud were concerned, either all synagogue gatherings must have ten men playing harps, or none of them can; if even one assembly can’t afford 10 harps, then all assemblies must worship with no harps whatsoever. This may even give us more insight into just how selfish and greedy the temple priesthood had become by the Apostolic period: they’d been making a killing by using the temple complex as “a house of merchandise” (John 2:16c ASV), yet they couldn’t spare any money to purchase harps for use in the synagogues?
I should probably also mention that melodies in the Biblical period were considerably shorter and simpler than what we’re used to hearing in developed countries today. Perhaps you’ve seen an old movie with a scene involving a native American or African tribe dancing around a campfire while playing highly repetitive music with occasional improv and only 1 or 2 — maybe 3 — different instruments contributing to it. As racist as some of the other details in those scenes may be, this portrayal of the music is historically realistic. In fact, that’s just about how intricate music could get, anywhere in the world, until musical notation was developed circa A.D. 800-1050. Had musical notation (and audio recording) never been invented, the music we produce and listen to today would probably be very similar to that! You see, before musical notation was invented (enabling music to be written down, eliminating the cultural necessity of memorizing every note), music had to be passed on exclusively through oral tradition. That meant that how long or elaborate a piece of music could get was limited to whatever could be passed on to and memorized by successive generations. If there were any further elaborations before then, they were lost to the mists of time because successive generations couldn’t memorize them reliably enough to retain them (which is why that “improv” mentioned above is pretty much the greatest extent of elaboration they could achieve).
Tracing False Teaching Back to the Source
So now that we’ve established that Paul did indeed authorize Christian churches to use stringed instruments in worship, we must now tackle the obvious next question: why has the use of any instruments, including stringed ones, been so vigorously condemned throughout church history? This is where I felt compelled to apply the 10th foundational principle of the Bereans Bible Institute: “Whenever possible, trace modern doctrines back to the source to see when, where, why, and how they originated.” {Italics in original} As Tim Warner explains:
These principles are intended to remove personal bias and faulty presuppositions as much as possible. The first nine principles guide our handling of Scripture. They would be entirely sufficient if we did not have nearly two centuries [sic; I’m pretty sure he meant “millennia”] of theological baggage polluting our modern understandings of the Scriptures. Most of us are not new to Christianity or to the Scriptures. We have been indoctrinated for many years by various denominations and the pastors and teachers in our churches. Some of us have also been indoctrinated by Christian college and/or seminary professors, reading required theological source material, and the various theological systems of the schools we attended. This exposure colors our thinking and imposes biases and presuppositions, many of which do not reflect the pristine teachings of Jesus Christ and His Apostles. Most Christians are oblivious to the fact that their minds have been conditioned to assume certain things as being true and other things as being anathema and heretical without solid proof. Most have not even attempted to apply Paul’s admonishment objectively or thoroughly – “Test all things; hold fast what is good.” It is because of this theological baggage that the tenth principle is absolutely critical if we expect to arrive at the whole truth. This principle provides a check against the possibility that we might have overlooked something important, or are still being influenced by personal biases of which we are not aware. If our conclusions cannot be found in the writings of the earliest Christians, we need to know why. The last thing we want to do is come up with something unique that was not taught by Jesus and His Apostles and thus faithfully passed on to the earliest Christian assemblies. Worse yet, we do not want to teach something that was considered heresy by the earliest Christians who were instructed by the Apostles.
{Ibid. Italics in original}
Indeed, if you look through that list of quotations condemning the use of instruments in worship I mentioned earlier, you’ll see that Scriptural citations are relatively rare; and whenever they do name names, the names are almost always of people who lived multiple centuries after the Apostles (who thus had their own theological baggage coloring their views), meaning the argument amounts to: “We do it this way because that’s what my teacher taught me, and it’s what his teacher taught him…” Yet in no instance does the chain of teachers ever end with an Apostle. However, there is one authority figure within Christendom who wrote on this subject within 150 years of the Apostle John’s death: Clement of Alexandria (there is another, actually, but we’ll get to him later). All other witnesses cited in that list were writing in A.D. 300 or later, so this is the earliest extra-biblical authority Rudd cited on the subject. We already know that Clement of Alexandria preferred to interpret the Bible allegorically in order to make Christianity more palatable and respectable to pagan Greek intelligentsia (who were very fond of interpreting things allegorically). In light of that background knowledge about Clement of Alexandria and his situation, his take on music is quite understandable:
“Moreover, King David the harpist, whom we mentioned just above, urged us toward the truth and away from idols. So far was he from singing the praises of daemons that they were put to flight by him with the true music; and when Saul was Possessed, David healed him merely by playing the harp. The Lord fashioned man a beautiful, breathing instrument, after His own imaged and assuredly He Himself is an all-harmonious instrument of God, melodious and holy, the wisdom that is above this world, the heavenly Word.” … “He who sprang from David and yet was before him, the Word of God, scorned those lifeless instruments of lyre and cithara. By the power of the Holy Spirit He arranged in harmonious order this great world, yes, and the little world of man too, body and soul together; and on this many-voiced instruments of the universe He makes music to God, and sings to the human instrument. “For thou art my harp and my pipe and my temple”(Clement of Alexandria, 185AD, Readings p. 62)
“Leave the pipe to the shepherd, the flute to the men who are in fear of gods and intent on their idol worshipping. Such musical instruments must be excluded from our wingless feasts, for they arc more suited for beasts and for the class of men that is least capable of reason than for men. The Spirit, to purify the divine liturgy from any such unrestrained revelry chants: ‘Praise Him with sound of trumpet,” for, in fact, at the sound of the trumpet the dead will rise again; praise Him with harp,’ for the tongue is a harp of the Lord; ‘and with the lute. praise Him.’ understanding the mouth as a lute moved by the Spirit as the lute is by the plectrum; ‘praise Him with timbal and choir,’ that is, the Church awaiting the resurrection of the body in the flesh which is its echo; ‘praise Him with strings and organ,’ calling our bodies an organ and its sinews strings, for front them the body derives its Coordinated movement, and when touched by the Spirit, gives forth human sounds; ‘praise Him on high-sounding cymbals,’ which mean the tongue of the mouth which with the movement of the lips, produces words. Then to all mankind He calls out, ‘Let every spirit praise the Lord,’ because He rules over every spirit He has made. In reality, man is an instrument arc for peace, but these other things, if anyone concerns himself overmuch with them, become instruments of conflict, for inflame the passions. The Etruscans, for example, use the trumpet for war; the Arcadians, the horn; the Sicels, the flute; the Cretans, the lyre; the Lacedemonians, the pipe; the Thracians, the bugle; the Egyptians, the drum; and the Arabs, the cymbal. But as for us, we make use of one instrument alone: only the Word of peace by whom we a homage to God, no longer with ancient harp or trumpet or drum or flute which those trained for war employ.” (Clement of Alexandria, 190AD The instructor, Fathers of the church, p. 130)
{Punctuation, spelling, and citations in original.}
However, Rudd (or more likely, as we’ll see below, the source he relied on) seems to have muddled these quotes a bit: when we look at these statements in their contexts, we see that Clement of Alexandria was saying something very different. Bear in mind that going into the first case, Clement had used Greek myths about the power of music to set up a contrast with Judeo-Christian teachings:
The silly are stocks and stones, and still more senseless than stones is a man who is steeped in ignorance. As our witness, let us adduce the voice of prophecy accordant with truth, and bewailing those who are crushed in ignorance and folly: For God is able of these stones to raise up children to Abraham; Matthew 3:9; Luke 3:8 and He, commiserating their great ignorance and hardness of heart who are petrified against the truth, has raised up a seed of piety, sensitive to virtue, of those stones — of the nations, that is, who trusted in stones. Again, therefore, some venomous and false hypocrites, who plotted against righteousness, He once called a brood of vipers. Matthew 3:7; Luke 3:7 But if one of those serpents even is willing to repent, and follows the Word, he becomes a man of God.
Others he figuratively calls wolves, clothed in sheep-skins, meaning thereby monsters of rapacity in human form. And so all such most savage beasts, and all such blocks of stone, the celestial song has transformed into tractable men. For even we ourselves were sometime foolish, disobedient, deceived, serving various lusts and pleasures, living in malice and envy, hateful, hating one another. Thus speaks the apostolic Scripture: But after that the kindness and love of God our saviour to man appeared, not by works of righteousness which we have done, but according to His mercy, He saved us. Titus 3:3-5 Behold the might of the new song! It has made men out of stones, men out of beasts. Those, moreover, that were as dead, not being partakers of the true life, have come to life again, simply by becoming listeners to this song. It also composed the universe into melodious order, and tuned the discord of the elements to harmonious arrangement, so that the whole world might become harmony. It let loose the fluid ocean, and yet has prevented it from encroaching on the land. The earth, again, which had been in a state of commotion, it has established, and fixed the sea as its boundary. The violence of fire it has softened by the atmosphere, as the Dorian is blended with the Lydian strain; and the harsh cold of the air it has moderated by the embrace of fire, harmoniously arranging these the extreme tones of the universe. And this deathless strain — the support of the whole and the harmony of all — reaching from the centre to the circumference, and from the extremities to the central part, has harmonized this universal frame of things, not according to the Thracian music, which is like that invented by Jubal, but according to the paternal counsel of God, which fired the zeal of David. And He who is of David, and yet before him, the Word of God, despising the lyre and harp, which are but lifeless instruments, and having tuned by the Holy Spirit the universe, and especially man — who, composed of body and soul, is a universe in miniature — makes melody to God on this instrument of many tones; and to this instrument — I mean man — he sings accordant: For you are my harp, and pipe, and temple. — a harp for harmony — a pipe by reason of the Spirit — a temple by reason of the word; so that the first may sound, the second breathe, the third contain the Lord. And David the king, the harper whom we mentioned a little above, who exhorted to the truth and dissuaded from idols, was so far from celebrating demons in song, that in reality they were driven away by his music. Thus, when Saul was plagued with a demon, he cured him by merely playing. A beautiful breathing instrument of music the Lord made man, after His own image. And He Himself also, surely, who is the supramundane Wisdom, the celestial Word, is the all-harmonious, melodious, holy instrument of God. What, then, does this instrument — the Word of God, the Lord, the New Song — desire? To open the eyes of the blind, and unstop the ears of the deaf, and to lead the lame or the erring to righteousness, to exhibit God to the foolish, to put a stop to corruption, to conquer death, to reconcile disobedient children to their father. The instrument of God loves mankind. The Lord pities, instructs, exhorts, admonishes, saves, shields, and of His bounty promises us the kingdom of heaven as a reward for learning; and the only advantage He reaps is, that we are saved. For wickedness feeds on men’s destruction; but truth, like the bee, harming nothing, delights only in the salvation of men.
You have, then, God’s promise; you have His love: become partaker of His grace. And do not suppose the song of salvation to be new, as a vessel or a house is new. For before the morning star it was; and in the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. John 1:1 Error seems old, but truth seems a new thing.
Notice that Clement portrays David’s harp playing as a sort of one-up to Greek myths; that certainly sounds like he was agreeing with the idea that music has power (note that David is said to have cured Saul just by “playing” rather than “singing”). Yet he also compares David’s harp playing with what Christ has been doing to orchestrate history (pun intended). The allegories are thick in this passage, lining up with what we know about Clement’s hermeneutic. Yet these additional details make it clear that when Clement said Jesus “despised the lyre and harp”, he didn’t mean that Jesus hated them, but merely ignored them in favor of something else. Overall, a careful reading of this passage shows that it’s not merely ambiguous, but utterly silent on the use of instruments in worship. However, the other passage goes over quite a bit of nuance about instrument usage (among other things) in feasts. Please bear with me; I think quoting the entire chapter is necessary to see just how selective Rudd’s quotation of it is:
Let revelry keep away from our rational entertainments, and foolish vigils, too, that revel in intemperance. For revelry is an inebriating pipe, the chain of an amatory bridge, that is, of sorrow. And let love, and intoxication, and senseless passions, be removed from our choir. Burlesque singing is the boon companion of drunkenness. A night spent over drink invites drunkenness, rouses lust, and is audacious in deeds of shame. For if people occupy their time with pipes, and psalteries, and choirs, and dances, and Egyptian clapping of hands, and such disorderly frivolities, they become quite immodest and intractable, beat on cymbals and drums, and make a noise on instruments of delusion; for plainly such a banquet, as seems to me, is a theatre of drunkenness. For the apostle decrees that, putting off the works of darkness, we should put on the armour of light, walking honestly as in the day, not spending our time in rioting and drunkenness, in chambering and wantonness. Romans 13:12-13 Let the pipe be resigned to the shepherds, and the flute to the superstitious who are engrossed in idolatry. For, in truth, such instruments are to be banished from the temperate banquet, being more suitable to beasts than men, and the more irrational portion of mankind. For we have heard of stags being charmed by the pipe, and seduced by music into the toils, when hunted by the huntsmen. And when mares are being covered, a tune is played on the flute — a nuptial song, as it were. And every improper sight and sound, to speak in a word, and every shameful sensation of licentiousnes — which, in truth, is privation of sensation — must by all means be excluded; and we must be on our guard against whatever pleasure titillates eye and ear, and effeminates. For the various spells of the broken strains and plaintive numbers of the Carian muse corrupt men’s morals, drawing to perturbation of mind, by the licentious and mischievous art of music.
The Spirit, distinguishing from such revelry the divine service, sings, Praise Him with the sound of trumpet; for with sound of trumpet He shall raise the dead. Praise Him on the psaltery; for the tongue is the psaltery of the Lord. And praise Him on the lyre. By the lyre is meant the mouth struck by the Spirit, as it were by a plectrum. Praise with the timbrel and the dance, refers to the Church meditating on the resurrection of the dead in the resounding skin. Praise Him on the chords and organ. Our body He calls an organ, and its nerves are the strings, by which it has received harmonious tension, and when struck by the Spirit, it gives forth human voices. Praise Him on the clashing cymbals. He calls the tongue the cymbal of the mouth, which resounds with the pulsation of the lips. Therefore He cried to humanity, Let every breath praise the Lord, because He cares for every breathing thing which He has made. For man is truly a pacific instrument; while other instruments, if you investigate, you will find to be warlike, inflaming to lusts, or kindling up amours, or rousing wrath.
In their wars, therefore, the Etruscans use the trumpet, the Arcadians the pipe, the Sicilians the pectides, the Cretans the lyre, the Lacedæmonians the flute, the Thracians the horn, the Egyptians the drum, and the Arabians the cymbal. The one instrument of peace, the Word alone by which we honour God, is what we employ. We no longer employ the ancient psaltery, and trumpet, and timbrel, and flute, which those expert in war and contemners of the fear of God were wont to make use of also in the choruses at their festive assemblies; that by such strains they might raise their dejected minds. But let our genial feeling in drinking be twofold, in accordance with the law. For if you shall love the Lord your God, and then your neighbour, let its first manifestation be towards God in thanksgiving and psalmody, and the second toward our neighbour in decorous fellowship. For says the apostle, Let the Word of the Lord dwell in you richly. Colossians 3:16 And this Word suits and conforms Himself to seasons, to persons, to places.
In the present instance He is a with us. For the apostle adds again, Teaching and admonishing one another in all wisdom, in psalms, and hymns, and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your heart to God. And again, Whatsoever you do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and His Father.This is our thankful revelry. AND EVEN IF YOU WISH TO SING AND PLAY TO THE HARP OR LYRE, THERE IS NO BLAME. You shall imitate the righteous Hebrew king in his thanksgiving to God.Rejoice in the Lord, you righteous; praise is comely to the upright, says the prophecy. Confess to the Lord on the harp; play to Him on the psaltery of ten strings. Sing to Him a new song. And does not the ten-stringed psaltery indicate the Word Jesus, who is manifested by the element of the decad? And as it is befitting, before partaking of food, that we should bless the Creator of all; so also in drinking it is suitable to praise Him on partaking of His creatures. For the psalm is a melodious and sober blessing. The apostle calls the psalm a spiritual song. Ephesians 5:19; Colossians 3:16
Finally, before partaking of sleep, it is a sacred duty to give thanks to God, having enjoyed His grace and love, and so go straight to sleep. And confess to Him in songs of the lips, he says, because in His command all His good pleasure is done, and there is no deficiency in His salvation.
Further, among the ancient Greeks, in their banquets over the brimming cups, a song was sung called a skolion, after the manner of the Hebrew psalms, all together raising the pæan with the voice, and sometimes also taking turns in the song while they drank healths round; while those that were more musical than the rest sang to the lyre. But let amatory songs be banished far away, and let our songs be hymns to God.Let them praise, it is said, His name in the dance, and let them play to Him on the timbrel and psaltery. And what is the choir which plays? The Spirit will show you: Let His praise be in the congregation (church) of the saints; let them be joyful in their King. And again he adds, The Lord will take pleasure in His people. Psalm 149:4 For temperate harmonies are to be admitted; but we are to banish as far as possible from our robust mind those liquid harmonies, which, through pernicious arts in the modulations of tones, train to effeminacy and scurrility. But grave and modest strains say farewell to the turbulence of drunkenness. Chromatic harmonies are therefore to be abandoned to immodest revels, and to florid and meretricious music.
Clearly, Clement wasn’t calling for a wholesale ban on Christians using instruments when assembling, but for them not to be used in the sinful ways that the unbelieving world has come to use them. This lines up perfectly with what we’ve already seen Paul approved of: “playing stringed instruments with your hearts toward God”. Some might claim this refers to feasts, not assemblies. But setting aside the fact that a feast is a type of gathering (assembly), Paul commanded the early Christians (including Gentiles in Corinth!) to observe the feast of Passover, albeit with a different focus than Israelites historically had: “Your boasting is not good. Do you not know that a little leaven leavens the whole lump of dough? Clean out the old leaven so that you may be a new lump, just as you are in fact unleavened. For Christ our Passover also has been sacrificed. Therefore let us celebrate the feast, [literally, “Therefore, let us keep the feast-day,”; the verb is subjunctive, but it’s a hortatory subjunctive — acting as a 1st-person imperative, because the imperative form can’t be used in the 1st person {“Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics: An Exegetical Syntax of the New Testament”. Wallace, Daniel B. 1996. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan Academic. 464-465. 1 Corinthians 5:8 is listed as an example.}; also, while the Greek verb occurs only here in the NT, the rendering “keep (a/the) feast-day(s)” fits every context where this word occurs in the LXX {scroll to “Concordance Results”}] not with old leaven, nor with the leaven of malice and wickedness, but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.” (1 Corinthians 5:6-8 1995 NASB, boldface added)
The Real Problem Exposed: Bad Scholarship
Now, for a while I was thinking that the widespread condemnation of music since the Apostolic period was a result of the anti-Semitism that was starting to become more prominent in Christendom at large in the later 2nd century, because in another version of this list, I came across a couple passages with such import, dated before all the others and attributed to Justin Martyr:
MARTYR “Simply singing is not agreeable to children (Jews), but singing with lifeless instruments and with dancing and clapping is. On this account the use of this kind of instruments and of others agreeable to children is removed from the songs of the churches, and there is left remaining simply singing.” (Justin Martyr, 139 AD)
MARTYR The use of music was not received in the Christian churches, as it was among the Jew, in their infant state, but only the use of plain song.” (Justin Martyr, 139 AD)
{Punctuation and “citations” in original.}
Note that I put “citations” in quotation marks; “Justin Martyr, 139 AD” doesn’t tell us where Justin said this. In keeping with my methodology up to this point, I started running internet searches to determine which of Justin’s works these quotes came from, so I could place them in their proper context(s). But New Advent wouldn’t yield anything like these quotes no matter what I tried typing into their search bar. And eventually, I came across a blog post by Jason L. Weatherly that confirmed what I was starting to suspect: these quotes don’t come from Justin Martyr at all! As far as scholarship has been able to determine, at least one of these statements more likely came from Theodoret, who lived three centuries after Justin Martyr (c. 100-165 versus c. 393-460) and is now recognized as one of the Pseudo-Justinian authors (an author of a work falsely attributed to Justin Martyr, which is probably what caused this confusion in the first place). This is probably why Rudd didn’t include these alleged quotations of Justin Martyr in his list (at least, I hope that’s why).
In fact, Weatherly’s blog post already did much of the work for me regarding this list, presenting the original contexts of some quotations, calling out the absurd citation errors associated with others (e.g., citing page 961 of a volume that doesn’t even have 700 pages!), pointing out the biases of some of the more modern historians quoted, and even highlighting some patristic quotations that advocate in favor of musical instruments in worship!
Yes, you read that right; there are patristic quotes that actually approve of musical instruments in worship! The sentence I put in all-caps in my above quotation of Book 2, Chapter 4 of Clement of Alexandria’s “The Instructor” is just one example — and it’s not even the earliest. As far as I’m aware, the very earliest of those are the following quotes from Dialogue with Trypho, which Justin Martyr wrote sometime in the mid-to-late 150s A.D. — meaning they predate every last quote in Rudd’s list!
Then Trypho said, “We know that you quoted these because we asked you. But it does not appear to me that this Psalm which you quoted last from the words of David refers to any other than the Father and Maker of the heavens and earth. You, however, asserted that it referred to Him who suffered, whom you also are eagerly endeavouring to prove to be Christ.”
And I answered, “Attend to me, I beseech you, while I speak of the statement which the Holy Spirit gave utterance to in this Psalm; and you shall know that I speak not sinfully, and that we are not really bewitched; for so you shall be enabled of yourselves to understand many other statements made by the Holy Spirit. ‘Sing unto the Lord a new song; sing unto the Lord, all the earth: sing unto the Lord, and bless His name; show forth His salvation from day to day, His wonderful works among all people.’ {Quoting from Psalm 96:1-3, 95:1-3 by the LXX verse numbering} He bids the inhabitants of all the earth, who have known the mystery of this salvation, i.e., the suffering of Christ, by which He saved them, sing and give praises to God the Father of all things, and recognise that He is to be praised and feared, and that He is the Maker of heaven and earth, who effected this salvation in behalf of the human race, who also was crucified and was dead, and who was deemed worthy by Him(God) to reign over all the earth. As[is clearly seen] also by the land into which[He said] He would bring[your fathers];[for He thus speaks]: ‘This people[shall go a whoring after other gods], and shall forsake Me, and shall break my covenant which I made with them in that day; and I will forsake them, and will turn away My face from them; and they shall be devoured, and many evils and afflictions shall find them out; and they shall say in that day, Because the Lord my God is not amongst us, these misfortunes have found us out. And I shall certainly turn away My face from them in that day, on account of all the evils which they have committed, in that they have turned to other gods.’ {Quoting from Deuteronomy 31:16-18 LXX}
{Justin Martyr. “Dialogue with Trypho”. Chapter 74. Content in parentheses and brackets theirs. Boldface, underlining, and content in curly brackets mine.}
“Let us glorify God, all nations gathered together; for He has also visited us. Let us glorify Him by the King of glory, by the Lord of hosts. For He has been gracious towards the Gentiles also; and our sacrifices He esteems more grateful than yours. What need, then, have I of circumcision, who have been witnessed to by God? What need have I of that other baptism, who have been baptized with the Holy Ghost? I think that while I mention this, I would persuade even those who are possessed of scanty intelligence. For these words have neither been prepared by me, nor embellished by the art of man; but David sung them, Isaiah preached them, Zechariah proclaimed them, and Moses wrote them. Are you acquainted with them, Trypho? They are contained in your Scriptures, or rather not yours, but ours. For we believe them; but you, though you read them, do not catch the spirit that is in them. Be not offended at, or reproach us with, the bodily uncircumcision with which God has created us; and think it not strange that we drink hot water on the Sabbaths, since God directs the government of the universe on this day equally as on all others; and the priests, as on other days, so on this, are ordered to offer sacrifices; and there are so many righteous men who have performed none of these legal ceremonies, and yet are witnessed to by God Himself.
{Ibid. Chapter 29. Boldface and underlining mine.}
And it came to pass when the evil spirit was upon Saul, that David took his harp, and played with his hand [literally, “David was taking the Kinnor (a type of stringed instrument) and was strumming with the hand of his”]: and Saul was refreshed, and it was well with him, and the evil spirit departed from him. (1 Samuel 16:23 BLXX, boldface and underlining added)
And an evil spirit from God was upon Saul, and he was resting in his house, and a spear was in his hand, and David was playing on the harp with his hands [literally, “David was strumming with the hands of his”]. (1 Samuel 19:9 BLXX, boldface and underlining added)
The context of the latter passage is the famous incident where Saul threw a spear at David while he was playing music for him. The inclusion of the qualifier “with his hand(s)” in both passages makes it obvious that the action being referred to in both places was David plucking strings on an instrument, not singing a cappella. Indeed, the corresponding Hebrew word in both passages is נָגַן (H5059), which always refers to playing a stringed instrument! This should make it crystal-clear that my understanding of the Greek verb psallōis exactly the same as that of the LXX translators, and that Justin Martyr used this verb in the same way the LXX translators did some 300-400 years after them (after all, the LXX set the “Biblical precedent” for how early Christians were to use and understand this Greek term) — and by implication, that all the 1st– and 2nd-century Christians who lived between the LXX translators and Justin’s use of this verb in “Dialogue with Trypho” also understood the verb this way!
I decided to keep my above discussions in the present post as a supplement to Weatherly’s blog post, since I felt like bringing out some points that he didn’t. In fact, not only does his post specifically cite Rudd’s article, but it points out that it’s only one of many that present, with few exceptions, the exact same dozens of quotes — erroneous citations and all! This shows that these one-sided lists of cherry-picked quotations have just been copied-and-pasted from one website to another, without even bothering to check whether the citations are correct, let alone whether they accurately represent the entire view of the author responsible for each of them!
On page 91, Jeffrey listed another quotation he said comes from “Lactantius’ Commentary on the Apocalypse.” He then proceeded to quote the very same passage he had previously attributed to “Victorinus’ Commentary on the Apocalypse” on page 89! I don’t know how this mistake was made, but, Lactantius did not write a commentary on Revelation. Was Jeffrey trying to make it appear that he had even more ancient “pretribulation” writers? One might suspect that this was just an editing error. But, Jeffrey made another identical major blunder, by listing the “Didache” on page 87, and his quote from it, and then on page 91, listing “The Teaching of the Twelve Apostles,” and the very same quote again, but from a different translation! These are exactly the same document. (The word “Didache” is the Greek word for “Teaching” and is the abbreviated name for “The Teaching of the Twelve Apostles.”[)] Jeffrey quoted both of these passages twice, both times using different names or titles, as though this added more to his pile of evidence! Are these simply editing errors? Or, is there something more going on here?
{Scroll to p. 14-15 in the PDF at the previous hyperlink. Parenthesis in brackets added to correct a punctuation error.}
Yet I still see people appealing to the writers Jeffrey cites {again, see the article just cited} as support for pre-Tribulationism, and Church of Christ teachers (such as Rudd) presenting these quote lists to denounce the use of any musical instruments in Christian worship. Both groups of people should be called out for using such quotes (and for giving ammunition to evolutionists who promote the false accusation that most if not all creationists rely on quote-mining to make their cases). This sort of sloppy scholarship and mindless parroting is unacceptable for children of God. Grant Jeffrey died in 2012 (so we can expect God to hold him accountable for these tactics1 at Jesus’ return — assuming, of course, that he really was saved; I haven’t found any statements about his baptism, but maybe I just didn’t look hard enough…), but Church of Christ teachers who are still alive owe it to themselves and their students (not to mention our Lord Jesus) to do better. I don’t have a problem with people taking a position on a topic and trying to support it; what I have a problem with is when they do so in an intellectually dishonest way. So if you come across anyone doing these things to promote those ideas, feel free to direct them here and to Weatherly’s above-mentioned blog post (or to Warner’s article linked to above the previous blockquote, in the case of patristic quotes supposedly showing early belief in pre-Tribulationism — I don’t know of any such ante-Nicene quotes that aren’t just taken from Grant Jeffrey’s book; but if you come across any that aren’t covered there, feel free to let me know in the comments!). That way, they have an opportunity to learn the truth of the matter.
Conclusion
I’d like to add one more fascinating point that’s admittedly weaker than the ones I’ve already brought to bear on this topic. Out of all creatures that have auditory systems, only humans are known to derive pleasure from hearing music. Other animals (including songbirds) can hear music, of course; but they don’t get pleasure from doing so. This is circumstantial evidence that the capacity for enjoying music is a part of being made in God’s image.
Now, to be perfectly transparent, I say all this as someone who prefers congregations that don’t use instruments, simply because it’s easier on my autistic nervous system, leaving me less overwhelmed and better able to focus on worshiping alongside everyone else. The sudden shock of an organ starting to play can mess with me more than you might think. Then again, I’ve never attended a congregation that only uses unamplified harps, guitars, etc.; so I might change my tune (pun intended) if I find one of those.
I personally suspect that’s why God singled out stringed instruments in the New Testament: music from stringed instruments (particularly unamplified ones) tend to be less piercing (and thus, less jarring for worshipers who need to focus more) than the alternatives. Maybe God will bring back other instruments for worship in the New Heavens and New Earth, when the tree of life will be available for those of us who are easily jarred by other instruments to reset our nervous systems to a pristine state where such instruments won’t bother us.
To summarize: Contrary to what Christians may have been taught in many different congregations and/or denominations, the early church’s position on musical instruments in worship wasn’t monolithic. There were some congregations that used them, and some that didn’t. Again, this coheres perfectly with what Paul actually wrote: He approved of the use of stringed instruments in worship, but didn’t command it. Hence, Paul left the question of whether to use them in worship as something to be decided on the congregational level (after all, some congregations, especially in the early centuries when Christianity was subject to intense persecution, wouldn’t have been able to afford instruments). Any early Christian (and Synagogal) quotations that seem to argue one way or the other on the musical instruments issue would be better understood as justifications for why that writer’s congregation operated the way it did. Yet Paul’s divinely-inspired stance implies that all such justifications will be inconclusive.
So, all those congregations (and their attendees) who accuse other congregations of doing something wrong for taking a stance on this issue opposing their own should stop doing so. Christian Unity does not require all congregations on the planet to worship in exactly the same ways as each other. There are already plenty of truly dangerous teachings that erring congregations should be rebuked for, without attacking minor variations in worship that the NT permits (as it’s well been said many times, it’s a sad testimony that entire congregations have split over the color of the carpet). As I hinted at above, it’s good for congregations to have reasons (however inconclusive they may be) for making the decisions they do on issues like this. But talking as if the use of any musical instruments in worship is sinful amounts to adding to God’s word. And claiming the NT never authorizes us to use any musical instruments in worship amounts to subtracting from God’s word. I’m sure those who’ve done either of these things in the course of their teaching are well aware of the consequences of doing such things with God’s word (e.g., James 3:1; Revelation 22:18-19), so it’s my prayer that such teachers who read this post will adjust their behaviors and attitudes accordingly, especially now that they can no longer claim they don’t know any better (Luke 12:47-48; James 4:17).
Warner mentions in an earlier version of the article just quoted that “I have tried to give the man the benefit of the doubt. But, I am at a loss to explain how he could not have known he was misrepresenting these ancient witnesses.” {p. 1} Indeed, Grant Jeffrey originally published the book in which he presented his supposed ante-Nicene pre-Tribulationist quotes in 1992, when internet search engines for the patristic writers hardly existed. Since nobody else is known to have claimed that any ante-Nicene Church Fathers were pre-Tribulationist before Grant Jeffrey published this, I can only see 2 ways that he could’ve acquired the quotes he presented in his book: (a) he exhaustively read the patristic writings, extracting these snippets as he encountered them; or (b) he took these quotes from one or some of the several books that had already been published during the several decades prior, in which these quotes were presented in-context to illustrate the post-Tribulationism of the Church Fathers! Either way, it’s impossible for Grant Jeffrey to have not known the original contexts of these quotes — and by implication, it’s impossible that Grant Jeffrey didn’t know he was taking these quotes out of context when presenting them in his book! No matter how you look at it, Grant Jeffrey was deliberately lying to his readers. ↩︎
In Part 1 of my blog post on this topic, I laid out the position I hold regarding the titular questions, then exegeted it from Scripture. In this post, I’ll deal with the proof-texts Pulliam offers for the notion that Jesus’ reign is present to the fullest extent it will ever have: Acts 2:30-36, Matthew 28:18, Ephesians 1:20-23, and 1 Corinthians 15:20-26.
Acts 2:30-36
He presents the first of these in a chart on p. 85 (in Lesson 8) that’d take a lot of work for me to replicate to a degree I’d be personally satisfied with, so I’ll just present a photo of the page and show the problems with his analysis before presenting Pulliam’s claims about the other proof-texts. Please read the page shown in the photo before reading my response underneath it.
As a quick aside, Pulliam’s claim above the chart about why Peter quoted Psalm 16 (verses 8-11 LXX, to be exact, in Acts 2:25-28) ignores the Psalm itself. Nowhere in the Masoretic or Septuagint versions of Psalm 16 is there any mention of a throne, kingdom, etc.; linking the “inheritance”, “cup”, and “heritage” mentioned in verses 5 & 6 with David’s throne is an unwarranted leap, given that even commoners were understood as having their own of each of these things (ever heard the saying “my cup runneth over”?). Pulliam is once again assuming that Peter was interpreting Old Testament prophecy mystically, despite a lack of incontrovertible evidence that the Apostles ever operated that way. Psalm 16:8-11 was certainly fulfilled in Jesus’ resurrection, but Jesus sitting on David’s throne can’t be gotten from that passage, or even the rest of the Psalm leading up to it. Even in Acts 2, Jesus being “exalted to the right hand of God” need not imply exaltation to David’s throne; in fact, Peter and David went on to state (in Acts 2:34-35 and Psalm 110:1, respectively) that Jesus won’t be on David’s throne as long as he’s at God’s right hand, as we’ll see below.
Moving on to the chart itself, you may have already noticed that Pulliam was quite selective in what he chose to boldface in the left-hand column of his chart; but I actually agree with most of the points Pulliam brings out in the right-hand column. So I’ll just quote the snippets in the right-hand column where I disagree before explaining what’s wrong with them.
“The descendant also received from the Father what had been promised by the Holy Spirit.”
Pulliam is clearly linking the phrase “the promise of the Holy Spirit” with the prophecy given through David. But note that the Holy Spirit hadn’t actually been mentioned anywhere in this passage since the quotation from Joel; rather, Pulliam imported that idea into the text by appealing to a letter that Peter wouldn’t write until over 35 years later! Also, not only was Peter giving this sermon at Pentecost of A.D. 30, but while Pulliam boldfaced the phrase “having received from the Father the promise of the Holy Spirit,” he failed to boldface the phrase “He has poured forth this which you both see and hear” immediately after it! Just a few weeks earlier, Jesus himself had given his disciples a heads-up that he would send them the Holy Spirit (John 16:7). Clearly, the greater context and historical background to Peter’s statement in verse 33 indicates that “the promise of the Holy Spirit” was the promise that the Holy Spirit would be poured out on believers; that is, the Holy Spirit is what had been promised (see how flexible that little word “of” is?)! As I’ve explained elsewhere, Peter was saying that the events of Pentecost were a one-time microcosm of what would be occurring all the time once Joel’s prophecy is fulfilled.
“David said of his descendant’s position…
Question: What was the significance of Peter bringing up the throne of David, Jesus being the promised descendant to receive that throne, and then telling his hearers that God had made Him “both Lord and Christ”?”
Pulliam is trying to paint the reader into a corner, forcing them to conclude that Jesus is sitting on David’s throne already — but he does so by ignoring a critical detail in what “David said of his descendant’s position”: “The Lord said to my Lord, ‘Sit at My right hand, Until I make Thine enemies a footstool for Thy feet.’” As I’ll explain more thoroughly in a future post, since Jesus’ enemies being made his footstool is a metaphor for them being placed under his kingly authority, and the tense of the verb for “make” in the OT verse being quoted here (Psalm 110:1) tells us that subjugation process won’t even begin until Jesus is no longer at the Father’s right hand (a position we all agree Jesus is at right now), Jesus must have a kingly reign over his enemies that won’t begin until he’s left his Father’s right side! Why the phrasing “has made Him both Lord and Christ”? Because as I explained in Part 1, Jesus is presently Lord and Christ over the heavenly dominions (which, at the time Peter said this, would’ve included the 11 Disciples, Matthias, and the 108 other people — per Acts 1:15 — that the Apostles had baptized before the events of Pentecost A.D. 30; Matthew 28:19 & Mark 16:16 show that Jesus commanded this of them before sending the Holy Spirit at Pentecost1, so it makes sense that they would’ve gotten started on it just after receiving the Great Commission!) as a co-regent with the Father; those things presently outside the heavenly dominions (unbelievers, disbelievers, governments, economies, societies, etc.) are generally under the dominion of Satan, the “god of this world” (2 Corinthians 4:4 KJV), who himself can only do what the Father allows him to.
Intimidation Trying to Pass as Exegesis
Now let’s deal with Pulliam’s other three proof-texts. But let’s start off by considering the intimidation tactic that Pulliam engages in after his initial run-through of all three.
[From lesson 8] What more is there for God to give Jesus regarding rule and authority? All authority has been given to him (Mt 28:18). To say that there is more to give denies His very own words! Is there more dominion or power for Him to receive? Paul wrote, “He raised Him from the dead, and seated Him at His right hand in the heavenly places, far above all rule and authority and power and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this age, but also in the one to come. And He put all things in subjection under His feet, and gave Him as head over all things to the church, which is His body, the fulness of Him who fills all in all.” (Eph 1:20-23) Paul also wrote, “For He must reign until He has put all His enemies under His feet. The last enemy that will be abolished is death.” (I Cor 15:25f) Would the Dispensationalist tell us that this one enemy makes his rule incomplete?” Even in the 1,000 year reign, which the Dispensationalist looks for, that enemy will not have been vanquished (Isa 65:20). Are we to conclude that sitting on earth would make Jesus more powerful than He presently is in heaven? Certainly not.
Not only is Dispensationalism wrong regarding the rule of Jesus on David’s throne, but it is also blasphemous. To deny that Jesus has the prophesied position Scripture presently places Him in, is an act of speaking against the King’s authority. This is no innocent opinion that one may toy with and remain in God’s favor. This is about Jesus presently ruling until the time when He will turn the kingdom over to the Father (I Cor 15:24-25 studied in lessons 14 & 20).
[From lesson 14]…Paul dealt with a different problem among the Corinthians. Some were saying that there is no resurrection.[I Corinthians 15:12.] Paul quickly gets to the point, showing the inconsistencies of false teachers, and providing a picture of hope in the resurrection of Jesus. He points out that they cannot deny a general resurrection and uphold Jesus’ resurrection at the same time. Jesus is actually described as the “firstfruits,” which necessarily implies more to come.[I Corinthians 15:23.] So, when Jesus comes again, the Corinthians could be sure that a resurrection will take place. When Jesus does come, Paul says, “then comes the end, when He delivers up the kingdom to the God and Father.”[I Corinthians 15:24.] Rather than the beginning of a Millennial reign, the coming of Jesus will be the end of His reign, because He will relinquish His present rule over the kingdom to the Father. Jesus is presently reigning until He has put all of His enemies under His feet. The last enemy will be death.[I Corinthians 15:26.] He will have conquered that enemy in this final and glorious resurrection about which Paul is writing.
[From lesson 20]…In fact, we must wonder why the Dispensationalist insists on inserting 1,000 years between verses 23 and 24 (see chart at left). Christ is already reigning over a kingdom, so, when these events occur, “then comes the end, when He delivers up the kingdom to” God (I Cor 15:20-25). God makes it simple, people make it hard.
{“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 87-88, 147-148, 219. Italics, boldface, and capitalization in original. Scripture citations in brackets are the footnotes Pulliam indicates at that point in the body text.}
I’ll give you the chart mentioned in that last snippet later. But first, note that Pulliam is calling the idea that Jesus isn’t on David’s throne right now “blasphemous”. I presume this is why he told me to my face that he disagrees with my assessment that “your view on eschatology is only a matter of salvation if ending up wrong about it leads you to fall away” {HIDMF, p. 796. Boldface in original.} Now, just to clear the air a little, let’s consider what I explain in my book about blasphemy: “The word “blasphemy” is religiously-charged in our day, but the Greek word had a much broader meaning. The word βλασφημία (blasphēmia, pronounced blah-sfay-MEE-ah; Strong’s Number G988) more generally meant: “slander, detraction, speech injurious to another’s good name”.” {HIDMF p. 68. Italics in original.} Based on the sentence after the italicized instance of “blasphemous”, I presume that Pulliam is also using this definition. Now, if a Christian were to claim that Jesus isn’t reigning over Christians right now, I agree that would constitute slander against the one they’re supposed to be calling their Lord! However, if a Christian were to claim that Jesus isn’t on David’s throne right now, that would be slanderous only if we can conclusively demonstrate that the Bible clearly teaches that he is (in which case, claiming he’s not would constitute “detraction”). It’s clear throughout the NT that Jesus is presently at the right side of the Father, but no passage explicitly teaches that Jesus is on David’s throne at the Father’s right side. The sheer number of passages I’ve brought to bear in Part 1 showing that Jesus’ reign is not yet in its fullest form, and in fact is talked about as future throughout the epistle to the Hebrews, makes it clear that Pulliam can’t claim Jesus being on David’s throne (reigning to the fullest) now has been conclusively demonstrated (indeed, I’ve already shown that his argument from Acts 2:30-36 isn’t even close to conclusive!). However, he can weaken my position considerably by explaining how all of the passages I’ve raised that contradict his claims, actually don’t contradict his claims. If Pulliam (or anyone else who happens to be reading this) thinks they can do this with all of the passages I’ve raised throughout this series, feel free to do so; but make sure your overall position is at least as internally consistent throughout as mine is.
Now, returning to Pulliam’s remarks about his proof-texts (yes, the 1 Corinthians passage is the only one he says anything of substance about in multiple places), note that the latter 3 of these 4 paragraphs assume that Pulliam has already proven that Jesus’ reign is present in its fullest form. Since we’ve already seen the problems with the argument he made on p. 85, only the first paragraph of the previous blockquote can be considered a still-viable attempt to prove this.
The 3 remaining proof-texts are Matthew 28:18, Ephesians 1:20-23, and 1 Corinthians 15:20-26. These proof-texts for Jesus’ rule being at its fullest extent now all suffer from the same problem: the Greek text doesn’t demand Pulliam’s conclusions!
Matthew 28:18
At first glance, Matthew 28:18 looks particularly straightforward: “And Jesus came up and spoke to them, saying, “All authority has been given to Me in heaven and on earth.”” (1995 NASB, boldface added). The perfect tense of the emphasized phrase is certainly compelling–or it would be, if the Greek verb being translated was itself in the perfect tense! The Greek word, ἐδόθη, is actually the aorist, passive, indicative, 3rd person, singular form of δίδωμι (G1325): it properly means “was given”. In Greek, the perfect indicative denotes an action done in the past whose results are still ongoing; the aorist indicative denotes an action done in the past, but says nothing about the results (or even if there were any results). This subtle difference means that the Greek text doesn’t demand that Jesus had “all authority in heaven and on earth” at the time he said this.
The obvious next question is: “So if Jesus meant that ‘All authority in heaven and on earth was given to me’, then what was he talking about”? This would simply be a reference to all the occasions in the OT where the Son of God, before becoming human, had interacted with humans in his Father’s name and on His behalf — and thus, with His authority (which was, of course, over everything “in heaven and on earth”). Jesus relinquished this authority when he entered Mary’s womb (Philippians 2:7), but he was now effectively telling his disciples: “My Father gave me all authority in heaven and on earth before–so He can do it again, and He will do it again!”
In fact, I’m struck by how closely the portion of the Great Commission preserved in Matthew parallels the suzerainty treaty format followed by the book of Deuteronomy {HIDMF, p. 90}:
Deuteronomy
Suzerainty Treaty Section
Purpose of Section
Matthew 28:18-20 (my translation of the Greek)
1:1-5
Preamble
Identify the author of the covenant
And Jesus, having come near, spoke to them, saying,
1:6-3:29
Historical Prologue
A retrospect of the past relationship of the two parties involved, giving past benevolence by the suzerain as a basis for gratitude and future obedience on the part of the vassals
“All authority was given to Me in heaven and on the earth.
4-26
Stipulations
Outline the obligations the suzerain is laying on the vassals
Setting out, therefore, you must make students of all the nations, immersing them unto the name [i.e., “the authority”] of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit/Breath,
28:1-68
Blessings and Curses
To be brought upon the vassals for keeping or breaking the covenant
Place a copy of the treaty in the vassals’ sanctuary
teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I commanded you; [see also 1 Corinthians 6:19 regarding Deposition]
31:10-12
Periodic Public Reading
To remind the people of the covenant terms
31:30-32:47
Witness
Self-explanatory
and behold, I am with you all the days, till the border [literally, “the together-end”] of the age.”
It’s not a perfect parallel, but it’s close enough that the Jews Matthew originally wrote his Gospel to would’ve at least thought, “this seems familiar…”. Also bear in mind that this format would’ve been different from anything else they would’ve been familiar with, since suzerainty treaties hadn’t been divided into these particular sections in over 1,000 years — this style was in vogue in the 14th & 13th centuries B.C., and of all known suzerainty treaties from around that time, only Deuteronomy (written in the late 15th century B.C.) placed the Witness section after all the other sections. As such, Matthew 28:18-20 having the sections in this order had to be intentional. Indeed, I’m hard-pressed to think of a more effective way for Jesus to convey to his 11 remaining disciples (or for Matthew to convey to his Jewish readers) that his commands superseded the Mosaic Covenant (which had been finalized by Deuteronomy)! The important point for our purposes here is that Jesus’ words in Matthew 28:18 parallel the Historical Prologue section of a 2nd-millennium-B.C. suzerainty treaty, one purpose of which is to bring up past benevolence by the suzerain to justify future obedience of the vassals. This lines up perfectly with my paraphrase of what Jesus was telling his 11 remaining disciples here: “My Father gave me all authority in heaven and on earth before [so I could interact with Our people for their benefit and Our enemies for their destruction]–so He can do it again, and He will do it again!”
Even so, going with the usual “has been given” interpretation doesn’t necessarily lead to the conclusion Pulliam’s trying to draw. Since this statement is immediately followed by “Setting out, therefore…”, the implication is that the very authority being referred to in verse 18 was now being passed on to the Apostles to enable them to fulfill the Great Commission. Hence, this authority is limited in scope to the purposes of the Great Commission: this includes the authority to preach the Gospel and the New Covenant, the authority to declare the Mosaic Law obsolete for the faithful, the authority to contradict the apostate Levitical priesthood, the authority to proclaim the new means of salvation, etc. While this solution to the apparent conflict would be much more simple and straightforward, I find it difficult to pass off how perfectly the “was given” interpretation lines up with the format of Deuteronomy as a mere coincidence. I guess I’ll need some more time to make up my own mind on my preferred explanation, but what’s certain for now is that Pulliam’s conclusion is not a necessary inference from this verse.
Ephesians 1:20-23
Pulliam’s next proof-text was Ephesians 1:20-23:
which He brought about in Christ, when He raised Him from the dead and seated Him at His right hand in the heavenly places [actually, “in the heavenly dominions”; see my explanation in Part 1], far above all rule and authority and power and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this age but also in the one to come. And He put all things in subjection under His feet, and gave Him as head over all things to the church, which is His body, the fullness of Him who fills all in all. (1995 NASB, boldface added)
The main issue with this passage is pretty much the same as what we saw in Part 1 for Ephesians 6:12 — the phrase “to the church” is acting as a qualifier for both instances of “all things” in the phrase “He put all things in subjection under His feet, and gave Him as head over all things” (after all, aren’t both instances of “all things” referring to the same “things”?). But there’s an extra twist this time: in the Greek, the boldfaced phrase is τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. This phrase is in the dative case, which normally has a preposition attached to it. But this phrase has no Greek preposition attached to it, so the intended preposition must be inferred. Most English translations infer the preposition to be “to”, but the resulting sentence with the phrase surrounding the first instance of “all things” (“He put all things in subjection under His feet… to the church”) hardly makes sense. So what happens if we infer the intended preposition to be “in” (the most-common dative-case preposition) instead, as the LGV does {scroll to p. 4 in the PDF}? “And He put all things in subjection under His feet, and gave Him as head over all things in the church.” Clearly, the qualifier “in the church” makes sense with both halves of this phrase! Hence, this verse is referring to Jesus having authority and being head over “all things in the church”; this phrase is limiting the scope of Jesus’ present authority — precisely what Pulliam is trying to claim the NT doesn’t do!
And now you know why, in Part 1, I defined the scope of Christ’s authority at present as including “Christian institutions, such as Christian households, churches, seminaries, parachurch organizations, etc.”: all such institutions have overtly submitted themselves to Christ’s authority (in contrast to secular institutions, which are still under worldly authority)! That’s not to say that Christian institutions aren’t also subject to worldly authorities, but that their allegiance to Christ supersedes their allegiance to “all rule and authority and power and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this age but also in the one to come” – that is, worldly institutions that are presently outside the heavenly dominions, but will become subject to Jesus “in the [age] to come”; for now, they’re under the thumb of Satan, whose own authority is limited by the Father, who in turn has presently delegated authority over Christians and their institutions to His co-regent, Jesus.
1 Corinthians 15:20-26
That makes for an excellent segue into Pulliam’s last still-viable proof-text for Jesus’ authority being at its fullest extent now. Given how long this discussion has gone on since I quoted what Pulliam had to say about these verses, let’s repeat those snippets first:
Paul also wrote, “For He must reign until He has put all His enemies under His feet. The last enemy that will be abolished is death.” (I Cor 15:25f) Would the Dispensationalist tell us that this one enemy makes his rule incomplete?” Even in the 1,000 year reign, which the Dispensationalist looks for, that enemy will not have been vanquished (Isa 65:20). Are we to conclude that sitting on earth would make Jesus more powerful than He presently is in heaven? Certainly not.
…This is about Jesus presently ruling until the time when He will turn the kingdom over to the Father (I Cor 15:24-25 studied in lessons 14 & 20).
…Paul dealt with a different problem among the Corinthians. Some were saying that there is no resurrection.[I Corinthians 15:12.] Paul quickly gets to the point, showing the inconsistencies of false teachers, and providing a picture of hope in the resurrection of Jesus. He points out that they cannot deny a general resurrection and uphold Jesus’ resurrection at the same time. Jesus is actually described as the “firstfruits,” which necessarily implies more to come.[I Corinthians 15:23.] So, when Jesus comes again, the Corinthians could be sure that a resurrection will take place. When Jesus does come, Paul says, “then comes the end, when He delivers up the kingdom to the God and Father.”[I Corinthians 15:24.] Rather than the beginning of a Millennial reign, the coming of Jesus will be the end of His reign, because He will relinquish His present rule over the kingdom to the Father. Jesus is presently reigning until He has put all of His enemies under His feet. The last enemy will be death.[I Corinthians 15:26.] He will have conquered that enemy in this final and glorious resurrection about which Paul is writing.
…In fact, we must wonder why the Dispensationalist insists on inserting 1,000 years between verses 23 and 24 (see chart at left). Christ is already reigning over a kingdom, so, when these events occur, “then comes the end, when He delivers up the kingdom to” God (I Cor 15:20-25). God makes it simple, people make it hard.
{“In the Days of Those Kings: A 24 Lesson Adult Bible Class Study on the Error of Dispensationalism”. Pulliam, Bob. 2015. Houston, TX: Book Pillar Publishing. 88, 147-148, 219. Italics, boldface, and capitalization in original. Scripture citations in brackets are the footnotes Pulliam indicates at that point in the body text.}
Finally, Pulliam quotes all 7 of these verses in the chart he mentioned in that snippet from p. 219, so I’ll let that chart speak for itself:
I disagree with the A.D. 33 date for Jesus’ resurrection (it was actually A.D. 30 {HIDMF p. 663, 669-672}), and with the dispensationalist idea that the rapture precedes the 2nd coming by 7 years (they’ll actually occur at the same time {HIDMF p. 769-778}). But with respect to the present topic, that’s just nitpicking.
Right off the bat, we can see that his recommendation to “compare with Heb 1:8-13 & 10:12-13” doesn’t help him! I showed in Part 1 that Hebrews 1:13 & 10:12-13 both place Jesus’ reign over his enemies in the future (the former is quoting Psalm 110:1, the Hebrew text of which has the verb for “make” in the imperfect tense, which indicates an action that’s not yet complete — either entirely future or in-progress; hence, the relevant phrase is actually saying “sit at my right side, until I am in the process of making your enemies your footstool” — in conjunction with the word for “until”, this forces us to conclude that the process of Jesus’ enemies being made his footstool won’t begin until he’s no longer at the Father’s right side).
Now, I obviously agree with most of the points Pulliam made on p. 147-148 about 1 Corinthians 15. In fact, I agree with everything in that paragraph up to and including the phrase “a resurrection will take place”. It’s not until he starts talking about verse 24 that I start to disagree with him — and that photo of his chart on p. 218 contains the crux of the issue: the inferences he draws from the word “then” in verse 24. The Greek word is εἶτα (G1534), which can mean “then”, “next”, “after that”, “afterwards”, etc. In fact, Strong’s Concordance defines this word as “a particle of succession (in time or logical enumeration)”. However, the word for “after that” in verse 23 is ἔπειτα (G1899), which is εἶτα prefixed with ἐπί (G1909), meaning “upon”; hence, ἔπειτα means “thereupon”. “Upon” what? “Upon” the resurrection of “those who are Christ’s at His coming [parousia; G3952]”. The boldfaced phrase refers to Jesus’ physical return, something that hasn’t happened yet — again, parousia was originally a word for a visit from a ruler (featuring pomp, celebration, and addressing of requests and/or grievances), which demands that the ruler be physically present, and Jesus hasn’t been physically present since he ascended to the Father in his disciples’ presence in Acts 13; this gives us a timing element for the resurrection Paul was talking about here. As such, I can turn Pulliam’s question at the bottom of this chart back on him: If “after that” in verse 23 could refer to an event occurring at least 1,991 years after the event mentioned just before it, why can’t “then” in verse 24 refer to an event happening only 1,000 years after the event mentioned just before it? Indeed, Koine Greek had a word that would’ve worked excellently here for placing “the end” at the same time as “His parousia”: τότε (G5119), meaning “at that time”. In fact, this word is used further into the same passage: “When all things are subjected to Him, then the Son Himself also will be subjected to the One who subjected all things to Him, so that God may be all in all.” (1 Corinthians 15:28 1995 NASB, underlining added). All these considerations together make it virtually certain that εἶτα in verse 24 was intended to indicate the order of the events it connects, not the immediacy of one event relative to the other.
“For He must reign until He has put all His enemies under His feet. The last enemy that will be abolished is death.” (I Cor 15:25f) Would the Dispensationalist tell us that this one enemy makes his rule incomplete?” Even in the 1,000 year reign, which the Dispensationalist looks for, that enemy will not have been vanquished (Isa 65:20). Are we to conclude that sitting on earth would make Jesus more powerful than He presently is in heaven? Certainly not.
No, what makes Jesus’ rule incomplete is the fact that, at present, only those who are willing to submit to him are under his authority; those who aren’t willing to submit to him get away with it for now. Upon his return, those who aren’t willing to submit to him will be under his authority whether they like it or not; that is what will make him more powerful than ruling over onlybelievers from heaven. And once the very last wicked person dies in the Lake of Fire at the end of the Millennium, that is when death “will be abolished”. Jesus will have plenty of other enemies to conquer before then! (After all, Isaiah 63:1-6 tells us that the day Jesus returns will be a bloodbath! And Psalm 2:9a LXX informs us that the Father promised His Son “You will shepherd them with a rod of iron” — see Revelation 2:27, 12:5, & 19:15, where this phrase is consistently quoted with “shepherd” instead of “smash”, as seen in the Masoretic Text — implying that Jesus will be using force to some degree!)
Also note that every instance of “He” and “His” in verse 25 is capitalized; Pulliam seems to be assuming that all 4 instances refer to Jesus, and that none of them refer to the Father. But consider how Warner translated this verse to try making this more explicit: “(For it is necessary for [God] to reign until He should place all enemies under His feet).” (LGV, content in brackets in original) He justifies this in a footnote by saying that: “The personal pronoun “Him” refers back to the Father, not to the Son.” After all, the Father is explicitly mentioned in the previous verse. Hence, verse 25 could just as easily be saying that God the Father is to continue reigning over whatever His Son doesn’t until He places all enemies under His Son’s feet (Warner cross-references this with Psalm 110:1, Hebrews 2:8-9, & 10:13 — which put Jesus’ reign over the earth & his enemies after his present time at the Father’s right side).
Conclusion
In conclusion, not a single passage Pulliam gave to prove that Jesus is on David’s throne right now, reigning to the fullest, conclusively does so. All of the passages he offered cohere with my position just fine. Warner once summarized the arguments for the false doctrine of “Once Saved Always Saved” by saying the case for it “is based on proof texting a few select verses, ignoring many conflicting Scriptures, taking certain verses out of context, and pressing grammatical points that are not demanded by the Greek text.”{Scroll to p. 5 of the PDF} We have now seen that the same can be said of the idea that Jesus is presently on David’s throne and that his reign is already at its fullest extent.
Admittedly, there’s an archaic variant reading of Matthew 28:19, preserved by several {scroll to pages 11-15 in the PDF} of Eusebius’ ante-Nicene writings and some eastern writers like Aphrahat and Chrysostom, that didn’t include a command to baptize, simply reading: “Going, [or “Go ye and”] make disciples of all the nations in my name.” {e.g., scroll to chapter 46 in this document} I hope to investigate the viability of this reading more thoroughly in a future post. For now, let’s just say there’s a reason the last column of my table further into this post specifies that it’s my translation of the Greek. On the other hand, the overall patristic and manuscript evidence favors the idea that the so-called “Longer Ending” (Mark 16:9-20) was the original ending to Mark’s Gospel, so verse 16 does constitute a divinely-inspired command to baptize (and an exegetically-conclusive one, at that!) before Jesus’ ascension. ↩︎
If we take (for the sake of argument; I’m not ready to be dogmatic about this!) the Aramaic variant preserved by Eusebius (taken from the Aramaic copy of Matthew that was at the library in Caesarea, where Eusebius worked) as the original reading, then this phrase would arguably fall under “Blessings” in light of something Eusebius happened to bring out about this particular phrase (which was evidently a single word in the original text):
“But observe of Him, who availed himself of nothing either human or mortal, how, in reality, He again put forth the word of God in the precept, which He gave to these His powerless Disciples, (viz.) “Go ye and make Disciples of all nations!” It is likely too, His Disciples would thus address their Lord, by way of answer: How can we do this? For, How can we preach to the Romans? And, How can we discourse with the Egyptians? What diction can we use against the Greeks; being brought up in the Syrian language only? How can we persuade the Persians, the Armenians, the Chaldeans, the Scythians, the Hindoos [Hindus; i.e., Indians], and other nations called Barbarians, to desert the gods of their forefathers, and to worship the one Creator of all things? And, upon What superiority of words can we rely, that we shall succeed in this? Or. How can we hope, that we shall prevail in the things attempted? (viz.) that we shall legislate for all nations, in direct opposition to the laws laid down from ancient times, (and this) against their gods? And, What power have we upon which to trust, that we shall succeed in this enterprise? These things therefore, the Disciples of our Saviour would either have thought, or said. But He who was their Lord solved, by one additional word, the aggregate of the things of which they doubted, (and) pledged them by saying, ”Ye shall conquer in my name.” For it was not that He commanded them, simply and indiscriminately, to go and make Disciples of all nations; but with this excellent addition which He delivered, (viz): “In my name.” Since it was by the power of His name that all this came to pass; as the Apostle has said, “God has given Him a name, which is superior to every name: that, at the name of Jesus, every knee should bow which is in heaven, and which is in earth, and which is beneath the earth.” It is likely therefore, that He would shew forth the excellency of the unseen power, which was hidden from the many, by His name; and, (accordingly) He made the addition, “In my name.” He thus accurately foretold moreover, something which should come to pass, (when) He said, “It is expedient that this my Gospel be preached in the whole world, for the testimony of all nations.” Now, this matter was then declared in a corner of the earth, so that those only who were at hand could have heard it. But, How could they have believed Him when He said this, unless they had taken experiment as to the truth of His words, from the other Divine acts which were done by Him? For this, you are compelled to confess when it is considered, that they gave credence to what He said. For, when He gave them the command, not so much as one sought to be excused; but they confided in what He had intimated: and, just as His promises had been, so DID they make Disciples of the whole race of men! They did go forth from their own land into all nations; and, in a short time, His words were seen in effect! His Gospel was therefore shortly preached, throughout the whole creation, for the testimony of all nations, so that the Barbarians and Greeks received the Scriptures, respecting the common Saviour of all, in the handwriting of their Progenitors, and in the words of their spiritual Fathers.“ {Eusebius. Theophania. Book V. Chapter 46. Italics indicate Biblical quotations. Boldface mine.}
The fact that this reading would make the overall structure of Matthew 28:18-20 line up even more with the suzerainty treaty format of Deuteronomy than what we see in extant manuscripts is certainly intriguing, especially considering that Eusebius almost certainly wouldn’t have known about the sections in 14th-century B.C. suzerainty treaties, and thus couldn’t have made this connection between Matthew 28:18-20 and the section purposes himself. ↩︎
About the closest Jesus has come to being back on earth since then was the times when he appeared to Paul, and then to John in the vision recorded in the book of Revelation. But in both cases, Jesus was still at the Father’s side; it’s just that Paul and John were there in “visions and revelations of the Lord” (2 Corinthians 12:1c KJV). The Greek word for “visions” (G3701) in this verse is often used in Scripture for experiences that don’t actually relocate a prophet, but appear real and tangible to their perception (e.g., see Luke 1:22, 24:23, and the LXX of Daniel 9:23, 10:1,7,8,16); note that Paul’s companions on the road to Damascus could see Paul and hear him and Jesus talking (but even then, they couldn’t understand them because the conversation was in Hebrew/Aramaic, but his companions only knew Greek; see Acts 9:7, 22:9, & 26:14), but couldn’t see Jesus. For a fuller explanation of Jesus’ appearances to Paul (yes, there was more than one!), see the Notes on 2 Corinthians 12:1-4 LGV {scroll to p. 16 in the PDF}. ↩︎